
<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://proteopedia.org/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Mary+Ball</id>
	<title>Proteopedia - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://proteopedia.org/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Mary+Ball"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://proteopedia.org/Special:Contributions/Mary_Ball"/>
	<updated>2026-09-19T17:42:53Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.43.8</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=P53&amp;diff=1118072</id>
		<title>P53</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=P53&amp;diff=1118072"/>
		<updated>2010-09-06T16:25:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mary Ball: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Image:P53_DNAbd.png | 400 px | thumb ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;p53 Tumor Suppressor Protein&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The name p53 refers to its apparent molecular mass. It runs as a 53 kDa molecule on SDS-PAGE.  But based on calculations from its amino acid residues, p53&#039;s mass is actually 43.7 kDa. This difference may be due to the high number of proline residues in the protein, resulting in its migrating slowly on SDS-PAGE.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Human p53 is 393 amino acids long and has seven domains:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Transcription activation domain&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Activation domain 2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Proline rich domain&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- DNA-binding core domain&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- A nuclear localization signaling domain&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Tetramerizatin domain&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- C-theminal domain&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p53 tumor suppressor is a&lt;br /&gt;
flexible molecule composed of&lt;br /&gt;
four identical protein chains.&lt;br /&gt;
Flexible molecules are difficult&lt;br /&gt;
to study by x-ray&lt;br /&gt;
crystallography because they do&lt;br /&gt;
not form orderly crystals. So p53 has been&lt;br /&gt;
studied in parts, by removing&lt;br /&gt;
the flexible regions and solving&lt;br /&gt;
structures of the pieces that&lt;br /&gt;
form stable structures.&lt;br /&gt;
The figure at the right shows the cartoon representation of the DNA-binding domain, which has been studied most.&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:P53_DNA.png | 400 px | thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;p53 Pathway and Mutation&#039;&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a normal cell, p53 is inactivated by its negative regulatory mdm2 (hdm2 in humans) and it is found at low levels. When DNA damage is sensed, p53&#039;s level rises. p53 binds to many regulatory sites in the genome and begins production of proteins that stop cell division until the damage is repaired. If the damage is irreparable, p53 initiates the process called programmed cell death, apoptosis, permanently removing the damage. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In most cases of human cancer, p53 mutations have been observed. Most of the p53 mutations that may result in cancer are found in and around the DNA-binding surface of the protein. The most common mutation changes R248, an amino acid that interacts with DNA. When mutated to another amino acid, this interaction is lost. Other residues associated with cancer-causing mutations are arginine 175, 249, 273, 282 and glycine 245. The figure at the right shows interaction of the DNA-binding domain with DNA. Key residues associated with mutations are represented by spheres.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:P53_surface_charge.png | left | 400 px | thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Surface charge of the DNA binding domain&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The figure at the left shows the surface charge of the p53 DNA-binding domain. It is rich in arginine amino acids that interact with DNA, and this causes its surface to be positively charged. This domain recognizes specific regulatory sites on the DNA. The flexible structure of p53 allows it to bind to many different variants of binding sites, allowing it to regulate transcription at many places in the genome.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;applet load=&#039;1TUP&#039; size=&#039;350&#039; frame=&#039;true&#039; align=&#039;right&#039; caption=&#039;Insert caption here&#039; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;scene name=&#039;Sandbox/P53_dna_binding_domain/1&#039;&amp;gt;Click Here to view a Three-dimensional Representation of the DNA-binding Domain Bound to DNA&amp;lt;/scene&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a Zn-binding motif on p53. The p53 Zn atom is coordinated by residues&lt;br /&gt;
C176, H179, C238, and C242 that are located on two loops, respectively. It is conceivable that the&lt;br /&gt;
zinc plays a role in stabilizing the two loops through&lt;br /&gt;
coordination. The Zn has been represented as a red sphere in the figure at the right.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mary Ball</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=P53&amp;diff=1118071</id>
		<title>P53</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=P53&amp;diff=1118071"/>
		<updated>2010-09-06T16:22:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mary Ball: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Image:P53_DNAbd.png | 400 px | thumb ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;p53 Tumor Suppressor Protein&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The name p53 refers to its apparent molecular mass. It runs as a 53 kDa molecule on SDS-PAGE.  But based on calculations from its amino acid residues, p53&#039;s mass is actually 43.7 kDa. This difference may be due to the high number of proline residues in the protein, resulting in its migrating slowly on SDS-PAGE.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Human p53 is 393 amino acids long and has seven domains:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Transcription activation domain&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Activation domain 2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Proline rich domain&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- DNA-binding core domain&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- A nuclear localization signaling domain&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Tetramerizatin domain&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- C-theminal domain&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p53 tumor suppressor is a&lt;br /&gt;
flexible molecule composed of&lt;br /&gt;
four identical protein chains.&lt;br /&gt;
Flexible molecules are difficult&lt;br /&gt;
to study by x-ray&lt;br /&gt;
crystallography because they do&lt;br /&gt;
not form orderly crystals. So p53 has been&lt;br /&gt;
studied in parts, by removing&lt;br /&gt;
the flexible regions and solving&lt;br /&gt;
structures of the pieces that&lt;br /&gt;
form stable structures.&lt;br /&gt;
The figure at the right shows the cartoon representation of the DNA-binding domain, which has been studied most.&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:P53_DNA.png | 400 px | thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;p53 Pathway and Mutation&#039;&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a normal cell, p53 is inactivated by its negative regulatory mdm2 (hdm2 in humans) and it is found at low levels. When DNA damage is sensed, p53&#039;s level rises. p53 binds to many regulatory sites in the genome and begins production of proteins that stop cell division until the damage is repaired. If the damage is irreparable, p53 initiates the process called programmed cell death, apoptosis, permanently removing the damage. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In most cases of human cancer, p53 mutations have been observed. Most of the p53 mutations that may result in cancer are found in and around the DNA-binding surface of the protein. The most common mutation changes R248, an amino acid that interacts with DNA. When mutated to another amino acid, this interaction is lost. Other residues associated with cancer-causing mutations are arginine 175, 249, 273, 282 and glycine 245. The figure at the right shows interaction of the DNA-binding domain with DNA. Key residues associated with mutations are represented by spheres.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:P53_surface_charge.png | left | 400 px | thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Surface charge of the DNA binding domain&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The figure at the left shows the surface charge of the p53 DNA-binding domain. It is rich in arginine amino acids that interact with DNA, and this causes its surface to be positively charged. This domain recognizes specific regulatory sites on the DNA. The flexible structure of p53 allows it to bind to many different variants of binding sites, allowing it to regulate transcription at many places in the genome.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;applet load=&#039;1TUP&#039; size=&#039;350&#039; frame=&#039;true&#039; align=&#039;right&#039; caption=&#039;Insert caption here&#039; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;scene name=&#039;Sandbox/P53_dna_binding_domain/1&#039;&amp;gt;Three dimensional representation of the DNA-binding domain with DNA&amp;lt;/scene&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a Zn-binding motif on p53. The p53 Zn atom is coordinated by residues&lt;br /&gt;
C176, H179, C238, and C242 that are located on two loops, respectively. It is conceivable that the&lt;br /&gt;
zinc plays a role in stabilizing the two loops through&lt;br /&gt;
coordination. The Zn has been represented as a red sphere in the figure at the right.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mary Ball</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=P53&amp;diff=1118070</id>
		<title>P53</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=P53&amp;diff=1118070"/>
		<updated>2010-09-06T16:20:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mary Ball: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Image:P53_DNAbd.png | 400 px | thumb ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;p53 Tumor Suppressor Protein&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The name p53 refers to its apparent molecular mass. It runs as a 53 kDa molecule on SDS-PAGE.  But based on calculations from its amino acid residues, p53&#039;s mass is actually 43.7 kDa. This difference may be due to the high number of proline residues in the protein, resulting in its migrating slowly on SDS-PAGE.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Human p53 is 393 amino acids long and has seven domains:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Transcription activation domain&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Activation domain 2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Proline rich domain&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- DNA-binding core domain&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- A nuclear localization signaling domain&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Tetramerizatin domain&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- C-theminal domain&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p53 tumor suppressor is a&lt;br /&gt;
flexible molecule composed of&lt;br /&gt;
four identical protein chains.&lt;br /&gt;
Flexible molecules are difficult&lt;br /&gt;
to study by x-ray&lt;br /&gt;
crystallography because they do&lt;br /&gt;
not form orderly crystals. So p53 has been&lt;br /&gt;
studied in parts, by removing&lt;br /&gt;
the flexible regions and solving&lt;br /&gt;
structures of the pieces that&lt;br /&gt;
form stable structures.&lt;br /&gt;
The figure at the right shows the cartoon representation of the DNA-binding domain, which has been studied most.&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:P53_DNA.png | 400 px | thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;p53 Pathway and Mutation&#039;&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a normal cell, p53 is inactivated by its negative regulatory mdm2 (hdm2 in humans) and it is found at low levels. When DNA damage is sensed, p53&#039;s level rises. p53 binds to many regulatory sites in the genome and begins production of proteins that stop cell division until the damage is repaired. If the damage is irreparable, p53 initiates the process called programmed cell death, apoptosis, permanently removing the damage. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In most cases of human cancer, p53 mutations have been observed. Most of the p53 mutations that may result in cancer are found in and around the DNA-binding surface of the protein. The most common mutation changes R248, an amino acid that interacts with DNA. When mutated to another amino acid, this interaction is lost. Other residues associated with cancer-causing mutations are arginine 175, 249, 273, 282 and glycine 245. The figure at the right shows interaction of the DNA-binding domain with DNA. Key residues associated with mutations are represented by spheres.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:P53_surface_charge.png | left | 400 px | thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Surface charge of the DNA binding domain&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The figure at the left shows the surface charge of the p53 DNA-binding domain. It is rich in arginine amino acids that interact with DNA, and this causes its surface to be positively charged. This domain recognizes specific regulatory sites on the DNA. The flexible structure of p53 allows it to bind to many different variants of binding sites, allowing it to regulate transcription at many places in the genome.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;applet load=&#039;1TUP&#039; size=&#039;350&#039; frame=&#039;true&#039; align=&#039;right&#039; caption=&#039;Insert caption here&#039; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;scene name=&#039;Sandbox/P53_dna_binding_domain/1&#039;&amp;gt;Three dimensional representation of the DNA-binding domain with DNA&amp;lt;/scene&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a Zn-binding motif on p53. The p53 Zn atom is coordinated by residues&lt;br /&gt;
C176, H179, C238, and C242 that are located on two loops, respectively. It is conceivable that the&lt;br /&gt;
zinc plays a role in stabilizing the two loops through&lt;br /&gt;
coordination. The Zn has been represented a as red sphere in the figure at the right.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mary Ball</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=P53&amp;diff=1118069</id>
		<title>P53</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=P53&amp;diff=1118069"/>
		<updated>2010-09-06T16:17:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mary Ball: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Image:P53_DNAbd.png | 400 px | thumb ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;p53 Tumor Suppressor Protein&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The name p53 refers to its apparent molecular mass. It runs as a 53 kDa molecule on SDS-PAGE.  But based on calculations from its amino acid residues, p53&#039;s mass is actually 43.7 kDa. This difference may be due to the high number of proline residues in the protein, resulting in its migrating slowly on SDS-PAGE.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Human p53 is 393 amino acids long and has seven domains:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Transcription activation domain&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Activation domain 2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Proline rich domain&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- DNA-binding core domain&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- A nuclear localization signaling domain&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Tetramerizatin domain&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- C-theminal domain&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p53 tumor suppressor is a&lt;br /&gt;
flexible molecule composed of&lt;br /&gt;
four identical protein chains.&lt;br /&gt;
Flexible molecules are difficult&lt;br /&gt;
to study by x-ray&lt;br /&gt;
crystallography because they do&lt;br /&gt;
not form orderly crystals. So p53 has been&lt;br /&gt;
studied in parts, by removing&lt;br /&gt;
the flexible regions and solving&lt;br /&gt;
structures of the pieces that&lt;br /&gt;
form stable structures.&lt;br /&gt;
The figure at the right shows the cartoon representation of the DNA-binding domain, which has been studied most.&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:P53_DNA.png | 400 px | thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;p53 Pathway and Mutation&#039;&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a normal cell, p53 is inactivated by its negative regulatory mdm2 (hdm2 in humans) and it is found at low levels. When DNA damage is sensed, p53&#039;s level rises. p53 binds to many regulatory sites in the genome and begins production of proteins that stop cell division until the damage is repaired. If the damage is irreparable, p53 initiates the process called programmed cell death, apoptosis, permanently removing the damage. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In most cases of human cancer, p53 mutations have been observed. Most of the p53 mutations that cause cancer are found in and around the DNA-binding surface of the protein. The most common mutation changes R248, an amino acid that interacts with DNA. When mutated to another amino acid, this interaction is lost. Other residues associated with cancer-causing mutations are arginine 175, 249, 273, 282 and glycine 245. The figure at the right shows interaction of the DNA-binding domain with DNA. Key residues associated with mutations are represented by spheres.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:P53_surface_charge.png | left | 400 px | thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Surface charge of the DNA binding domain&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The figure at the left shows the surface charge of the p53 DNA-binding domain. It is rich in arginine amino acids that interact with DNA, and this causes its surface to be positively charged. This domain recognizes specific regulatory sites on the DNA. The flexible structure of p53 allows it to bind to many different variants of binding sites, allowing it to regulate transcription at many places in the genome.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;applet load=&#039;1TUP&#039; size=&#039;350&#039; frame=&#039;true&#039; align=&#039;right&#039; caption=&#039;Insert caption here&#039; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;scene name=&#039;Sandbox/P53_dna_binding_domain/1&#039;&amp;gt;Three dimensional representation of the DNA-binding domain with DNA&amp;lt;/scene&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a Zn-binding motif on p53. The p53 Zn atom is coordinated by residues&lt;br /&gt;
C176, H179, C238, and C242 that are located on two loops, respectively. It is conceivable that the&lt;br /&gt;
zinc plays a role in stabilizing the two loops through&lt;br /&gt;
coordination. The Zn has been represented a as red sphere in the figure at the right.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mary Ball</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=P53&amp;diff=1118068</id>
		<title>P53</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=P53&amp;diff=1118068"/>
		<updated>2010-09-06T16:16:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mary Ball: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Image:P53_DNAbd.png | 400 px | thumb ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;p53 Tumor Suppressor Protein&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The name p53 refers to its apparent molecular mass. It runs as a 53 kDa molecule on SDS-PAGE.  But based on calculations from its amino acid residues, p53&#039;s mass is actually 43.7 kDa. This difference may be due to the high number of proline residues in the protein, resulting in its migrating slowly on SDS-PAGE.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Human p53 is 393 amino acids long and has seven domains:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Transcription activation domain&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Activation domain 2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Proline rich domain&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- DNA-binding core domain&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- A nuclear localization signaling domain&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Tetramerizatin domain&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- C-theminal domain&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p53 tumor suppressor is a&lt;br /&gt;
flexible molecule composed of&lt;br /&gt;
four identical protein chains.&lt;br /&gt;
Flexible molecules are difficult&lt;br /&gt;
to study by x-ray&lt;br /&gt;
crystallography because they do&lt;br /&gt;
not form orderly crystals. So p53 has been&lt;br /&gt;
studied in parts, by removing&lt;br /&gt;
the flexible regions and solving&lt;br /&gt;
structures of the pieces that&lt;br /&gt;
form stable structures.&lt;br /&gt;
The figure at the right shows the cartoon representation of the DNA-binding domain, which has been studied most.&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:P53_DNA.png | 400 px | thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;p53 Pathway and Mutation&#039;&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a normal cell, p53 is inactivated by its negative regulatory mdm2 (hdm2 in humans) and it is found at low levels. When DNA damage is sensed, p53&#039;s level rises. p53 binds to many regulatory sites in the genome and begins production of proteins that stop cell division until the damage is repaired. If the damage is irreparable, p53 initiates the process called programmed cell death, apoptosis, permanently removing the damage. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In most cases of human cancer, p53 mutations has been observed. Most of the p53 mutations that cause cancer are found in and around the DNA-binding surface of the protein. The most common mutation changes R248, an amino acid that interacts with DNA. When mutated to another amino acid, this interaction is lost. Other residues associated with cancer-causing mutations are arginine 175, 249, 273, 282 and glycine 245. The figure at the right shows interaction of the DNA-binding domain with DNA. Key residues associated with mutations are represented by spheres.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:P53_surface_charge.png | left | 400 px | thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Surface charge of the DNA binding domain&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The figure at the left shows the surface charge of the p53 DNA-binding domain. It is rich in arginine amino acids that interact with DNA, and this causes its surface to be positively charged. This domain recognizes specific regulatory sites on the DNA. The flexible structure of p53 allows it to bind to many different variants of binding sites, allowing it to regulate transcription at many places in the genome.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;applet load=&#039;1TUP&#039; size=&#039;350&#039; frame=&#039;true&#039; align=&#039;right&#039; caption=&#039;Insert caption here&#039; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;scene name=&#039;Sandbox/P53_dna_binding_domain/1&#039;&amp;gt;Three dimensional representation of the DNA-binding domain with DNA&amp;lt;/scene&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a Zn-binding motif on p53. The p53 Zn atom is coordinated by residues&lt;br /&gt;
C176, H179, C238, and C242 that are located on two loops, respectively. It is conceivable that the&lt;br /&gt;
zinc plays a role in stabilizing the two loops through&lt;br /&gt;
coordination. The Zn has been represented a as red sphere in the figure at the right.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mary Ball</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=P53&amp;diff=1118067</id>
		<title>P53</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=P53&amp;diff=1118067"/>
		<updated>2010-09-06T16:14:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mary Ball: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Image:P53_DNAbd.png | 400 px | thumb ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;p53 Tumor Suppressor Protein&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The name p53 refers to its apparent molecular mass. It runs as a 53 kDa molecule on SDS-PAGE.  But based on calculations from its amino acid residues, p53&#039;s mass is actually 43.7 kDa. This difference may be due to the high number of proline residues in the protein, resulting in its migrating slowly on SDS-PAGE.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Human p53 is 393 amino acids long and has seven domains:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Transcription activation domain&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Activation domain 2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Proline rich domain&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- DNA-binding core domain&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- A nuclear localization signaling domain&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Tetramerizatin domain&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- C-theminal domain&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p53 tumor suppressor is a&lt;br /&gt;
flexible molecule composed of&lt;br /&gt;
four identical protein chains.&lt;br /&gt;
Flexible molecules are difficult&lt;br /&gt;
to study by x-ray&lt;br /&gt;
crystallography because they do&lt;br /&gt;
not form orderly crystals. So p53 has been&lt;br /&gt;
studied in parts, by removing&lt;br /&gt;
the flexible regions and solving&lt;br /&gt;
structures of the pieces that&lt;br /&gt;
form stable structures.&lt;br /&gt;
The figure at the right shows the cartoon representation of the DNA-binding domain, which has been studied most.&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:P53_DNA.png | 400 px | thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;p53 Pathway and mutation&#039;&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a normal cell, p53 is inactivated by its negative regulatory mdm2 (hdm2 in humans) and it is found at low levels. When DNA damage is sensed, p53&#039;s level rises(). p53 binds to many regulatory sites in the genome and begins production of proteins that stop cell division until the damage is repaired. If the damage is irreparable, p53 initiates the process called programmed cell death, apoptosis, permanently removing the damage. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In most cases of human cancer, p53 mutations has been observed. Most of the p53 mutations that cause cancer are found in and around the DNA-binding surface of the protein. The most common mutation changes R248, an amino acid that interacts with DNA. When mutated to another amino acid, this interaction is lost. Other residues associated with cancer-causing mutations are arginine 175, 249, 273, 282 and glycine 245. The figure at the right shows interaction of the DNA-binding domain with DNA. Key residues associated with mutations are represented by spheres.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:P53_surface_charge.png | left | 400 px | thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Surface charge of the DNA binding domain&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The figure at the left shows the surface charge of the p53 DNA-binding domain. It is rich in arginine amino acids that interact with DNA, and this causes its surface to be positively charged. This domain recognizes specific regulatory sites on the DNA. The flexible structure of p53 allows it to bind to many different variants of binding sites, allowing it to regulate transcription at many places in the genome.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;applet load=&#039;1TUP&#039; size=&#039;350&#039; frame=&#039;true&#039; align=&#039;right&#039; caption=&#039;Insert caption here&#039; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;scene name=&#039;Sandbox/P53_dna_binding_domain/1&#039;&amp;gt;Three dimensional representation of the DNA-binding domain with DNA&amp;lt;/scene&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a Zn-binding motif on p53. The p53 Zn atom is coordinated by residues&lt;br /&gt;
C176, H179, C238, and C242 that are located on two loops, respectively. It is conceivable that the&lt;br /&gt;
zinc plays a role in stabilizing the two loops through&lt;br /&gt;
coordination. The Zn has been represented a as red sphere in the figure at the right.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mary Ball</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=User:Mary_Ball/Glucagon&amp;diff=1094429</id>
		<title>User:Mary Ball/Glucagon</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=User:Mary_Ball/Glucagon&amp;diff=1094429"/>
		<updated>2010-06-12T13:49:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mary Ball: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===GLUCAGON===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Seed}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:1gcn.png|left|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
The line below this paragraph, containing &amp;quot;STRUCTURE_1gcn&amp;quot;, creates the &amp;quot;Structure Box&amp;quot; on the page.&lt;br /&gt;
You may change the PDB parameter (which sets the PDB file loaded into the applet) &lt;br /&gt;
or the SCENE parameter (which sets the initial scene displayed when the page is loaded),&lt;br /&gt;
or leave the SCENE parameter empty for the default display.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{STRUCTURE_1gcn|  PDB=1gcn  |  SCENE=  }} &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==About this Structure==&lt;br /&gt;
1GCN is a [[Single protein]] structure of a sequence isolated from the wild boar [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sus_scrofa Sus scrofa]. Full crystallographic information is available from [http://oca.weizmann.ac.il/oca-bin/ocashort?id=1GCN OCA], a browser-database for protein structure/function. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For information on the function of gulcagon, see the Glucagon article in Wikipedia at [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Glucagon]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Refer to the structure and the article to complete the following Quiz.&lt;br /&gt;
==Quiz==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;quiz display=simple&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{Glucagon combines with a receptor inside target cells.&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;()&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
- True&lt;br /&gt;
+ False&lt;br /&gt;
|| Glucagon combines with a receptor on the surface of target cells.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{Glucagon is a type of:&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;()&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
- Gene&lt;br /&gt;
+ Protein&lt;br /&gt;
- RNA&lt;br /&gt;
- Carbohydrate&lt;br /&gt;
||Glucagon and insulin are a pair of hormones that control blood glucose levels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{  &lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;{}&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
How many amino acids are joined into a chain to form glucagon? &lt;br /&gt;
{ 29 }&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{What is the biological function of glucagon?&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;()&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
- It is an enzyme.&lt;br /&gt;
- It is a membrane receptor.&lt;br /&gt;
+ It is a hormone.&lt;br /&gt;
- It is an intracellular hormone receptor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{ Which of these structures represents glucagon? &lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;()&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
- [[Image:1stp.png|100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
+ [[Image:1gcn.png|50px]]&lt;br /&gt;
- [[Image:1acj.png|100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
- [[Image:1zgc.png|100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/quiz&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Abstract for This Structure==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===X-RAY ANALYSIS OF GLUCAGON AND ITS RELATIONSHIP TO RECEPTOR BINDING===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- &lt;br /&gt;
The line below this paragraph, {{ABSTRACT_PUBMED_171582}}, adds the Publication Abstract to the page &lt;br /&gt;
(as it appears on PubMed at http://www.pubmed.gov), where 171582 is the PubMed ID number.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{ABSTRACT_PUBMED_171582}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reference==&lt;br /&gt;
X-ray analysis of glucagon and its relationship to receptor binding., Sasaki K, Dockerill S, Adamiak DA, Tickle IJ, Blundell T, Nature. 1975 Oct 30;257(5529):751-7. PMID:[http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/171582 171582]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Single protein]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Sus scrofa]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Blundell, T L.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Dockerill, S.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Sasaki, K.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Tickle, I J.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Hormone]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Page seeded by [http://oca.weizmann.ac.il/oca OCA ] on Tue Jul  1 05:05:13 2008&#039;&#039;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mary Ball</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=User:Mary_Ball/Glucagon&amp;diff=1094428</id>
		<title>User:Mary Ball/Glucagon</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=User:Mary_Ball/Glucagon&amp;diff=1094428"/>
		<updated>2010-06-12T13:48:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mary Ball: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===GLUCAGON===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Seed}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:1gcn.png|left|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
The line below this paragraph, containing &amp;quot;STRUCTURE_1gcn&amp;quot;, creates the &amp;quot;Structure Box&amp;quot; on the page.&lt;br /&gt;
You may change the PDB parameter (which sets the PDB file loaded into the applet) &lt;br /&gt;
or the SCENE parameter (which sets the initial scene displayed when the page is loaded),&lt;br /&gt;
or leave the SCENE parameter empty for the default display.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{STRUCTURE_1gcn|  PDB=1gcn  |  SCENE=  }} &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==About this Structure==&lt;br /&gt;
1GCN is a [[single-protein]] structure of a sequence isolated from the wild boar [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sus_scrofa Sus scrofa]. Full crystallographic information is available from [http://oca.weizmann.ac.il/oca-bin/ocashort?id=1GCN OCA], a browser-database for protein structure/function. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For information on the function of gulcagon, see the Glucagon article in Wikipedia at [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Glucagon]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Refer to the structure and the article to complete the following Quiz.&lt;br /&gt;
==Quiz==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;quiz display=simple&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{Glucagon combines with a receptor inside target cells.&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;()&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
- True&lt;br /&gt;
+ False&lt;br /&gt;
|| Glucagon combines with a receptor on the surface of target cells.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{Glucagon is a type of:&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;()&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
- Gene&lt;br /&gt;
+ Protein&lt;br /&gt;
- RNA&lt;br /&gt;
- Carbohydrate&lt;br /&gt;
||Glucagon and insulin are a pair of hormones that control blood glucose levels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{  &lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;{}&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
How many amino acids are joined into a chain to form glucagon? &lt;br /&gt;
{ 29 }&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{What is the biological function of glucagon?&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;()&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
- It is an enzyme.&lt;br /&gt;
- It is a membrane receptor.&lt;br /&gt;
+ It is a hormone.&lt;br /&gt;
- It is an intracellular hormone receptor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{ Which of these structures represents glucagon? &lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;()&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
- [[Image:1stp.png|100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
+ [[Image:1gcn.png|50px]]&lt;br /&gt;
- [[Image:1acj.png|100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
- [[Image:1zgc.png|100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/quiz&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Abstract for This Structure==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===X-RAY ANALYSIS OF GLUCAGON AND ITS RELATIONSHIP TO RECEPTOR BINDING===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- &lt;br /&gt;
The line below this paragraph, {{ABSTRACT_PUBMED_171582}}, adds the Publication Abstract to the page &lt;br /&gt;
(as it appears on PubMed at http://www.pubmed.gov), where 171582 is the PubMed ID number.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{ABSTRACT_PUBMED_171582}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reference==&lt;br /&gt;
X-ray analysis of glucagon and its relationship to receptor binding., Sasaki K, Dockerill S, Adamiak DA, Tickle IJ, Blundell T, Nature. 1975 Oct 30;257(5529):751-7. PMID:[http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/171582 171582]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Single protein]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Sus scrofa]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Blundell, T L.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Dockerill, S.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Sasaki, K.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Tickle, I J.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Hormone]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Page seeded by [http://oca.weizmann.ac.il/oca OCA ] on Tue Jul  1 05:05:13 2008&#039;&#039;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mary Ball</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=User:Mary_Ball/Glucagon&amp;diff=1094425</id>
		<title>User:Mary Ball/Glucagon</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=User:Mary_Ball/Glucagon&amp;diff=1094425"/>
		<updated>2010-06-12T13:30:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mary Ball: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===GLUCAGON===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Seed}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:1gcn.png|left|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
The line below this paragraph, containing &amp;quot;STRUCTURE_1gcn&amp;quot;, creates the &amp;quot;Structure Box&amp;quot; on the page.&lt;br /&gt;
You may change the PDB parameter (which sets the PDB file loaded into the applet) &lt;br /&gt;
or the SCENE parameter (which sets the initial scene displayed when the page is loaded),&lt;br /&gt;
or leave the SCENE parameter empty for the default display.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{STRUCTURE_1gcn|  PDB=1gcn  |  SCENE=  }} &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==About this Structure==&lt;br /&gt;
1GCN is a [[Single protein]] structure of a sequence isolated from the wild boar [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sus_scrofa Sus scrofa]. Full crystallographic information is available from [http://oca.weizmann.ac.il/oca-bin/ocashort?id=1GCN OCA], a browser-database for protein structure/function. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For information on the function of gulcagon, see the Glucagon article in Wikipedia at [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Glucagon]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Refer to the structure and the article to complete the following Quiz.&lt;br /&gt;
==Quiz==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;quiz display=simple&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{Glucagon combines with a receptor inside target cells.&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;()&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
- True&lt;br /&gt;
+ False&lt;br /&gt;
|| Glucagon combines with a receptor on the surface of target cells.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{Glucagon is a type of:&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;()&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
- Gene&lt;br /&gt;
+ Protein&lt;br /&gt;
- RNA&lt;br /&gt;
- Carbohydrate&lt;br /&gt;
||Glucagon and insulin are a pair of hormones that control blood glucose levels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{  &lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;{}&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
How many amino acids are joined into a chain to form glucagon? &lt;br /&gt;
{ 29 }&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{What is the biological function of glucagon?&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;()&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
- It is an enzyme.&lt;br /&gt;
- It is a membrane receptor.&lt;br /&gt;
+ It is a hormone.&lt;br /&gt;
- It is an intracellular hormone receptor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{ Which of these structures represents glucagon? &lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;()&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
- [[Image:1stp.png|100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
+ [[Image:1gcn.png|50px]]&lt;br /&gt;
- [[Image:1acj.png|100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
- [[Image:1zgc.png|100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/quiz&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Abstract for This Structure==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===X-RAY ANALYSIS OF GLUCAGON AND ITS RELATIONSHIP TO RECEPTOR BINDING===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- &lt;br /&gt;
The line below this paragraph, {{ABSTRACT_PUBMED_171582}}, adds the Publication Abstract to the page &lt;br /&gt;
(as it appears on PubMed at http://www.pubmed.gov), where 171582 is the PubMed ID number.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{ABSTRACT_PUBMED_171582}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reference==&lt;br /&gt;
X-ray analysis of glucagon and its relationship to receptor binding., Sasaki K, Dockerill S, Adamiak DA, Tickle IJ, Blundell T, Nature. 1975 Oct 30;257(5529):751-7. PMID:[http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/171582 171582]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Single protein]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Sus scrofa]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Blundell, T L.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Dockerill, S.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Sasaki, K.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Tickle, I J.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Hormone]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Page seeded by [http://oca.weizmann.ac.il/oca OCA ] on Tue Jul  1 05:05:13 2008&#039;&#039;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mary Ball</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=User:Mary_Ball/Glucagon&amp;diff=1094424</id>
		<title>User:Mary Ball/Glucagon</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=User:Mary_Ball/Glucagon&amp;diff=1094424"/>
		<updated>2010-06-12T13:25:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mary Ball: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===GLUCAGON===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Seed}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:1gcn.png|left|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
The line below this paragraph, containing &amp;quot;STRUCTURE_1gcn&amp;quot;, creates the &amp;quot;Structure Box&amp;quot; on the page.&lt;br /&gt;
You may change the PDB parameter (which sets the PDB file loaded into the applet) &lt;br /&gt;
or the SCENE parameter (which sets the initial scene displayed when the page is loaded),&lt;br /&gt;
or leave the SCENE parameter empty for the default display.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{STRUCTURE_1gcn|  PDB=1gcn  |  SCENE=  }} &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==About this Structure==&lt;br /&gt;
1GCN is a [[Single protein]] structure of a sequence isolated from the wild boar [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sus_scrofa Sus scrofa]. Full crystallographic information is available from [http://oca.weizmann.ac.il/oca-bin/ocashort?id=1GCN OCA]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For information on the function of gulcagon, see the Glucagon article in Wikipedia at [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Glucagon]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Refer to the structure and the article to complete the following Quiz.&lt;br /&gt;
==Quiz==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;quiz display=simple&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{Glucagon combines with a receptor inside target cells.&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;()&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
- True&lt;br /&gt;
+ False&lt;br /&gt;
|| Glucagon combines with a receptor on the surface of target cells.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{Glucagon is a type of:&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;()&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
- Gene&lt;br /&gt;
+ Protein&lt;br /&gt;
- RNA&lt;br /&gt;
- Carbohydrate&lt;br /&gt;
||Glucagon and insulin are a pair of hormones that control blood glucose levels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{  &lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;{}&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
How many amino acids are joined into a chain to form glucagon? &lt;br /&gt;
{ 29 }&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{What is the biological function of glucagon?&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;()&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
- It is an enzyme.&lt;br /&gt;
- It is a membrane receptor.&lt;br /&gt;
+ It is a hormone.&lt;br /&gt;
- It is an intracellular hormone receptor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{ Which of these structures represents glucagon? &lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;()&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
- [[Image:1stp.png|100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
+ [[Image:1gcn.png|50px]]&lt;br /&gt;
- [[Image:1acj.png|100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
- [[Image:1zgc.png|100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/quiz&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Abstract for This Structure==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===X-RAY ANALYSIS OF GLUCAGON AND ITS RELATIONSHIP TO RECEPTOR BINDING===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- &lt;br /&gt;
The line below this paragraph, {{ABSTRACT_PUBMED_171582}}, adds the Publication Abstract to the page &lt;br /&gt;
(as it appears on PubMed at http://www.pubmed.gov), where 171582 is the PubMed ID number.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{ABSTRACT_PUBMED_171582}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reference==&lt;br /&gt;
X-ray analysis of glucagon and its relationship to receptor binding., Sasaki K, Dockerill S, Adamiak DA, Tickle IJ, Blundell T, Nature. 1975 Oct 30;257(5529):751-7. PMID:[http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/171582 171582]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Single protein]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Sus scrofa]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Blundell, T L.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Dockerill, S.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Sasaki, K.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Tickle, I J.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Hormone]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Page seeded by [http://oca.weizmann.ac.il/oca OCA ] on Tue Jul  1 05:05:13 2008&#039;&#039;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mary Ball</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=User:Mary_Ball/Glucagon&amp;diff=1094422</id>
		<title>User:Mary Ball/Glucagon</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=User:Mary_Ball/Glucagon&amp;diff=1094422"/>
		<updated>2010-06-12T13:24:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mary Ball: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===GLUCAGON===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Seed}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:1gcn.png|left|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
The line below this paragraph, containing &amp;quot;STRUCTURE_1gcn&amp;quot;, creates the &amp;quot;Structure Box&amp;quot; on the page.&lt;br /&gt;
You may change the PDB parameter (which sets the PDB file loaded into the applet) &lt;br /&gt;
or the SCENE parameter (which sets the initial scene displayed when the page is loaded),&lt;br /&gt;
or leave the SCENE parameter empty for the default display.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{STRUCTURE_1gcn|  PDB=1gcn  |  SCENE=  }} &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==About this Structure==&lt;br /&gt;
1GCN is a [[Single protein]] structure of a sequence from [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sus_scrofa Sus scrofa]. Full crystallographic information is available from [http://oca.weizmann.ac.il/oca-bin/ocashort?id=1GCN OCA]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For information on the function of gulcagon, see the Glucagon article in Wikipedia at [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Glucagon]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Refer to the structure and the article to complete the following Quiz.&lt;br /&gt;
==Quiz==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;quiz display=simple&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{Glucagon combines with a receptor inside target cells.&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;()&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
- True&lt;br /&gt;
+ False&lt;br /&gt;
|| Glucagon combines with a receptor on the surface of target cells.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{Glucagon is a type of:&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;()&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
- Gene&lt;br /&gt;
+ Protein&lt;br /&gt;
- RNA&lt;br /&gt;
- Carbohydrate&lt;br /&gt;
||Glucagon and insulin are a pair of hormones that control blood glucose levels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{  &lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;{}&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
How many amino acids are joined into a chain to form glucagon? &lt;br /&gt;
{ 29 }&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{What is the biological function of glucagon?&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;()&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
- It is an enzyme.&lt;br /&gt;
- It is a membrane receptor.&lt;br /&gt;
+ It is a hormone.&lt;br /&gt;
- It is an intracellular hormone receptor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{ Which of these structures represents glucagon? &lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;()&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
- [[Image:1stp.png|100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
+ [[Image:1gcn.png|50px]]&lt;br /&gt;
- [[Image:1acj.png|100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
- [[Image:1zgc.png|100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/quiz&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Abstract for This Structure==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===X-RAY ANALYSIS OF GLUCAGON AND ITS RELATIONSHIP TO RECEPTOR BINDING===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- &lt;br /&gt;
The line below this paragraph, {{ABSTRACT_PUBMED_171582}}, adds the Publication Abstract to the page &lt;br /&gt;
(as it appears on PubMed at http://www.pubmed.gov), where 171582 is the PubMed ID number.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{ABSTRACT_PUBMED_171582}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reference==&lt;br /&gt;
X-ray analysis of glucagon and its relationship to receptor binding., Sasaki K, Dockerill S, Adamiak DA, Tickle IJ, Blundell T, Nature. 1975 Oct 30;257(5529):751-7. PMID:[http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/171582 171582]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Single protein]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Sus scrofa]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Blundell, T L.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Dockerill, S.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Sasaki, K.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Tickle, I J.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Hormone]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Page seeded by [http://oca.weizmann.ac.il/oca OCA ] on Tue Jul  1 05:05:13 2008&#039;&#039;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mary Ball</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=User:Mary_Ball/Glucagon&amp;diff=1094410</id>
		<title>User:Mary Ball/Glucagon</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=User:Mary_Ball/Glucagon&amp;diff=1094410"/>
		<updated>2010-06-12T13:10:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mary Ball: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===GLUCAGON===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Seed}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:1gcn.png|left|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
The line below this paragraph, containing &amp;quot;STRUCTURE_1gcn&amp;quot;, creates the &amp;quot;Structure Box&amp;quot; on the page.&lt;br /&gt;
You may change the PDB parameter (which sets the PDB file loaded into the applet) &lt;br /&gt;
or the SCENE parameter (which sets the initial scene displayed when the page is loaded),&lt;br /&gt;
or leave the SCENE parameter empty for the default display.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{STRUCTURE_1gcn|  PDB=1gcn  |  SCENE=  }} &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==About this Structure==&lt;br /&gt;
1GCN is a [[Single protein]] structure of sequence from [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sus_scrofa Sus scrofa]. Full crystallographic information is available from [http://oca.weizmann.ac.il/oca-bin/ocashort?id=1GCN OCA]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For information on the function of gulcagon, see the Glucagon article in Wikipedia at [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Glucagon]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Refer to the structure and the article to complete the following Quiz.&lt;br /&gt;
==Quiz==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;quiz display=simple&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{Glucagon combines with a receptor inside target cells.&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;()&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
- True&lt;br /&gt;
+ False&lt;br /&gt;
|| Glucagon combines with a receptor on the surface of target cells.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{Glucagon is a type of:&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;()&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
- Gene&lt;br /&gt;
+ Protein&lt;br /&gt;
- RNA&lt;br /&gt;
- Carbohydrate&lt;br /&gt;
||Glucagon and insulin are a pair of hormones that control blood glucose levels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{  &lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;{}&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
How many amino acids are joined into a chain to form glucagon? &lt;br /&gt;
{ 29 }&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{What is the biological function of glucagon?&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;()&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
- It is an enzyme.&lt;br /&gt;
- It is a membrane receptor.&lt;br /&gt;
+ It is a hormone.&lt;br /&gt;
- It is an intracellular hormone receptor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{ Which of these structures represents glucagon? &lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;()&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
- [[Image:1stp.png|100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
+ [[Image:1gcn.png|50px]]&lt;br /&gt;
- [[Image:1acj.png|100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
- [[Image:1zgc.png|100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/quiz&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Abstract for This Structure==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===X-RAY ANALYSIS OF GLUCAGON AND ITS RELATIONSHIP TO RECEPTOR BINDING===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- &lt;br /&gt;
The line below this paragraph, {{ABSTRACT_PUBMED_171582}}, adds the Publication Abstract to the page &lt;br /&gt;
(as it appears on PubMed at http://www.pubmed.gov), where 171582 is the PubMed ID number.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{ABSTRACT_PUBMED_171582}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reference==&lt;br /&gt;
X-ray analysis of glucagon and its relationship to receptor binding., Sasaki K, Dockerill S, Adamiak DA, Tickle IJ, Blundell T, Nature. 1975 Oct 30;257(5529):751-7. PMID:[http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/171582 171582]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Single protein]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Sus scrofa]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Blundell, T L.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Dockerill, S.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Sasaki, K.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Tickle, I J.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Hormone]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Page seeded by [http://oca.weizmann.ac.il/oca OCA ] on Tue Jul  1 05:05:13 2008&#039;&#039;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mary Ball</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=User:Mary_Ball/Glucagon&amp;diff=1094409</id>
		<title>User:Mary Ball/Glucagon</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=User:Mary_Ball/Glucagon&amp;diff=1094409"/>
		<updated>2010-06-12T13:07:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mary Ball: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Seed}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:1gcn.png|left|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
The line below this paragraph, containing &amp;quot;STRUCTURE_1gcn&amp;quot;, creates the &amp;quot;Structure Box&amp;quot; on the page.&lt;br /&gt;
You may change the PDB parameter (which sets the PDB file loaded into the applet) &lt;br /&gt;
or the SCENE parameter (which sets the initial scene displayed when the page is loaded),&lt;br /&gt;
or leave the SCENE parameter empty for the default display.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{STRUCTURE_1gcn|  PDB=1gcn  |  SCENE=  }} &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===GLUCAGON===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==About this Structure==&lt;br /&gt;
1GCN is a [[Single protein]] structure of sequence from [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sus_scrofa Sus scrofa]. Full crystallographic information is available from [http://oca.weizmann.ac.il/oca-bin/ocashort?id=1GCN OCA]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For information on the function of gulcagon, see the Glucagon article in Wikipedia at [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Glucagon]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Refer to the structure and the article to complete the following Quiz.&lt;br /&gt;
==Quiz==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;quiz display=simple&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{Glucagon combines with a receptor inside target cells.&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;()&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
- True&lt;br /&gt;
+ False&lt;br /&gt;
|| Glucagon combines with a receptor on the surface of target cells.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{Glucagon is a type of:&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;()&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
- Gene&lt;br /&gt;
+ Protein&lt;br /&gt;
- RNA&lt;br /&gt;
- Carbohydrate&lt;br /&gt;
||Glucagon and insulin are a pair of hormones that control blood glucose levels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{  &lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;{}&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
How many amino acids are joined into a chain to form glucagon? &lt;br /&gt;
{ 29 }&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{What is the biological function of glucagon?&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;()&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
- It is an enzyme.&lt;br /&gt;
- It is a membrane receptor.&lt;br /&gt;
+ It is a hormone.&lt;br /&gt;
- It is an intracellular hormone receptor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{ Which of these structures represents glucagon? &lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;()&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
- [[Image:1stp.png|100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
+ [[Image:1gcn.png|50px]]&lt;br /&gt;
- [[Image:1acj.png|100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
- [[Image:1zgc.png|100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/quiz&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Abstract for This Structure==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===X-RAY ANALYSIS OF GLUCAGON AND ITS RELATIONSHIP TO RECEPTOR BINDING===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- &lt;br /&gt;
The line below this paragraph, {{ABSTRACT_PUBMED_171582}}, adds the Publication Abstract to the page &lt;br /&gt;
(as it appears on PubMed at http://www.pubmed.gov), where 171582 is the PubMed ID number.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{ABSTRACT_PUBMED_171582}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reference==&lt;br /&gt;
X-ray analysis of glucagon and its relationship to receptor binding., Sasaki K, Dockerill S, Adamiak DA, Tickle IJ, Blundell T, Nature. 1975 Oct 30;257(5529):751-7. PMID:[http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/171582 171582]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Single protein]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Sus scrofa]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Blundell, T L.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Dockerill, S.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Sasaki, K.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Tickle, I J.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Hormone]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Page seeded by [http://oca.weizmann.ac.il/oca OCA ] on Tue Jul  1 05:05:13 2008&#039;&#039;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mary Ball</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=User:Mary_Ball/Glucagon&amp;diff=1094408</id>
		<title>User:Mary Ball/Glucagon</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=User:Mary_Ball/Glucagon&amp;diff=1094408"/>
		<updated>2010-06-12T13:04:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mary Ball: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Seed}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:1gcn.png|left|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
The line below this paragraph, containing &amp;quot;STRUCTURE_1gcn&amp;quot;, creates the &amp;quot;Structure Box&amp;quot; on the page.&lt;br /&gt;
You may change the PDB parameter (which sets the PDB file loaded into the applet) &lt;br /&gt;
or the SCENE parameter (which sets the initial scene displayed when the page is loaded),&lt;br /&gt;
or leave the SCENE parameter empty for the default display.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{STRUCTURE_1gcn|  PDB=1gcn  |  SCENE=  }} &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===GLUCAGON===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==About this Structure==&lt;br /&gt;
1GCN is a [[Single protein]] structure of sequence from [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sus_scrofa Sus scrofa]. Full crystallographic information is available from [http://oca.weizmann.ac.il/oca-bin/ocashort?id=1GCN OCA]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For information on the function of gulcagon, see the Glucagon article in Wikipedia at [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Glucagon]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Refer to the structure and the article to complete the following Quiz.&lt;br /&gt;
==Quiz==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;quiz display=simple&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{Glucagon combines with a receptor inside target cells.&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;()&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
- True&lt;br /&gt;
+ False&lt;br /&gt;
|| Glucagon combines with a receptor on the surface of target cells.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{Glucagon is a type of:&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;()&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
- Gene&lt;br /&gt;
+ Protein&lt;br /&gt;
- RNA&lt;br /&gt;
- Carbohydrate&lt;br /&gt;
||Glucagon and insulin are a pair of hormones that control blood glucose levels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{  &lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;{}&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
How many amino acids are joined into a chain to form glucagon? &lt;br /&gt;
{ 29 }&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{What is the biological function of glucagon?&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;()&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
- It is an enzyme.&lt;br /&gt;
- It is a membrane receptor.&lt;br /&gt;
+ It is a hormone.&lt;br /&gt;
- It is an intracellular hormone receptor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{ Which of these structures represents glucagon? &lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;()&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
- [[Image:1stp.png|100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
+ [[Image:1gcn.png|50px]]&lt;br /&gt;
- [[Image:1acj.png|100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
- [[Image:1zgc.png|100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/quiz&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===X-RAY ANALYSIS OF GLUCAGON AND ITS RELATIONSHIP TO RECEPTOR BINDING===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- &lt;br /&gt;
The line below this paragraph, {{ABSTRACT_PUBMED_171582}}, adds the Publication Abstract to the page &lt;br /&gt;
(as it appears on PubMed at http://www.pubmed.gov), where 171582 is the PubMed ID number.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{ABSTRACT_PUBMED_171582}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reference==&lt;br /&gt;
X-ray analysis of glucagon and its relationship to receptor binding., Sasaki K, Dockerill S, Adamiak DA, Tickle IJ, Blundell T, Nature. 1975 Oct 30;257(5529):751-7. PMID:[http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/171582 171582]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Single protein]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Sus scrofa]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Blundell, T L.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Dockerill, S.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Sasaki, K.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Tickle, I J.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Hormone]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Page seeded by [http://oca.weizmann.ac.il/oca OCA ] on Tue Jul  1 05:05:13 2008&#039;&#039;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mary Ball</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=User:Mary_Ball/Glucagon&amp;diff=1094407</id>
		<title>User:Mary Ball/Glucagon</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=User:Mary_Ball/Glucagon&amp;diff=1094407"/>
		<updated>2010-06-12T13:03:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mary Ball: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Seed}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:1gcn.png|left|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
The line below this paragraph, containing &amp;quot;STRUCTURE_1gcn&amp;quot;, creates the &amp;quot;Structure Box&amp;quot; on the page.&lt;br /&gt;
You may change the PDB parameter (which sets the PDB file loaded into the applet) &lt;br /&gt;
or the SCENE parameter (which sets the initial scene displayed when the page is loaded),&lt;br /&gt;
or leave the SCENE parameter empty for the default display.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{STRUCTURE_1gcn|  PDB=1gcn  |  SCENE=  }} &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===GLUCAGON===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==About this Structure==&lt;br /&gt;
1GCN is a [[Single protein]] structure of sequence from [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sus_scrofa Sus scrofa]. Full crystallographic information is available from [http://oca.weizmann.ac.il/oca-bin/ocashort?id=1GCN OCA]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For information on the function of gulcagon, see the Glucagon article in Wikipedia at [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Glucagon]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quiz==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;quiz display=simple&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{Glucagon combines with a receptor inside target cells.&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;()&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
- True&lt;br /&gt;
+ False&lt;br /&gt;
|| Glucagon combines with a receptor on the surface of target cells.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{Glucagon is a type of:&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;()&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
- Gene&lt;br /&gt;
+ Protein&lt;br /&gt;
- RNA&lt;br /&gt;
- Carbohydrate&lt;br /&gt;
||Glucagon and insulin are a pair of hormones that control blood glucose levels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{  &lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;{}&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
How many amino acids are joined into a chain to form glucagon? &lt;br /&gt;
{ 29 }&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{What is the biological function of glucagon?&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;()&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
- It is an enzyme.&lt;br /&gt;
- It is a membrane receptor.&lt;br /&gt;
+ It is a hormone.&lt;br /&gt;
- It is an intracellular hormone receptor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{ Which of these structures represents glucagon? &lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;()&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
- [[Image:1stp.png|100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
+ [[Image:1gcn.png|50px]]&lt;br /&gt;
- [[Image:1acj.png|100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
- [[Image:1zgc.png|100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/quiz&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===X-RAY ANALYSIS OF GLUCAGON AND ITS RELATIONSHIP TO RECEPTOR BINDING===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- &lt;br /&gt;
The line below this paragraph, {{ABSTRACT_PUBMED_171582}}, adds the Publication Abstract to the page &lt;br /&gt;
(as it appears on PubMed at http://www.pubmed.gov), where 171582 is the PubMed ID number.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{ABSTRACT_PUBMED_171582}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reference==&lt;br /&gt;
X-ray analysis of glucagon and its relationship to receptor binding., Sasaki K, Dockerill S, Adamiak DA, Tickle IJ, Blundell T, Nature. 1975 Oct 30;257(5529):751-7. PMID:[http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/171582 171582]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Single protein]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Sus scrofa]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Blundell, T L.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Dockerill, S.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Sasaki, K.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Tickle, I J.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Hormone]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Page seeded by [http://oca.weizmann.ac.il/oca OCA ] on Tue Jul  1 05:05:13 2008&#039;&#039;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mary Ball</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=User:Mary_Ball/Glucagon&amp;diff=1094406</id>
		<title>User:Mary Ball/Glucagon</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=User:Mary_Ball/Glucagon&amp;diff=1094406"/>
		<updated>2010-06-12T13:00:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mary Ball: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Seed}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:1gcn.png|left|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
The line below this paragraph, containing &amp;quot;STRUCTURE_1gcn&amp;quot;, creates the &amp;quot;Structure Box&amp;quot; on the page.&lt;br /&gt;
You may change the PDB parameter (which sets the PDB file loaded into the applet) &lt;br /&gt;
or the SCENE parameter (which sets the initial scene displayed when the page is loaded),&lt;br /&gt;
or leave the SCENE parameter empty for the default display.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{STRUCTURE_1gcn|  PDB=1gcn  |  SCENE=  }} &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===GLUCAGON===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==About this Structure==&lt;br /&gt;
1GCN is a [[Single protein]] structure of sequence from [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sus_scrofa Sus scrofa]. Full crystallographic information is available from [http://oca.weizmann.ac.il/oca-bin/ocashort?id=1GCN OCA]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For information on the function of gulcagon, see the Glucagon article in Wikipedia at [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Glucagon]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quiz==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;quiz display=simple&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{Glucagon combines with a receptor inside target cells.&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;()&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
- True&lt;br /&gt;
+ False&lt;br /&gt;
|| Glucagon combines with a receptor on the surface of target cells.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{Glucagon is a type of:&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;()&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
- Gene&lt;br /&gt;
+ Protein&lt;br /&gt;
- RNA&lt;br /&gt;
- Carbohydrate&lt;br /&gt;
||Glucagon and insulin are a pair of hormones that control blood glucose levels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{  &lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;{}&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
How many amino acids are joined to form glucagon? &lt;br /&gt;
{ 29 }&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{What is the biological function of glucagon?&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;()&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
- It is an enzyme.&lt;br /&gt;
- It is a membrane receptor.&lt;br /&gt;
+ It is a hormone.&lt;br /&gt;
- It is an intracellular hormone receptor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{ Which of these structures represents Leptin? &lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;()&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
- [[Image:1stp.png|100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
+ [[Image:1gcn.png|100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
- [[Image:1acj.png|100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
- [[Image:1zgc.png|100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/quiz&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===X-RAY ANALYSIS OF GLUCAGON AND ITS RELATIONSHIP TO RECEPTOR BINDING===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- &lt;br /&gt;
The line below this paragraph, {{ABSTRACT_PUBMED_171582}}, adds the Publication Abstract to the page &lt;br /&gt;
(as it appears on PubMed at http://www.pubmed.gov), where 171582 is the PubMed ID number.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{ABSTRACT_PUBMED_171582}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reference==&lt;br /&gt;
X-ray analysis of glucagon and its relationship to receptor binding., Sasaki K, Dockerill S, Adamiak DA, Tickle IJ, Blundell T, Nature. 1975 Oct 30;257(5529):751-7. PMID:[http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/171582 171582]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Single protein]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Sus scrofa]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Blundell, T L.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Dockerill, S.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Sasaki, K.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Tickle, I J.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Hormone]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Page seeded by [http://oca.weizmann.ac.il/oca OCA ] on Tue Jul  1 05:05:13 2008&#039;&#039;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mary Ball</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=User:Mary_Ball/Glucagon&amp;diff=1094399</id>
		<title>User:Mary Ball/Glucagon</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=User:Mary_Ball/Glucagon&amp;diff=1094399"/>
		<updated>2010-06-12T12:53:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mary Ball: New page: {{Seed}} 200px  &amp;lt;!-- The line below this paragraph, containing &amp;quot;STRUCTURE_1gcn&amp;quot;, creates the &amp;quot;Structure Box&amp;quot; on the page. You may change the PDB parameter (which se...&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Seed}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:1gcn.png|left|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
The line below this paragraph, containing &amp;quot;STRUCTURE_1gcn&amp;quot;, creates the &amp;quot;Structure Box&amp;quot; on the page.&lt;br /&gt;
You may change the PDB parameter (which sets the PDB file loaded into the applet) &lt;br /&gt;
or the SCENE parameter (which sets the initial scene displayed when the page is loaded),&lt;br /&gt;
or leave the SCENE parameter empty for the default display.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{STRUCTURE_1gcn|  PDB=1gcn  |  SCENE=  }} &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===GLUCAGON===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==About this Structure==&lt;br /&gt;
1GCN is a [[Single protein]] structure of sequence from [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sus_scrofa Sus scrofa]. Full crystallographic information is available from [http://oca.weizmann.ac.il/oca-bin/ocashort?id=1GCN OCA]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For information on the function of gulcagon, see the Glucagon article in Wikipedia at [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Glucagon]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===X-RAY ANALYSIS OF GLUCAGON AND ITS RELATIONSHIP TO RECEPTOR BINDING===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- &lt;br /&gt;
The line below this paragraph, {{ABSTRACT_PUBMED_171582}}, adds the Publication Abstract to the page &lt;br /&gt;
(as it appears on PubMed at http://www.pubmed.gov), where 171582 is the PubMed ID number.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{ABSTRACT_PUBMED_171582}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reference==&lt;br /&gt;
X-ray analysis of glucagon and its relationship to receptor binding., Sasaki K, Dockerill S, Adamiak DA, Tickle IJ, Blundell T, Nature. 1975 Oct 30;257(5529):751-7. PMID:[http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/171582 171582]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Single protein]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Sus scrofa]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Blundell, T L.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Dockerill, S.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Sasaki, K.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Tickle, I J.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Hormone]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Page seeded by [http://oca.weizmann.ac.il/oca OCA ] on Tue Jul  1 05:05:13 2008&#039;&#039;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mary Ball</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=User:Mary_Ball/AFP&amp;diff=1094237</id>
		<title>User:Mary Ball/AFP</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=User:Mary_Ball/AFP&amp;diff=1094237"/>
		<updated>2010-06-11T17:45:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mary Ball: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Seed}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:1wfb.png|left|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
The line below this paragraph, containing &amp;quot;STRUCTURE_1wfb&amp;quot;, creates the &amp;quot;Structure Box&amp;quot; on the page.&lt;br /&gt;
You may change the PDB parameter (which sets the PDB file loaded into the applet) &lt;br /&gt;
or the SCENE parameter (which sets the initial scene displayed when the page is loaded),&lt;br /&gt;
or leave the SCENE parameter empty for the default display.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{STRUCTURE_1wfb|  PDB=1wfb  |  SCENE=  }} &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===WINTER FLOUNDER ANTIFREEZE PROTEIN===&lt;br /&gt;
Type I antifreeze proteins (AFPs) are grouped together according to similar structure.  The one shown on the right is from the winter flounder. &lt;br /&gt;
This AFP consists of a chain of 37 amino acids: DTASDAAAAAALTAANAKAAAELTAANAAAAAAATAR  The chain forms a single alpha-helix. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The four threonines are evenly spaced in the chain, such that there are three 11-amino-acid sequences.  In the single alpha-helix that forms, the threonines all lie on one &amp;quot;face&amp;quot; of the helix.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;scene name=&#039;User:Mary_Ball/AFP/Threonine_residues/3&#039;&amp;gt;See the location of the Threonine Residues.&amp;lt;/scene&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;scene name=&#039;User:Mary_Ball/AFP/Amino_acids/1&#039;&amp;gt;See the Threonine Residues.&amp;lt;/scene&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;scene name=&#039;User:Mary_Ball/AFP/Amino_acids/2&#039;&amp;gt;See one chain emphasized.&amp;lt;/scene&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;scene name=&#039;User:Mary_Ball/Sandbox/Wfb/1&#039;&amp;gt;Go back to the WFB Alpha Helix.&amp;lt;/scene&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Baardsnes, et al (1999) created mutations that reduced the protein&#039;s ice-binding ability. They also compared the sequences of five different type I AFP molecules. They concluded that the &amp;quot;face&amp;quot; with the repeated Threonines promotes binding to ice crystals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===REFERENCE===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
New ice-binding face for type I antifreeze protein., Baardsnes J, Kondejewski LH, Hodges RS, Chao H, Kay C, Davies PL, FEBS Lett. 1999 Dec 10;463(1-2):87-91. PMID:[http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/10601644 10601644]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- &lt;br /&gt;
The line below this paragraph, {{ABSTRACT_PUBMED_10601644}}, adds the Publication Abstract to the page &lt;br /&gt;
(as it appears on PubMed at http://www.pubmed.gov), where 10601644 is the PubMed ID number.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==ABOUT THIS STRUCTURE==&lt;br /&gt;
1WFB is a 2 chains structure with sequences from [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pseudopleuronectes_americanus Pseudopleuronectes americanus]. The December 2009 RCSB PDB [http://pdb.rcsb.org/pdb/static.do?p=education_discussion/molecule_of_the_month/index.html Molecule of the Month] feature on &#039;&#039;Antifreeze Proteins&#039;&#039;  by David Goodsell is [http://dx.doi.org/10.2210/rcsb_pdb/mom_2009_12 10.2210/rcsb_pdb/mom_2009_12]. Full crystallographic information is available from [http://oca.weizmann.ac.il/oca-bin/ocashort?id=1WFB OCA]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==REFERENCE==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref group=&amp;quot;xtra&amp;quot;&amp;gt;PMID:7760940&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;references group=&amp;quot;xtra&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Antifreeze Proteins]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Pseudopleuronectes americanus]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: RCSB PDB Molecule of the Month]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Sicheri, F.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Yang, D S.C.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Antifreeze polypeptide]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Ice binding protein]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Thermal hysteresis protein]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Page seeded by [http://oca.weizmann.ac.il/oca OCA ] on Thu Jan 21 08:56:47 2010&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===WINTER FLOUNDER ANTIFREEZE PROTEIN ISOFORM HPLC6 AT-180 DEGREES C===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- &lt;br /&gt;
The line below this paragraph, {{ABSTRACT_PUBMED_7760940}}, adds the Publication Abstract to the page &lt;br /&gt;
(as it appears on PubMed at http://www.pubmed.gov), where 7760940 is the PubMed ID number.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{ABSTRACT_PUBMED_7760940}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mary Ball</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=User:Mary_Ball/AFP&amp;diff=1094236</id>
		<title>User:Mary Ball/AFP</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=User:Mary_Ball/AFP&amp;diff=1094236"/>
		<updated>2010-06-11T17:44:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mary Ball: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Seed}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:1wfb.png|left|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
The line below this paragraph, containing &amp;quot;STRUCTURE_1wfb&amp;quot;, creates the &amp;quot;Structure Box&amp;quot; on the page.&lt;br /&gt;
You may change the PDB parameter (which sets the PDB file loaded into the applet) &lt;br /&gt;
or the SCENE parameter (which sets the initial scene displayed when the page is loaded),&lt;br /&gt;
or leave the SCENE parameter empty for the default display.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{STRUCTURE_1wfb|  PDB=1wfb  |  SCENE=  }} &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===WINTER FLOUNDER ANTIFREEZE PROTEIN===&lt;br /&gt;
Type I antifreeze proteins (AFPs) are grouped together according to similar structure.  The one shown on the right is from the winter flounder. &lt;br /&gt;
This AFP consists of a chain of 37 amino acids: DTASDAAAAAALTAANAKAAAELTAANAAAAAAATAR  The chain forms a single alpha-helix. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The four threonines are evenly spaced in the chain, such that there are three 11-amino-acid sequences.  In the single alpha-helix that forms, the threonines all lie on one &amp;quot;face&amp;quot; of the helix.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;scene name=&#039;User:Mary_Ball/AFP/Threonine_residues/3&#039;&amp;gt;See the location of the Threonine Residues.&amp;lt;/scene&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;scene name=&#039;User:Mary_Ball/AFP/Amino_acids/1&#039;&amp;gt;See the Threonine Residues.&amp;lt;/scene&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;scene name=&#039;User:Mary_Ball/AFP/Amino_acids/2&#039;&amp;gt;See one chain emphasized.&amp;lt;/scene&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;scene name=&#039;User:Mary_Ball/Sandbox/Wfb/1&#039;&amp;gt;Go back to the WFB Alpha Helix.&amp;lt;/scene&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Baardsnes, et al (1999) created mutations that reduced the protein&#039;s ice-binding ability. They also compared the sequences of five different type I AFP molecules. They concluded that the &amp;quot;face&amp;quot; with the repeated Threonines promotes binding to ice crystals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===REFERENCE===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
New ice-binding face for type I antifreeze protein., Baardsnes J, Kondejewski LH, Hodges RS, Chao H, Kay C, Davies PL, FEBS Lett. 1999 Dec 10;463(1-2):87-91. PMID:[http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/10601644 10601644]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- &lt;br /&gt;
The line below this paragraph, {{ABSTRACT_PUBMED_10601644}}, adds the Publication Abstract to the page &lt;br /&gt;
(as it appears on PubMed at http://www.pubmed.gov), where 10601644 is the PubMed ID number.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==ABOUT THIS STRUCTURE==&lt;br /&gt;
1WFB is a 2 chains structure with sequences from [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pseudopleuronectes_americanus Pseudopleuronectes americanus]. The December 2009 RCSB PDB [http://pdb.rcsb.org/pdb/static.do?p=education_discussion/molecule_of_the_month/index.html Molecule of the Month] feature on &#039;&#039;Antifreeze Proteins&#039;&#039;  by David Goodsell is [http://dx.doi.org/10.2210/rcsb_pdb/mom_2009_12 10.2210/rcsb_pdb/mom_2009_12]. Full crystallographic information is available from [http://oca.weizmann.ac.il/oca-bin/ocashort?id=1WFB OCA]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==REFERENCE==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref group=&amp;quot;xtra&amp;quot;&amp;gt;PMID:7760940&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;references group=&amp;quot;xtra&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Antifreeze Proteins]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Pseudopleuronectes americanus]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: RCSB PDB Molecule of the Month]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Sicheri, F.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Yang, D S.C.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Antifreeze polypeptide]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Ice binding protein]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Thermal hysteresis protein]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Page seeded by [http://oca.weizmann.ac.il/oca OCA ] on Thu Jan 21 08:56:47 2010&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===WINTER FLOUNDER ANTIFREEZE PROTEIN ISOFORM HPLC6 AT-180 DEGREES C===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- &lt;br /&gt;
The line below this paragraph, {{ABSTRACT_PUBMED_7760940}}, adds the Publication Abstract to the page &lt;br /&gt;
(as it appears on PubMed at http://www.pubmed.gov), where 7760940 is the PubMed ID number.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{ABSTRACT_PUBMED_7760940}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mary Ball</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=User:Mary_Ball/AFP&amp;diff=1094234</id>
		<title>User:Mary Ball/AFP</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=User:Mary_Ball/AFP&amp;diff=1094234"/>
		<updated>2010-06-11T16:13:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mary Ball: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Seed}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:1wfb.png|left|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
The line below this paragraph, containing &amp;quot;STRUCTURE_1wfb&amp;quot;, creates the &amp;quot;Structure Box&amp;quot; on the page.&lt;br /&gt;
You may change the PDB parameter (which sets the PDB file loaded into the applet) &lt;br /&gt;
or the SCENE parameter (which sets the initial scene displayed when the page is loaded),&lt;br /&gt;
or leave the SCENE parameter empty for the default display.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{STRUCTURE_1wfb|  PDB=1wfb  |  SCENE=  }} &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===WINTER FLOUNDER ANTIFREEZE PROTEIN===&lt;br /&gt;
Type I antifreeze proteins (AFPs) are grouped together according to similar structure.  The one shown on the right is from the winter flounder. &lt;br /&gt;
This AFP consists of a chain of 37 amino acids: DTASDAAAAAALTAANAKAAAELTAANAAAAAAATAR  The chain forms a single alpha-helix. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The four threonines are evenly spaced in the chain, such that there are three 11-amino-acid sequences.  In the single alpha-helix that forms, the threonines all lie on one &amp;quot;face&amp;quot; of the helix.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;scene name=&#039;User:Mary_Ball/AFP/Threonine_residues/3&#039;&amp;gt;See the location of the Threonine Residues.&amp;lt;/scene&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;scene name=&#039;User:Mary_Ball/AFP/Amino_acids/1&#039;&amp;gt;See the Threonine Residues.&amp;lt;/scene&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;scene name=&#039;User:Mary_Ball/Sandbox/Wfb/1&#039;&amp;gt;Go back to the WFB Alpha Helix.&amp;lt;/scene&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Baardsnes, et al (1999) created mutations that reduced the protein&#039;s ice-binding ability. They also compared the sequences of five different type I AFP molecules. They concluded that the &amp;quot;face&amp;quot; with the repeated Threonines promotes binding to ice crystals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===REFERENCE===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
New ice-binding face for type I antifreeze protein., Baardsnes J, Kondejewski LH, Hodges RS, Chao H, Kay C, Davies PL, FEBS Lett. 1999 Dec 10;463(1-2):87-91. PMID:[http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/10601644 10601644]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- &lt;br /&gt;
The line below this paragraph, {{ABSTRACT_PUBMED_10601644}}, adds the Publication Abstract to the page &lt;br /&gt;
(as it appears on PubMed at http://www.pubmed.gov), where 10601644 is the PubMed ID number.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==ABOUT THIS STRUCTURE==&lt;br /&gt;
1WFB is a 2 chains structure with sequences from [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pseudopleuronectes_americanus Pseudopleuronectes americanus]. The December 2009 RCSB PDB [http://pdb.rcsb.org/pdb/static.do?p=education_discussion/molecule_of_the_month/index.html Molecule of the Month] feature on &#039;&#039;Antifreeze Proteins&#039;&#039;  by David Goodsell is [http://dx.doi.org/10.2210/rcsb_pdb/mom_2009_12 10.2210/rcsb_pdb/mom_2009_12]. Full crystallographic information is available from [http://oca.weizmann.ac.il/oca-bin/ocashort?id=1WFB OCA]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==REFERENCE==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref group=&amp;quot;xtra&amp;quot;&amp;gt;PMID:7760940&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;references group=&amp;quot;xtra&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Antifreeze Proteins]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Pseudopleuronectes americanus]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: RCSB PDB Molecule of the Month]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Sicheri, F.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Yang, D S.C.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Antifreeze polypeptide]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Ice binding protein]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Thermal hysteresis protein]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Page seeded by [http://oca.weizmann.ac.il/oca OCA ] on Thu Jan 21 08:56:47 2010&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===WINTER FLOUNDER ANTIFREEZE PROTEIN ISOFORM HPLC6 AT-180 DEGREES C===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- &lt;br /&gt;
The line below this paragraph, {{ABSTRACT_PUBMED_7760940}}, adds the Publication Abstract to the page &lt;br /&gt;
(as it appears on PubMed at http://www.pubmed.gov), where 7760940 is the PubMed ID number.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{ABSTRACT_PUBMED_7760940}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mary Ball</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=User:Mary_Ball/AFP&amp;diff=1094214</id>
		<title>User:Mary Ball/AFP</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=User:Mary_Ball/AFP&amp;diff=1094214"/>
		<updated>2010-06-11T15:07:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mary Ball: /* WINTER FLOUNDER ANTIFREEZE PROTEIN */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Seed}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:1wfb.png|left|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
The line below this paragraph, containing &amp;quot;STRUCTURE_1wfb&amp;quot;, creates the &amp;quot;Structure Box&amp;quot; on the page.&lt;br /&gt;
You may change the PDB parameter (which sets the PDB file loaded into the applet) &lt;br /&gt;
or the SCENE parameter (which sets the initial scene displayed when the page is loaded),&lt;br /&gt;
or leave the SCENE parameter empty for the default display.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{STRUCTURE_1wfb|  PDB=1wfb  |  SCENE=  }} &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===WINTER FLOUNDER ANTIFREEZE PROTEIN===&lt;br /&gt;
Type I antifreeze proteins (AFPs) are grouped together according to similar structure.  The one shown on the right is from the winter flounder. &lt;br /&gt;
This AFP consists of a chain of 37 amino acids that forms a single alpha-helix. Four threonines are evenly spaced in the chain, such that there are three 11-amino-acid repeats.  In the single alpha-helix that forms, the threonines all lie on one &amp;quot;face&amp;quot; of the helix.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;scene name=&#039;User:Mary_Ball/AFP/Threonine_residues/3&#039;&amp;gt;See the location of the Threonine Residues.&amp;lt;/scene&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;scene name=&#039;User:Mary_Ball/AFP/Amino_acids/1&#039;&amp;gt;See the Threonine Residues.&amp;lt;/scene&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;scene name=&#039;User:Mary_Ball/Sandbox/Wfb/1&#039;&amp;gt;Go back to the WFB Alpha Helix.&amp;lt;/scene&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Baardsnes, et al (1999) created mutations that reduced the protein&#039;s ice-binding ability. They also compared the sequences of five different type I AFP molecules. They concluded that the &amp;quot;face&amp;quot; with the repeated Threonines promotes binding to ice crystals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===REFERENCE===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
New ice-binding face for type I antifreeze protein., Baardsnes J, Kondejewski LH, Hodges RS, Chao H, Kay C, Davies PL, FEBS Lett. 1999 Dec 10;463(1-2):87-91. PMID:[http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/10601644 10601644]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- &lt;br /&gt;
The line below this paragraph, {{ABSTRACT_PUBMED_10601644}}, adds the Publication Abstract to the page &lt;br /&gt;
(as it appears on PubMed at http://www.pubmed.gov), where 10601644 is the PubMed ID number.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==ABOUT THIS STRUCTURE==&lt;br /&gt;
1WFB is a 2 chains structure with sequences from [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pseudopleuronectes_americanus Pseudopleuronectes americanus]. The December 2009 RCSB PDB [http://pdb.rcsb.org/pdb/static.do?p=education_discussion/molecule_of_the_month/index.html Molecule of the Month] feature on &#039;&#039;Antifreeze Proteins&#039;&#039;  by David Goodsell is [http://dx.doi.org/10.2210/rcsb_pdb/mom_2009_12 10.2210/rcsb_pdb/mom_2009_12]. Full crystallographic information is available from [http://oca.weizmann.ac.il/oca-bin/ocashort?id=1WFB OCA]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==REFERENCE==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref group=&amp;quot;xtra&amp;quot;&amp;gt;PMID:7760940&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;references group=&amp;quot;xtra&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Antifreeze Proteins]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Pseudopleuronectes americanus]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: RCSB PDB Molecule of the Month]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Sicheri, F.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Yang, D S.C.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Antifreeze polypeptide]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Ice binding protein]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Thermal hysteresis protein]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Page seeded by [http://oca.weizmann.ac.il/oca OCA ] on Thu Jan 21 08:56:47 2010&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===WINTER FLOUNDER ANTIFREEZE PROTEIN ISOFORM HPLC6 AT-180 DEGREES C===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- &lt;br /&gt;
The line below this paragraph, {{ABSTRACT_PUBMED_7760940}}, adds the Publication Abstract to the page &lt;br /&gt;
(as it appears on PubMed at http://www.pubmed.gov), where 7760940 is the PubMed ID number.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{ABSTRACT_PUBMED_7760940}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mary Ball</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=User:Mary_Ball/AFP&amp;diff=1094213</id>
		<title>User:Mary Ball/AFP</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=User:Mary_Ball/AFP&amp;diff=1094213"/>
		<updated>2010-06-11T15:05:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mary Ball: /* WINTER FLOUNDER ANTIFREEZE PROTEIN */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Seed}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:1wfb.png|left|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
The line below this paragraph, containing &amp;quot;STRUCTURE_1wfb&amp;quot;, creates the &amp;quot;Structure Box&amp;quot; on the page.&lt;br /&gt;
You may change the PDB parameter (which sets the PDB file loaded into the applet) &lt;br /&gt;
or the SCENE parameter (which sets the initial scene displayed when the page is loaded),&lt;br /&gt;
or leave the SCENE parameter empty for the default display.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{STRUCTURE_1wfb|  PDB=1wfb  |  SCENE=  }} &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===WINTER FLOUNDER ANTIFREEZE PROTEIN===&lt;br /&gt;
Type I antifreeze proteins (AFPs) are grouped together according to similar structure.  The one shown on the right is from the winter flounder. &lt;br /&gt;
This AFP consists of a chain of 37 amino acids that forms a single alpha-helix. Four threonines are evenly spaced in the chain, such that there are three 11-amino-acid repeats.  In the single alpha-helix that forms, the threonines all lie on one &amp;quot;face&amp;quot; of the helix.&amp;lt;scene name=&#039;User:Mary_Ball/AFP/Threonine_residues/3&#039;&amp;gt;See the location of the Threonine Residues&amp;lt;/scene&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;scene name=&#039;User:Mary_Ball/AFP/Amino_acids/1&#039;&amp;gt;See the Threonine Residues&amp;lt;/scene&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;scene name=&#039;User:Mary_Ball/Sandbox/Wfb/1&#039;&amp;gt;Go back to the WFB Alpha Helix&amp;lt;/scene&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;scene name=&#039;User:Mary_Ball/AFP/Threonine_residues/2&#039;&amp;gt;Scene with Threonine Residues Labelled&amp;lt;/scene&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Baardsnes, et al (1999) created mutations that reduced the protein&#039;s ice-binding ability. They also compared the sequences of five different type I AFP molecules. They concluded that the &amp;quot;face&amp;quot; with the repeated Threonines promotes binding to ice crystals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===REFERENCE===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
New ice-binding face for type I antifreeze protein., Baardsnes J, Kondejewski LH, Hodges RS, Chao H, Kay C, Davies PL, FEBS Lett. 1999 Dec 10;463(1-2):87-91. PMID:[http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/10601644 10601644]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- &lt;br /&gt;
The line below this paragraph, {{ABSTRACT_PUBMED_10601644}}, adds the Publication Abstract to the page &lt;br /&gt;
(as it appears on PubMed at http://www.pubmed.gov), where 10601644 is the PubMed ID number.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==ABOUT THIS STRUCTURE==&lt;br /&gt;
1WFB is a 2 chains structure with sequences from [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pseudopleuronectes_americanus Pseudopleuronectes americanus]. The December 2009 RCSB PDB [http://pdb.rcsb.org/pdb/static.do?p=education_discussion/molecule_of_the_month/index.html Molecule of the Month] feature on &#039;&#039;Antifreeze Proteins&#039;&#039;  by David Goodsell is [http://dx.doi.org/10.2210/rcsb_pdb/mom_2009_12 10.2210/rcsb_pdb/mom_2009_12]. Full crystallographic information is available from [http://oca.weizmann.ac.il/oca-bin/ocashort?id=1WFB OCA]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==REFERENCE==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref group=&amp;quot;xtra&amp;quot;&amp;gt;PMID:7760940&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;references group=&amp;quot;xtra&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Antifreeze Proteins]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Pseudopleuronectes americanus]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: RCSB PDB Molecule of the Month]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Sicheri, F.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Yang, D S.C.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Antifreeze polypeptide]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Ice binding protein]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Thermal hysteresis protein]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Page seeded by [http://oca.weizmann.ac.il/oca OCA ] on Thu Jan 21 08:56:47 2010&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===WINTER FLOUNDER ANTIFREEZE PROTEIN ISOFORM HPLC6 AT-180 DEGREES C===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- &lt;br /&gt;
The line below this paragraph, {{ABSTRACT_PUBMED_7760940}}, adds the Publication Abstract to the page &lt;br /&gt;
(as it appears on PubMed at http://www.pubmed.gov), where 7760940 is the PubMed ID number.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{ABSTRACT_PUBMED_7760940}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mary Ball</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=User:Mary_Ball/AFP&amp;diff=1094212</id>
		<title>User:Mary Ball/AFP</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=User:Mary_Ball/AFP&amp;diff=1094212"/>
		<updated>2010-06-11T15:03:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mary Ball: /* WINTER FLOUNDER ANTIFREEZE PROTEIN */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Seed}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:1wfb.png|left|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
The line below this paragraph, containing &amp;quot;STRUCTURE_1wfb&amp;quot;, creates the &amp;quot;Structure Box&amp;quot; on the page.&lt;br /&gt;
You may change the PDB parameter (which sets the PDB file loaded into the applet) &lt;br /&gt;
or the SCENE parameter (which sets the initial scene displayed when the page is loaded),&lt;br /&gt;
or leave the SCENE parameter empty for the default display.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{STRUCTURE_1wfb|  PDB=1wfb  |  SCENE=  }} &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===WINTER FLOUNDER ANTIFREEZE PROTEIN===&lt;br /&gt;
Type I antifreeze proteins (AFPs) are grouped together according to similar structure.  The one shown on the right is from the winter flounder. &lt;br /&gt;
This AFP consists of a chain of 37 amino acids that forms a single alpha-helix. Four threonines are evenly spaced in the chain, such that there are three 11-amino-acid repeats.  In the single alpha-helix that forms, the threonines all lie on one &amp;quot;face&amp;quot; of the helix.&amp;lt;scene name=&#039;User:Mary_Ball/AFP/Threonine_residues/3&#039;&amp;gt;See the location of the Threonine Residues&amp;lt;/scene&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;scene name=&#039;User:Mary_Ball/AFP/Amino_acids/1&#039;&amp;gt;See the Threonine Residues&amp;lt;/scene&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;scene name=&#039;User:Mary_Ball/Sandbox/Wfb/1&#039;&amp;gt;WFB&amp;lt;/scene&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;scene name=&#039;User:Mary_Ball/Sandbox/Amino_acids/1&#039;&amp;gt;Click here to see a labelled Ala.&amp;lt;/scene&amp;gt; &amp;lt;scene name=&#039;User:Mary_Ball/AFP/Threonine_residues/2&#039;&amp;gt;Scene with Threonine Residues Labelled&amp;lt;/scene&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Baardsnes, et al (1999) created mutations that reduced the protein&#039;s ice-binding ability. They also compared the sequences of five different type I AFP molecules. They concluded that the &amp;quot;face&amp;quot; with the repeated Threonines promotes binding to ice crystals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===REFERENCE===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
New ice-binding face for type I antifreeze protein., Baardsnes J, Kondejewski LH, Hodges RS, Chao H, Kay C, Davies PL, FEBS Lett. 1999 Dec 10;463(1-2):87-91. PMID:[http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/10601644 10601644]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- &lt;br /&gt;
The line below this paragraph, {{ABSTRACT_PUBMED_10601644}}, adds the Publication Abstract to the page &lt;br /&gt;
(as it appears on PubMed at http://www.pubmed.gov), where 10601644 is the PubMed ID number.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==ABOUT THIS STRUCTURE==&lt;br /&gt;
1WFB is a 2 chains structure with sequences from [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pseudopleuronectes_americanus Pseudopleuronectes americanus]. The December 2009 RCSB PDB [http://pdb.rcsb.org/pdb/static.do?p=education_discussion/molecule_of_the_month/index.html Molecule of the Month] feature on &#039;&#039;Antifreeze Proteins&#039;&#039;  by David Goodsell is [http://dx.doi.org/10.2210/rcsb_pdb/mom_2009_12 10.2210/rcsb_pdb/mom_2009_12]. Full crystallographic information is available from [http://oca.weizmann.ac.il/oca-bin/ocashort?id=1WFB OCA]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==REFERENCE==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref group=&amp;quot;xtra&amp;quot;&amp;gt;PMID:7760940&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;references group=&amp;quot;xtra&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Antifreeze Proteins]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Pseudopleuronectes americanus]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: RCSB PDB Molecule of the Month]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Sicheri, F.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Yang, D S.C.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Antifreeze polypeptide]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Ice binding protein]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Thermal hysteresis protein]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Page seeded by [http://oca.weizmann.ac.il/oca OCA ] on Thu Jan 21 08:56:47 2010&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===WINTER FLOUNDER ANTIFREEZE PROTEIN ISOFORM HPLC6 AT-180 DEGREES C===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- &lt;br /&gt;
The line below this paragraph, {{ABSTRACT_PUBMED_7760940}}, adds the Publication Abstract to the page &lt;br /&gt;
(as it appears on PubMed at http://www.pubmed.gov), where 7760940 is the PubMed ID number.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{ABSTRACT_PUBMED_7760940}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mary Ball</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=User:Mary_Ball/AFP&amp;diff=1094209</id>
		<title>User:Mary Ball/AFP</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=User:Mary_Ball/AFP&amp;diff=1094209"/>
		<updated>2010-06-11T14:51:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mary Ball: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Seed}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:1wfb.png|left|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
The line below this paragraph, containing &amp;quot;STRUCTURE_1wfb&amp;quot;, creates the &amp;quot;Structure Box&amp;quot; on the page.&lt;br /&gt;
You may change the PDB parameter (which sets the PDB file loaded into the applet) &lt;br /&gt;
or the SCENE parameter (which sets the initial scene displayed when the page is loaded),&lt;br /&gt;
or leave the SCENE parameter empty for the default display.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{STRUCTURE_1wfb|  PDB=1wfb  |  SCENE=  }} &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===WINTER FLOUNDER ANTIFREEZE PROTEIN===&lt;br /&gt;
Type I antifreeze proteins (AFPs) are grouped together according to similar structure.  The one shown on the right is from the winter flounder. &lt;br /&gt;
This AFP consists of a chain of 37 amino acids that forms a single alpha-helix. Four threonines are evenly spaced in the chain, such that there are three 11-amino-acid repeats.  In the single alpha-helix that forms, the threonines all lie on one &amp;quot;face&amp;quot; of the helix.&amp;lt;scene name=&#039;User:Mary_Ball/AFP/Threonine_residues/3&#039;&amp;gt;See the Threonine Residues&amp;lt;/scene&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;scene name=&#039;User:Mary_Ball/Sandbox/Wfb/1&#039;&amp;gt;WFB&amp;lt;/scene&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;scene name=&#039;User:Mary_Ball/Sandbox/Amino_acids/1&#039;&amp;gt;Click here to see a labelled Ala.&amp;lt;/scene&amp;gt; &amp;lt;scene name=&#039;User:Mary_Ball/AFP/Threonine_residues/2&#039;&amp;gt;Scene with Threonine Residues Labelled&amp;lt;/scene&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Baardsnes, et al (1999) created mutations that reduced the protein&#039;s ice-binding ability. They also compared the sequences of five different type I AFP molecules. They concluded that the &amp;quot;face&amp;quot; with the repeated Threonines promotes binding to ice crystals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===REFERENCE===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
New ice-binding face for type I antifreeze protein., Baardsnes J, Kondejewski LH, Hodges RS, Chao H, Kay C, Davies PL, FEBS Lett. 1999 Dec 10;463(1-2):87-91. PMID:[http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/10601644 10601644]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- &lt;br /&gt;
The line below this paragraph, {{ABSTRACT_PUBMED_10601644}}, adds the Publication Abstract to the page &lt;br /&gt;
(as it appears on PubMed at http://www.pubmed.gov), where 10601644 is the PubMed ID number.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==ABOUT THIS STRUCTURE==&lt;br /&gt;
1WFB is a 2 chains structure with sequences from [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pseudopleuronectes_americanus Pseudopleuronectes americanus]. The December 2009 RCSB PDB [http://pdb.rcsb.org/pdb/static.do?p=education_discussion/molecule_of_the_month/index.html Molecule of the Month] feature on &#039;&#039;Antifreeze Proteins&#039;&#039;  by David Goodsell is [http://dx.doi.org/10.2210/rcsb_pdb/mom_2009_12 10.2210/rcsb_pdb/mom_2009_12]. Full crystallographic information is available from [http://oca.weizmann.ac.il/oca-bin/ocashort?id=1WFB OCA]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==REFERENCE==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref group=&amp;quot;xtra&amp;quot;&amp;gt;PMID:7760940&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;references group=&amp;quot;xtra&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Antifreeze Proteins]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Pseudopleuronectes americanus]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: RCSB PDB Molecule of the Month]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Sicheri, F.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Yang, D S.C.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Antifreeze polypeptide]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Ice binding protein]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Thermal hysteresis protein]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Page seeded by [http://oca.weizmann.ac.il/oca OCA ] on Thu Jan 21 08:56:47 2010&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===WINTER FLOUNDER ANTIFREEZE PROTEIN ISOFORM HPLC6 AT-180 DEGREES C===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- &lt;br /&gt;
The line below this paragraph, {{ABSTRACT_PUBMED_7760940}}, adds the Publication Abstract to the page &lt;br /&gt;
(as it appears on PubMed at http://www.pubmed.gov), where 7760940 is the PubMed ID number.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{ABSTRACT_PUBMED_7760940}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mary Ball</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=User:Mary_Ball/AFP&amp;diff=1094208</id>
		<title>User:Mary Ball/AFP</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=User:Mary_Ball/AFP&amp;diff=1094208"/>
		<updated>2010-06-11T14:44:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mary Ball: /* WINTER FLOUNDER ANTIFREEZE PROTEIN */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Seed}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:1wfb.png|left|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
The line below this paragraph, containing &amp;quot;STRUCTURE_1wfb&amp;quot;, creates the &amp;quot;Structure Box&amp;quot; on the page.&lt;br /&gt;
You may change the PDB parameter (which sets the PDB file loaded into the applet) &lt;br /&gt;
or the SCENE parameter (which sets the initial scene displayed when the page is loaded),&lt;br /&gt;
or leave the SCENE parameter empty for the default display.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{STRUCTURE_1wfb|  PDB=1wfb  |  SCENE=  }} &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===WINTER FLOUNDER ANTIFREEZE PROTEIN===&lt;br /&gt;
Type I antifreeze proteins (AFPs) are grouped together according to similar structure.  The one shown on the right is from the winter flounder. &lt;br /&gt;
This AFP consists of a chain of 37 amino acids that forms a single alpha-helix. Four threonines are evenly spaced in the chain, such that there are three 11-amino-acid repeats.  In the single alpha-helix that forms, the threonines all lie on one &amp;quot;face&amp;quot; of the helix.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;scene name=&#039;User:Mary_Ball/Sandbox/Wfb/1&#039;&amp;gt;WFB&amp;lt;/scene&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;scene name=&#039;User:Mary_Ball/Sandbox/Amino_acids/1&#039;&amp;gt;Click here to see a labelled Ala.&amp;lt;/scene&amp;gt; &amp;lt;scene name=&#039;User:Mary_Ball/AFP/Threonine_residues/2&#039;&amp;gt;Scene with Threonine Residues Labelled&amp;lt;/scene&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Baardsnes, et al (1999) created mutations that reduced the protein&#039;s ice-binding ability. They also compared the sequences of five different type I AFP molecules. They concluded that the &amp;quot;face&amp;quot; with the repeated Threonines promotes binding to ice crystals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===REFERENCE===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
New ice-binding face for type I antifreeze protein., Baardsnes J, Kondejewski LH, Hodges RS, Chao H, Kay C, Davies PL, FEBS Lett. 1999 Dec 10;463(1-2):87-91. PMID:[http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/10601644 10601644]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- &lt;br /&gt;
The line below this paragraph, {{ABSTRACT_PUBMED_10601644}}, adds the Publication Abstract to the page &lt;br /&gt;
(as it appears on PubMed at http://www.pubmed.gov), where 10601644 is the PubMed ID number.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==ABOUT THIS STRUCTURE==&lt;br /&gt;
1WFB is a 2 chains structure with sequences from [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pseudopleuronectes_americanus Pseudopleuronectes americanus]. The December 2009 RCSB PDB [http://pdb.rcsb.org/pdb/static.do?p=education_discussion/molecule_of_the_month/index.html Molecule of the Month] feature on &#039;&#039;Antifreeze Proteins&#039;&#039;  by David Goodsell is [http://dx.doi.org/10.2210/rcsb_pdb/mom_2009_12 10.2210/rcsb_pdb/mom_2009_12]. Full crystallographic information is available from [http://oca.weizmann.ac.il/oca-bin/ocashort?id=1WFB OCA]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==REFERENCE==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref group=&amp;quot;xtra&amp;quot;&amp;gt;PMID:7760940&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;references group=&amp;quot;xtra&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Antifreeze Proteins]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Pseudopleuronectes americanus]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: RCSB PDB Molecule of the Month]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Sicheri, F.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Yang, D S.C.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Antifreeze polypeptide]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Ice binding protein]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Thermal hysteresis protein]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Page seeded by [http://oca.weizmann.ac.il/oca OCA ] on Thu Jan 21 08:56:47 2010&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===WINTER FLOUNDER ANTIFREEZE PROTEIN ISOFORM HPLC6 AT-180 DEGREES C===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- &lt;br /&gt;
The line below this paragraph, {{ABSTRACT_PUBMED_7760940}}, adds the Publication Abstract to the page &lt;br /&gt;
(as it appears on PubMed at http://www.pubmed.gov), where 7760940 is the PubMed ID number.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{ABSTRACT_PUBMED_7760940}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mary Ball</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=User:Mary_Ball/AFP&amp;diff=1094207</id>
		<title>User:Mary Ball/AFP</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=User:Mary_Ball/AFP&amp;diff=1094207"/>
		<updated>2010-06-11T14:39:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mary Ball: /* WINTER FLOUNDER ANTIFREEZE PROTEIN */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Seed}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:1wfb.png|left|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
The line below this paragraph, containing &amp;quot;STRUCTURE_1wfb&amp;quot;, creates the &amp;quot;Structure Box&amp;quot; on the page.&lt;br /&gt;
You may change the PDB parameter (which sets the PDB file loaded into the applet) &lt;br /&gt;
or the SCENE parameter (which sets the initial scene displayed when the page is loaded),&lt;br /&gt;
or leave the SCENE parameter empty for the default display.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{STRUCTURE_1wfb|  PDB=1wfb  |  SCENE=  }} &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===WINTER FLOUNDER ANTIFREEZE PROTEIN===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Abstract&lt;br /&gt;
|ABSTRACT=&lt;br /&gt;
Type I antifreeze protein (AFP)are grouped according to similar structure.  The one shown is from the winter flounder. &lt;br /&gt;
This AFP consists of a chain of 37 amino acids that forms a single alpha-helix. Four threonines are evenly spaced in the chain, such that there are three 11-amino-acid repeats.  In the single alpha-helix that forms, the threonines all lie on one &amp;quot;face&amp;quot; of the helix.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;scene name=&#039;User:Mary_Ball/Sandbox/Wfb/1&#039;&amp;gt;WFB&amp;lt;/scene&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;scene name=&#039;User:Mary_Ball/Sandbox/Amino_acids/1&#039;&amp;gt;Click here to see a labelled Ala.&amp;lt;/scene&amp;gt; &amp;lt;scene name=&#039;User:Mary_Ball/AFP/Threonine_residues/2&#039;&amp;gt;Scene with Threonine Residues Labelled&amp;lt;/scene&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Baardsnes, et al (1999) created mutations that reduced the protein&#039;s ice-binding ability. They also compared the sequences of five different type I AFP molecules. They found that Ala residues adjacent to the Thr were completely conserved, and concluded that the repeated Threonines, along with many of the Alanines, create one &amp;quot;face&amp;quot; of the helix adapted to bind ice crystals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|REFERENCE=New ice-binding face for type I antifreeze protein., Baardsnes J, Kondejewski LH, Hodges RS, Chao H, Kay C, Davies PL, FEBS Lett. 1999 Dec 10;463(1-2):87-91. PMID:[http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/10601644 10601644]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- &lt;br /&gt;
The line below this paragraph, {{ABSTRACT_PUBMED_10601644}}, adds the Publication Abstract to the page &lt;br /&gt;
(as it appears on PubMed at http://www.pubmed.gov), where 10601644 is the PubMed ID number.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==ABOUT THIS STRUCTURE==&lt;br /&gt;
1WFB is a 2 chains structure with sequences from [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pseudopleuronectes_americanus Pseudopleuronectes americanus]. The December 2009 RCSB PDB [http://pdb.rcsb.org/pdb/static.do?p=education_discussion/molecule_of_the_month/index.html Molecule of the Month] feature on &#039;&#039;Antifreeze Proteins&#039;&#039;  by David Goodsell is [http://dx.doi.org/10.2210/rcsb_pdb/mom_2009_12 10.2210/rcsb_pdb/mom_2009_12]. Full crystallographic information is available from [http://oca.weizmann.ac.il/oca-bin/ocashort?id=1WFB OCA]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==REFERENCE==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref group=&amp;quot;xtra&amp;quot;&amp;gt;PMID:7760940&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;references group=&amp;quot;xtra&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Antifreeze Proteins]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Pseudopleuronectes americanus]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: RCSB PDB Molecule of the Month]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Sicheri, F.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Yang, D S.C.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Antifreeze polypeptide]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Ice binding protein]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Thermal hysteresis protein]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Page seeded by [http://oca.weizmann.ac.il/oca OCA ] on Thu Jan 21 08:56:47 2010&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===WINTER FLOUNDER ANTIFREEZE PROTEIN ISOFORM HPLC6 AT-180 DEGREES C===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- &lt;br /&gt;
The line below this paragraph, {{ABSTRACT_PUBMED_7760940}}, adds the Publication Abstract to the page &lt;br /&gt;
(as it appears on PubMed at http://www.pubmed.gov), where 7760940 is the PubMed ID number.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{ABSTRACT_PUBMED_7760940}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mary Ball</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=User:Mary_Ball/AFP&amp;diff=1094206</id>
		<title>User:Mary Ball/AFP</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=User:Mary_Ball/AFP&amp;diff=1094206"/>
		<updated>2010-06-11T10:18:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mary Ball: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Seed}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:1wfb.png|left|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
The line below this paragraph, containing &amp;quot;STRUCTURE_1wfb&amp;quot;, creates the &amp;quot;Structure Box&amp;quot; on the page.&lt;br /&gt;
You may change the PDB parameter (which sets the PDB file loaded into the applet) &lt;br /&gt;
or the SCENE parameter (which sets the initial scene displayed when the page is loaded),&lt;br /&gt;
or leave the SCENE parameter empty for the default display.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{STRUCTURE_1wfb|  PDB=1wfb  |  SCENE=  }} &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===WINTER FLOUNDER ANTIFREEZE PROTEIN===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Abstract&lt;br /&gt;
|ABSTRACT=&lt;br /&gt;
Type I antifreeze protein (AFP) from winter flounder is an alanine-rich, 37 amino acid, single alpha-helix that contains three 11 amino acid repeats (Thr-X(2)-Asx-X(7)), where X is generally Ala. &amp;lt;scene name=&#039;User:Mary_Ball/Sandbox/Wfb/1&#039;&amp;gt;WFB&amp;lt;/scene&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;scene name=&#039;User:Mary_Ball/Sandbox/Amino_acids/1&#039;&amp;gt;Click here to see a labelled Ala.&amp;lt;/scene&amp;gt; &amp;lt;scene name=&#039;User:Mary_Ball/AFP/Threonine_residues/2&#039;&amp;gt;Scene with Threonine Residues Labelled&amp;lt;/scene&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The regularly spaced Thr, Asx and Leu residues lie on one face of the helix and have traditionally been thought to form hydrogen bonds and van der Waals interactions with the ice surface. Recently, substitution experiments have called into question the importance of Leu and Asn for ice-binding. Sequence alignments of five type I AFP isoforms show that Leu and Asn are not well conserved, whereas Ala residues adjacent to the Thr, at right angles to the Leu/Asn-rich face, are completely conserved. To investigate the role of these Ala residues, a series of Ala to Leu steric mutations was made at various points around the helix. All the substituted peptides were fully alpha-helical and remained as monomers in solution. Wild-type activity was retained in A19L and A20L. A17L, where the substitution lies adjacent to the Thr-rich face, had no detectable antifreeze activity. The nearby A21L substitution had 10% wild-type activity and demonstrated weak interactions with the ice surface. We propose a new ice-binding face for type I AFP that encompasses the conserved Ala-rich surface and adjacent Thr.&lt;br /&gt;
|REFERENCE=New ice-binding face for type I antifreeze protein., Baardsnes J, Kondejewski LH, Hodges RS, Chao H, Kay C, Davies PL, FEBS Lett. 1999 Dec 10;463(1-2):87-91. PMID:[http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/10601644 10601644]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- &lt;br /&gt;
The line below this paragraph, {{ABSTRACT_PUBMED_10601644}}, adds the Publication Abstract to the page &lt;br /&gt;
(as it appears on PubMed at http://www.pubmed.gov), where 10601644 is the PubMed ID number.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==ABOUT THIS STRUCTURE==&lt;br /&gt;
1WFB is a 2 chains structure with sequences from [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pseudopleuronectes_americanus Pseudopleuronectes americanus]. The December 2009 RCSB PDB [http://pdb.rcsb.org/pdb/static.do?p=education_discussion/molecule_of_the_month/index.html Molecule of the Month] feature on &#039;&#039;Antifreeze Proteins&#039;&#039;  by David Goodsell is [http://dx.doi.org/10.2210/rcsb_pdb/mom_2009_12 10.2210/rcsb_pdb/mom_2009_12]. Full crystallographic information is available from [http://oca.weizmann.ac.il/oca-bin/ocashort?id=1WFB OCA]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==REFERENCE==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref group=&amp;quot;xtra&amp;quot;&amp;gt;PMID:7760940&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;references group=&amp;quot;xtra&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Antifreeze Proteins]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Pseudopleuronectes americanus]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: RCSB PDB Molecule of the Month]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Sicheri, F.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Yang, D S.C.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Antifreeze polypeptide]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Ice binding protein]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Thermal hysteresis protein]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Page seeded by [http://oca.weizmann.ac.il/oca OCA ] on Thu Jan 21 08:56:47 2010&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===WINTER FLOUNDER ANTIFREEZE PROTEIN ISOFORM HPLC6 AT-180 DEGREES C===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- &lt;br /&gt;
The line below this paragraph, {{ABSTRACT_PUBMED_7760940}}, adds the Publication Abstract to the page &lt;br /&gt;
(as it appears on PubMed at http://www.pubmed.gov), where 7760940 is the PubMed ID number.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{ABSTRACT_PUBMED_7760940}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mary Ball</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=User:Mary_Ball/Scenes&amp;diff=1094205</id>
		<title>User:Mary Ball/Scenes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=User:Mary_Ball/Scenes&amp;diff=1094205"/>
		<updated>2010-06-10T15:42:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mary Ball: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{STRUCTURE_1acj|  PDB=1acj  |  SCENE=  }} &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the right is a JMol applet showing the crystal structure of &#039;&#039;[http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Torpedo_californica Torpedo californica]&#039;&#039; [[acetylcholinesterase]] (&#039;&#039;Tc&#039;&#039;AChE) complexed with [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tacrine tacrine].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To zoom in on acetylcholinesterase&#039;s active site, click on the following green phrase: &amp;lt;scene name=&#039;1acj/Active_site_of_1acj/2&#039;&amp;gt;AChE&#039;s active site&amp;lt;/scene&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on the green phrase triggers a transition to what is called a Scene. For more information on creating and using scenes in Proteopedia pages, see the rest of this Tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Overview&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===What are scenes?===&lt;br /&gt;
Scenes are &amp;quot;frozen&amp;quot; moments in Jmol that can be later accessed by the page-viewer by clicking on &amp;quot;green text&amp;quot;.  A scene stores viewpoint, representations, colors, labels, and generally everything that is necessary to recreate the way things looked when the scene was saved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039;&#039; are used for the creation and editing of scenes.  Scenes created using the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039; can then be inserted into [[Proteopedia]] pages.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic steps of using the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039; are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
#Either start fresh with the &#039;load molecule&#039; tab or load an existing scene using the &#039;load scene&#039; tab.&lt;br /&gt;
#Manipulate the scene view using the mouse. &lt;br /&gt;
#Change the scene appearance by choosing selections from your scene using the &#039;selections&#039; tab and setting the appearance of selections using the &#039;representations&#039;, &#039;colors&#039; and &#039;labels&#039; tabs.&lt;br /&gt;
#Save the scene using the &#039;save scene&#039; tab.&lt;br /&gt;
#Copy the automatically-generated wikitext and insert the scene into a Proteopedia page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Manipulating Jmol with your mouse===&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Rotate:&#039;&#039; left click&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Zoom:&#039;&#039; scroll button or left click + shift&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Drag:&#039;&#039; right click + ctrl&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Measure distance:&#039;&#039; dbl click on 1st atom, dbl click on 2nd atom&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Measure angle:&#039;&#039; dbl click on 1st atom, click on 2nd atom, dbl click on 3rd atom&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Measure dihedral angle:&#039; dbl click on 1st atom, click on 2nd and 3rd atoms, dbl click on 4th atom&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Additional Resources===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A good place to start is the [[Proteopedia:Video_Guide#Video_7:_Adding_scenes_.28green_links.29|Video on Adding Scenes]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next you may want to look at the [[Proteopedia:DIY:Scenes|Instructions for creating a molecular scene with Proteopedia&#039;s Scene Authoring Tools]]. This gives you step-by-step directions to recreate the sample scene.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Where are the &#039;&#039;Scene-authoring tools&#039;&#039;?&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
===Accessing the Scene-authoring Tools===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039; are accessible when you are editing a page.  Click the tab &#039;&#039;&#039;edit this page&#039;&#039;&#039; at the top of the page where you wish to create a molecular scene. On the edit page, near the top, you&#039;ll see a big box where all the wikitext of the page lives--here you can change the text of the page.  If you scroll down some, near the bottom, you&#039;ll find in bold letters &#039;&#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools [show]&#039;&#039;&#039;.  Click on &#039;&#039;&#039;show&#039;&#039;&#039; to expand and open the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
A short and rough, temporary video tutorial can be viewed here: http://www.weizmann.ac.il/ISPC/Proteopedia.html.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How can I preview the results of using the Scene-authoring Tools?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After you load an existing scene or &amp;quot;start fresh&amp;quot; to create a new scene, a Jmol applet window will open on the right side of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Scene-authoring tools&#039;&#039;&#039; window.  As you make changes, they will show up in this window, leading up to the point where you use the &#039;save scene&#039; tab to save the scene.  But to put the scene into your page and preview how it will look there, you must copy the wikitext that is created when you save the scene and then hide the Scene-authoring tools to enable the &#039;&#039;&#039;Save Page&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Show Preview&#039;&#039;&#039; buttons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Using the &#039;load scene&#039; tab to edit an existing scene&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
The first input box asks for the page name (on which the scene you wish to load resides).  The default page name is the name of the page currently being entered.  Next, you proceed to choose the scene name using the drop-down selector (all scenes associated with the entered page name will be listed).  Once a scene is selected, all of its versions are available for selection using the drop-down version number menu.  When a version number is selected, that version of the scene is loaded onto the Jmol applet that is part of the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039; and the description that was given to the scene is also recalled.  At the same time, the wikitext that is needed for insertion of the scene into the page is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each distinct scene has 3 parameters to distinguish it from all other scenes: pagename, scenename, and versionnumber.  A scene&#039;s &amp;quot;pagename&amp;quot; is automatically determined by the name of the Proteopedia page on which the scene was initially created.  The scenename is given by the user.  The versionnumber is incremental: If no scene by the given name exists for the given page, then the first version will be version 1.  If there exist previous versions of the same scenename on the same pagename, then the newest saved version will not overwrite older versions of the scene, but will instead be automatically saved as the newest version (by incrementing the versionnumber by one).  A scene&#039;s full name is in this format: Pagename/Scenename/Versionnumber (ex: Hemoglobin/Cavity/14).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Using the &#039;load molecule&#039; tab to &amp;quot;start fresh&amp;quot; to create a scene&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The load molecule tab is used to load molecules into Jmol. Currently only one file can be loaded into Jmol at a time through this interface (but Jmol can handle several files at a time).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To load a file that has PDB code, input a PDB code into the first input area and click the load button.  The file will be fetched from the PDB database through [http://bip.weizmann.ac.il/oca-bin/ocamain OCA].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To load a file that is not part of the PDB, first upload the file to Proteopedia at [[Special:Upload]] (you can get there also by using the link called &#039;upload file&#039; on the left hand column-toolbar of Proteopedia).  Do NOT upload any image from a scientific publication or website unless you have permission to display that image on Proteopedia. Uploading an image that you have created or a PDB file that you have modified is always okay. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once a file has been uploaded, you can specify its name in the input area next to the words &amp;quot;From Proteopedia uploaded file&amp;quot; and click load. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;currently loaded&amp;quot; text area displays the name of the currently loaded file in the Jmol applet of the &amp;quot;Scene authoring tools&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Using the &#039;selections&#039; tab&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
The selections tab is meant to be used to select particular groups of atoms so that you can later change that group&#039;s color, representations, or labels.  When you choose a representation, a color, or a label using the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039; other tabs, the change is almost always applied ONLY to the currently selected atoms.  That is why it is important to be aware of what atoms are selected at any given time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===selection halos===&lt;br /&gt;
To see which atoms are selected, turn &#039;selection halos&#039; on using the selection halos checkbox.  If you have something selected, you will see your selection highlighted by yellow halos.  These halos are NOT part of your scene and have no impact other than to indicate to you what atoms are currently selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===all or nothing and halos===&lt;br /&gt;
This box contains two buttons and a checkbox.  &#039;Select all&#039; selects all atoms.  &#039;Select none&#039; selects none.  &#039;Selection halos&#039; toggles whether selection halos are shown to highlight the current selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===add to or remove from selection===&lt;br /&gt;
This is the main tool for creating selections.  This box allows you to specify groups of atoms to either ADD to the current selection, or REMOVE from the current selection.  It is advised to either begin with ALL atoms selected and then use this box to REMOVE atoms to your selection to arrive at your desired selection, or alternatively to begin with NO atoms selected and then use this box to ADD atoms to your selection to arrive at your desired selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is advised that you use selection halos while creating a selection so that you may view the atoms that your selection comprises.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each input box allows you to specify certain parameters in order to best choose what to add or remove to/from your selection.  There is an imaginary &#039;AND&#039; (or intersection) connecting each input box (a Boolean AND), but an &#039;OR&#039; (or union) connecting the chosen elements within each input box.  What this means is that if you choose in the &#039;groups&#039; box the items &#039;all protein&#039; and &#039;dna&#039; and in the &#039;limit to elements&#039; box you type in &#039;C,O&#039; and click &amp;quot;add to selection&amp;quot;, then you will add to your selection all the carbon and oxygen atoms that are part of either the protein or the dna in your loaded file (it&#039;s like saying &amp;quot;(all protein OR dna) AND (carbon OR oxygen)&amp;quot; )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;groups&#039; box lists various pre-defined groups of atoms by name.  The &#039;limit to chains&#039; box allows you to choose specific chains by the names they are given in the loaded file (ex: A,C,D).  The &#039;limit to resi types&#039; allows specification of residues by their 3-letter codes (ex: PHE,ALA,GLY).  The &#039;limit to residue nos&#039; box allows specification of residues by their number (ex: 18,23-25,32).  The &#039;limit to elements&#039; box allows choosing specific elements or even specific isotopes (ex: Fe,2H,31P).  The &#039;limit to atom nos&#039; box allows specifying atoms by their number.  The &#039;sites&#039; box appears only if your file is a PDB file that has predefined sites that the authors defined when they submitted the file to the Protein Data Bank.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button &#039;add to selection&#039; checks the information that was specified by you in the boxes in the &#039;add to or remove from selection&#039; area and then adds what you specified into the current selection.  The &#039;remove from selection&#039; does the same, but rather than adding to the current selection, it removes from the current selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===select within distance===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may enter a value (in Angstroms) and press &#039;go&#039;.  Any atom within a distance from the current selection equal to or smaller than the the number of Angstroms you specifed will be added to the selection.  To clarify, an example: If you had a ligand selected, and then inputted 5 and hit &#039;go&#039;, then all atoms within 5 Angstroms of that ligand would be added to your selection.  Your selection would then be composed of the ligand as well as all atoms within 5 Angstroms of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===mouse click selects===&lt;br /&gt;
Choosing &#039;default&#039; sets it so that mouse clicks on the Jmol applet are set to their default setting in Jmol.  In the default setting, clicking does not select or deselect any atoms, but clicking to create measurements is enabled.  Choosing &#039;center&#039; makes it so that any click on an atom, centers both the view and the axis of rotation on the atom.  Choosing &#039;atom&#039; is perhaps the most useful setting for creating selections as each click on an atom either adds it to the selection, or if it is already part of the selection, removes it from the selection.  Choosing &#039;element&#039; makes it so that clicking on an atom will select all other atoms of the same element.  Choosing &#039;molecule&#039; makes it so that clicking on an atom selects all other atoms of the same molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Using the options under the &#039;representations&#039; tab&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
The first area is the &#039;all and halo toggle&#039; area.  This provides a button to select all atoms, and a checkbox to turn selection halos on or off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;set selection representation&#039; box provides a variety of choices for setting the representation of the current selection.  Multiple representations can be turned on for the same selection of atoms (for instance using both wireframe and spacefill can create a &#039;ball and stick&#039; scheme).  Click on the representations that you would like to turn on for your current selection and then press &#039;set representation&#039;.  Every representation that has been checked off (to the left of the representation&#039;s name) will be displayed.  Some representations have an input field to their direct right.  If they do, then you may enter values in order to change the form of the representation, usually its size.  If you leave the input field blank, the default will be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on &#039;hide selection&#039; turns off all representations for the selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Using the tools under the &#039;colors&#039; tab&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
The first area is the &#039;all and halo toggle&#039; area.  This provides a button to select all atoms, and a checkbox to turn selection halos on or off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;color&#039; area first lets you choose whether you would like to change the color of the current selection, or of the background.  The color palette is clickable and as soon as you click on a color, either your selection or the background (as was previously selected) will change to the clicked color.  Hover over a color to view its name.  There is a series of buttons below the color palette, each representing a specific color scheme.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CPK is the standard CPK coloring scheme.  Amino and amino2 color each amino acid as a different color.  Chain colors each chain different colors.  Spectrum colors  protein and nucleic acids from blue to red on a spectrum with the N or 5&#039; terminus as blue and the C or 3&#039; terminus as red.  Structure colors according to secondary structure.  Fixed and relative temperature color according to temperature and formal and partial charge according to charge.  DRuMS composition colors according to the DRuMS scheme (http://www.umass.edu/molvis/drums/).  Hydrophobic/polar colors hydrophobic amino acids grey and polar (charged or uncharged) residues pink.  Charge colors hydrophobic residues grey, polar-uncharged residues pink, cationic residues blue, anionic residues red, and backbone atoms purple whether charged or uncharged.  More information on Jmol colors is available at http://jmol.sourceforge.net/jscolors/.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;transparency&#039; area allows you to render your selection transparent.  Zero percent transparent will be opaque,  100 percent transparent will be invisible, and anywhere in between will be transparent to a degree.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Using the tools under the &#039;labels&#039; tab&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
The first area is the &#039;all or nothing and halo toggle&#039; area.  This provides a button to select all atoms, deselect all atoms (select none), and a checkbox to turn selection halos on or off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;mouse click selects&#039; area is similar to the &#039;mouse click selects&#039; area in the &#039;selections&#039; tab and allows changing between the &#039;default&#039; mouse picking style and the &#039;atom&#039; mouse picking style.  See the &#039;selections&#039; tab section above for an explanation about the different mouse picking styles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;label atoms&#039; area is used to label atoms.  First, an atom must be selected.  Next, you choose how the label should look by choosing between entering text, displaying the atom name, the element, the 3-letter residue code, the residue number, and the chain letter of the atom being labeled (you can combine all of these options however you want).  When you are ready to create the label, click on &#039;set label&#039;. Note that if you have a selection of atoms when you assign a label by clicking &#039;set label&#039;, then each atom in the selection will get a label.  &#039;Clear labels from selection&#039; will clear all the labels from the current selection.  To delete all labels, first &#039;select all&#039; and then &#039;clear labels from selection&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change the label properties, you can choose label color, label size, and an optional pointer from the label to the atom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following three areas are collapsed by default and may be expanded and collapsed by clicking the +/- near their names:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;label applet&#039; tab allows setting of a label that will be displayed in the bottom area of the applet.  Its color and size can be chosen.  Use &#039;set label&#039; to set the label after entering text.  Use &#039;clear label from applet&#039; to clear the label.  To have an applet label that takes up multiple lines, use the symbol | to create line breaks in your inputted text.  Label color and size can be changed after or before setting a label.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;measurements&#039; area allows control over the appearance of measurements.  Measurements can be created by a combination of double and single clicking on atoms while in the &#039;default&#039; mouse picking setting.  Measurements are explained in the &#039;how to&#039; tab of the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039;.  Here in the &#039;measurements&#039; area, you can control the color, size, and units of the measurements.  Changing the color or the size will affect all existing and future measurements but changing the units will only affect future measurements.  The labels on the measurements can also be turned off or on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;bonds&#039; area allows control over disulfide and hydrogen bonds.  You can turn disulfide and/or hydrogen bonds on or off for a particular selection and can choose the colors for the bonds. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Using the &#039;save scene&#039; tab&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have created your scene, you can save it here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You must choose a name for your scene, and enter a description.  If you started by loading a scene, then by default, its name will appear as a suggested name for the scene you are about to save because Proteopedia assumes you might be editing a scene to save an updated version.  If you specify the name of a scene that already exists, then your scene will be saved as the newest version (i.e. if versions 1 through 5 for that scene already exist, then your scene will be saved as version 6).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After saving, wikitext for inserting your scene into the Proteopedia page will appear in the &#039;Wikitext&#039; area.  Copy this and paste it into the text-editing window. (To preview its effect on the page and/or save the edited page, you must hide the Scene-authoring tools to make the &#039;&#039;&#039;Save page&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Show preview&#039;&#039;&#039; buttons active.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Choosing a non-standard scene transition===&lt;br /&gt;
If you select the checkbox entitled &#039;show scene transition options&#039;, you get two choices for non-standard transitions.  This means you can choose different transitions for how your scene will be recalled when the user clicks on the green scene link. Here&#039;s the breakdown of transition options:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# If you don&#039;t select any checkbox (i.e. do not select the checkbox next to &amp;quot;show advanced options&amp;quot;) then the most basic and standard transition will be used : when the scene is recalled, the molecule will zoom out to 100% zoom, rotate to the new scene&#039;s orientation, and then zoom to the new scene&#039;s correct zoom.&lt;br /&gt;
# If you select the checkbox next to &amp;quot;show advanced options&amp;quot; you then have two advanced options to choose from:	&lt;br /&gt;
## If you choose &amp;quot;yes&amp;quot; from the drop-down menu next to &amp;quot;skip the zoom-out when this scene loads&amp;quot; then the transition will be the same as the basic transition except the zoom-out to 100% zoom will be skipped : when the scene is recalled, the molecule will rotate to the new scene&#039;s orientation and zoom simultaneously.&lt;br /&gt;
## If instead you choose &amp;quot;yes&amp;quot; from the drop-down menu next to &amp;quot;skip the transition between scenes when this scene loads&amp;quot; then the new scene will just immediately load, without any transition from the previous scene.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Option 1 is the standard.  Option 2.1 is helpful when the view is not changing much and you don&#039;t want the scene to zoom out completely when transitioning between scenes.  Option 1 is helpful when zooming out completely is necessary to give the user proper spatial comprehension when transitioning between two scenes.  Option 2.2 is helpful when you really need to have no transition at all (although it should be rarely used except for extreme cases where you really need no transition).&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mary Ball</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=User:Mary_Ball/Scenes&amp;diff=1094204</id>
		<title>User:Mary Ball/Scenes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=User:Mary_Ball/Scenes&amp;diff=1094204"/>
		<updated>2010-06-10T15:34:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mary Ball: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{STRUCTURE_1acj|  PDB=1acj  |  SCENE=  }} &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the right is a JMol applet showing the crystal structure of &#039;&#039;[http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Torpedo_californica Torpedo californica]&#039;&#039; [[acetylcholinesterase]] (&#039;&#039;Tc&#039;&#039;AChE) complexed with [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tacrine tacrine].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To zoom in on acetylcholinesterase&#039;s active site, click on the following green phrase: &amp;lt;scene name=&#039;1acj/Active_site_of_1acj/2&#039;&amp;gt;AChE&#039;s active site&amp;lt;/scene&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on the green phrase triggers a transition to what is called a Scene. For more information on creating and using scenes in Proteopedia pages, see the rest of this Tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Overview&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===What are scenes?===&lt;br /&gt;
Scenes are &amp;quot;frozen&amp;quot; moments in Jmol that can be later accessed by the page-viewer by clicking on &amp;quot;green text&amp;quot;.  A scene stores viewpoint, representations, colors, labels, and generally everything that is necessary to recreate the way things looked when the scene was saved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039;&#039; are used for the creation and editing of scenes.  Scenes created using the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039; can then be inserted into [[Proteopedia]] pages.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic steps of using the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039; are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
#Either start fresh with the &#039;load molecule&#039; tab or load an existing scene using the &#039;load scene&#039; tab.&lt;br /&gt;
#Manipulate the scene view using the mouse. &lt;br /&gt;
#Change the scene appearance by choosing selections from your scene using the &#039;selections&#039; tab and setting the appearance of selections using the &#039;representations&#039;, &#039;colors&#039; and &#039;labels&#039; tabs.&lt;br /&gt;
#Save the scene using the &#039;save scene&#039; tab.&lt;br /&gt;
#Copy the automatically-generated wikitext and insert the scene into a Proteopedia page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Manipulating Jmol with your mouse===&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Rotate:&#039;&#039; left click&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Zoom:&#039;&#039; scroll button or left click + shift&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Drag:&#039;&#039; right click + ctrl&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Measure distance:&#039;&#039; dbl click on 1st atom, dbl click on 2nd atom&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Measure angle:&#039;&#039; dbl click on 1st atom, click on 2nd atom, dbl click on 3rd atom&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Measure dihedral angle:&#039; dbl click on 1st atom, click on 2nd and 3rd atoms, dbl click on 4th atom&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Additional Resources===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A good place to start is the [[Proteopedia:Video_Guide#Video_7:_Adding_scenes_.28green_links.29|Video on Adding Scenes]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next you may want to look at the [[Proteopedia:DIY:Scenes|Instructions for creating a molecular scene with Proteopedia&#039;s Scene Authoring Tools]]. This gives you step-by-step directions to recreate the sample scene.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Where are the &#039;&#039;Scene-authoring tools&#039;&#039;?&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
===Accessing the Scene-authoring Tools===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039; are accessible when you are editing a page.  Click the tab &#039;&#039;&#039;edit this page&#039;&#039;&#039; at the top of the page where you wish to create a molecular scene. On the edit page, near the top, you&#039;ll see a big box where all the wikitext of the page lives--here you can change the text of the page.  If you scroll down some, near the bottom, you&#039;ll find in bold letters &#039;&#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools [show]&#039;&#039;&#039;.  Click on &#039;&#039;&#039;show&#039;&#039;&#039; to expand and open the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
A short and rough, temporary video tutorial can be viewed here: http://www.weizmann.ac.il/ISPC/Proteopedia.html.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How can I preview the results of using the Scene-authoring Tools?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After you load an existing scene or &amp;quot;start fresh&amp;quot; to create a new scene, a Jmol applet window will open on the right side of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Scene-authoring tools&#039;&#039;&#039; window.  As you make changes, they will show up in this window, leading up to the point where you use the &#039;save scene&#039; tab to save the scene.  But to put the scene into your page and preview how it will look there, you must copy the wikitext that is created when you save the scene and then hide the Scene-authoring tools to enable the &#039;&#039;&#039;Save Page&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Show Preview&#039;&#039;&#039; buttons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Using the &#039;load scene&#039; tab to edit an existing scene&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
The first input box asks for the page name (on which the scene you wish to load resides).  The default page name is the name of the page currently being entered.  Next, you proceed to choose the scene name using the drop-down selector (all scenes associated with the entered page name will be listed).  Once a scene is selected, all of its versions are available for selection using the drop-down version number menu.  When a version number is selected, that version of the scene is loaded onto the Jmol applet that is part of the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039; and the description that was given to the scene is also recalled.  At the same time, the wikitext that is needed for insertion of the scene into the page is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each distinct scene has 3 parameters to distinguish it from all other scenes: pagename, scenename, and versionnumber.  A scene&#039;s &amp;quot;pagename&amp;quot; is automatically determined by the name of the Proteopedia page on which the scene was initially created.  The scenename is given by the user.  The versionnumber is incremental: If no scene by the given name exists for the given page, then the first version will be version 1.  If there exist previous versions of the same scenename on the same pagename, then the newest saved version will not overwrite older versions of the scene, but will instead be automatically saved as the newest version (by incrementing the versionnumber by one).  A scene&#039;s full name is in this format: Pagename/Scenename/Versionnumber (ex: Hemoglobin/Cavity/14).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Using the &#039;load molecule&#039; tab to &amp;quot;start fresh&amp;quot; to create a scene&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Load_molecule.png|thumb|The load molecule tab in action]]&lt;br /&gt;
The load molecule tab is used to load molecules into Jmol. Currently only one file can be loaded into Jmol at a time through this interface (but Jmol can handle several files at a time).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To load a file that has PDB code, input a PDB code into the first input area and click the load button.  The file will be fetched from the PDB database throgh [http://bip.weizmann.ac.il/oca-bin/ocamain OCA].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To load a file that is not part of the PDB, first upload the file to Proteopedia at [[Special:Upload]] (you can get there also by using the link called &#039;upload file&#039; on the left hand column-toolbar of Proteopedia).  Once a file has been uploaded, you can specify its name in the input area next to the words &amp;quot;From Proteopedia uploaded file&amp;quot; and click load.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;currently loaded&amp;quot; text area displays the name of the currently loaded file in the Jmol applet of the &amp;quot;Scene authoring tools&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Using the &#039;selections&#039; tab&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
The selections tab is meant to be used to select particular groups of atoms so that you can later change that group&#039;s color, representations, or labels.  When you choose a representation, a color, or a label using the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039; other tabs, the change is almost always applied ONLY to the currently selected atoms.  That is why it is important to be aware of what atoms are selected at any given time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===selection halos===&lt;br /&gt;
To see which atoms are selected, turn &#039;selection halos&#039; on using the selection halos checkbox.  If you have something selected, you will see your selection highlighted by yellow halos.  These halos are NOT part of your scene and have no impact other than to indicate to you what atoms are currently selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===all or nothing and halos===&lt;br /&gt;
This box contains two buttons and a checkbox.  &#039;Select all&#039; selects all atoms.  &#039;Select none&#039; selects none.  &#039;Selection halos&#039; toggles whether selection halos are shown to highlight the current selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===add to or remove from selection===&lt;br /&gt;
This is the main tool for creating selections.  This box allows you to specify groups of atoms to either ADD to the current selection, or REMOVE from the current selection.  It is advised to either begin with ALL atoms selected and then use this box to REMOVE atoms to your selection to arrive at your desired selection, or alternatively to begin with NO atoms selected and then use this box to ADD atoms to your selection to arrive at your desired selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is advised that you use selection halos while creating a selection so that you may view the atoms that your selection comprises.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each input box allows you to specify certain parameters in order to best choose what to add or remove to/from your selection.  There is an imaginary &#039;AND&#039; (or intersection) connecting each input box (a Boolean AND), but an &#039;OR&#039; (or union) connecting the chosen elements within each input box.  What this means is that if you choose in the &#039;groups&#039; box the items &#039;all protein&#039; and &#039;dna&#039; and in the &#039;limit to elements&#039; box you type in &#039;C,O&#039; and click &amp;quot;add to selection&amp;quot;, then you will add to your selection all the carbon and oxygen atoms that are part of either the protein or the dna in your loaded file (it&#039;s like saying &amp;quot;(all protein OR dna) AND (carbon OR oxygen)&amp;quot; )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;groups&#039; box lists various pre-defined groups of atoms by name.  The &#039;limit to chains&#039; box allows you to choose specific chains by the names they are given in the loaded file (ex: A,C,D).  The &#039;limit to resi types&#039; allows specification of residues by their 3-letter codes (ex: PHE,ALA,GLY).  The &#039;limit to residue nos&#039; box allows specification of residues by their number (ex: 18,23-25,32).  The &#039;limit to elements&#039; box allows choosing specific elements or even specific isotopes (ex: Fe,2H,31P).  The &#039;limit to atom nos&#039; box allows specifying atoms by their number.  The &#039;sites&#039; box appears only if your file is a PDB file that has predefined sites that the authors defined when they submitted the file to the Protein Data Bank.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button &#039;add to selection&#039; checks the information that was specified by you in the boxes in the &#039;add to or remove from selection&#039; area and then adds what you specified into the current selection.  The &#039;remove from selection&#039; does the same, but rather than adding to the current selection, it removes from the current selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===select within distance===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may enter a value (in Angstroms) and press &#039;go&#039;.  Any atom within a distance from the current selection equal to or smaller than the the number of Angstroms you specifed will be added to the selection.  To clarify, an example: If you had a ligand selected, and then inputted 5 and hit &#039;go&#039;, then all atoms within 5 Angstroms of that ligand would be added to your selection.  Your selection would then be composed of the ligand as well as all atoms within 5 Angstroms of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===mouse click selects===&lt;br /&gt;
Choosing &#039;default&#039; sets it so that mouse clicks on the Jmol applet are set to their default setting in Jmol.  In the default setting, clicking does not select or deselect any atoms, but clicking to create measurements is enabled.  Choosing &#039;center&#039; makes it so that any click on an atom, centers both the view and the axis of rotation on the atom.  Choosing &#039;atom&#039; is perhaps the most useful setting for creating selections as each click on an atom either adds it to the selection, or if it is already part of the selection, removes it from the selection.  Choosing &#039;element&#039; makes it so that clicking on an atom will select all other atoms of the same element.  Choosing &#039;molecule&#039; makes it so that clicking on an atom selects all other atoms of the same molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Using the options under the &#039;representations&#039; tab&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
The first area is the &#039;all and halo toggle&#039; area.  This provides a button to select all atoms, and a checkbox to turn selection halos on or off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;set selection representation&#039; box provides a variety of choices for setting the representation of the current selection.  Multiple representations can be turned on for the same selection of atoms (for instance using both wireframe and spacefill can create a &#039;ball and stick&#039; scheme).  Click on the representations that you would like to turn on for your current selection and then press &#039;set representation&#039;.  Every representation that has been checked off (to the left of the representation&#039;s name) will be displayed.  Some representations have an input field to their direct right.  If they do, then you may enter values in order to change the form of the representation, usually its size.  If you leave the input field blank, the default will be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on &#039;hide selection&#039; turns off all representations for the selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Using the tools under the &#039;colors&#039; tab&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
The first area is the &#039;all and halo toggle&#039; area.  This provides a button to select all atoms, and a checkbox to turn selection halos on or off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;color&#039; area first lets you choose whether you would like to change the color of the current selection, or of the background.  The color palette is clickable and as soon as you click on a color, either your selection or the background (as was previously selected) will change to the clicked color.  Hover over a color to view its name.  There is a series of buttons below the color palette, each representing a specific color scheme.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CPK is the standard CPK coloring scheme.  Amino and amino2 color each amino acid as a different color.  Chain colors each chain different colors.  Spectrum colors  protein and nucleic acids from blue to red on a spectrum with the N or 5&#039; terminus as blue and the C or 3&#039; terminus as red.  Structure colors according to secondary structure.  Fixed and relative temperature color according to temperature and formal and partial charge according to charge.  DRuMS composition colors according to the DRuMS scheme (http://www.umass.edu/molvis/drums/).  Hydrophobic/polar colors hydrophobic amino acids grey and polar (charged or uncharged) residues pink.  Charge colors hydrophobic residues grey, polar-uncharged residues pink, cationic residues blue, anionic residues red, and backbone atoms purple whether charged or uncharged.  More information on Jmol colors is available at http://jmol.sourceforge.net/jscolors/.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;transparency&#039; area allows you to render your selection transparent.  Zero percent transparent will be opaque,  100 percent transparent will be invisible, and anywhere in between will be transparent to a degree.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Using the tools under the &#039;labels&#039; tab&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
The first area is the &#039;all or nothing and halo toggle&#039; area.  This provides a button to select all atoms, deselect all atoms (select none), and a checkbox to turn selection halos on or off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;mouse click selects&#039; area is similar to the &#039;mouse click selects&#039; area in the &#039;selections&#039; tab and allows changing between the &#039;default&#039; mouse picking style and the &#039;atom&#039; mouse picking style.  See the &#039;selections&#039; tab section above for an explanation about the different mouse picking styles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;label atoms&#039; area is used to label atoms.  First, an atom must be selected.  Next, you choose how the label should look by choosing between entering text, displaying the atom name, the element, the 3-letter residue code, the residue number, and the chain letter of the atom being labeled (you can combine all of these options however you want).  When you are ready to create the label, click on &#039;set label&#039;. Note that if you have a selection of atoms when you assign a label by clicking &#039;set label&#039;, then each atom in the selection will get a label.  &#039;Clear labels from selection&#039; will clear all the labels from the current selection.  To delete all labels, first &#039;select all&#039; and then &#039;clear labels from selection&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change the label properties, you can choose label color, label size, and an optional pointer from the label to the atom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following three areas are collapsed by default and may be expanded and collapsed by clicking the +/- near their names:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;label applet&#039; tab allows setting of a label that will be displayed in the bottom area of the applet.  Its color and size can be chosen.  Use &#039;set label&#039; to set the label after entering text.  Use &#039;clear label from applet&#039; to clear the label.  To have an applet label that takes up multiple lines, use the symbol | to create line breaks in your inputted text.  Label color and size can be changed after or before setting a label.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;measurements&#039; area allows control over the appearance of measurements.  Measurements can be created by a combination of double and single clicking on atoms while in the &#039;default&#039; mouse picking setting.  Measurements are explained in the &#039;how to&#039; tab of the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039;.  Here in the &#039;measurements&#039; area, you can control the color, size, and units of the measurements.  Changing the color or the size will affect all existing and future measurements but changing the units will only affect future measurements.  The labels on the measurements can also be turned off or on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;bonds&#039; area allows control over disulfide and hydrogen bonds.  You can turn disulfide and/or hydrogen bonds on or off for a particular selection and can choose the colors for the bonds. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Using the &#039;save scene&#039; tab&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have created your scene, you can save it here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You must choose a name for your scene, and enter a description.  If you started by loading a scene, then by default, its name will appear as a suggested name for the scene you are about to save because Proteopedia assumes you might be editing a scene to save an updated version.  If you specify the name of a scene that already exists, then your scene will be saved as the newest version (i.e. if versions 1 through 5 for that scene already exist, then your scene will be saved as version 6).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After saving, wikitext for inserting your scene into the Proteopedia page will appear in the &#039;Wikitext&#039; area.  Copy this and paste it into the text-editing window. (To preview its effect on the page and/or save the edited page, you must hide the Scene-authoring tools to make the &#039;&#039;&#039;Save page&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Show preview&#039;&#039;&#039; buttons active.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Choosing a non-standard scene transition===&lt;br /&gt;
If you select the checkbox entitled &#039;show scene transition options&#039;, you get two choices for non-standard transitions.  This means you can choose different transitions for how your scene will be recalled when the user clicks on the green scene link. Here&#039;s the breakdown of transition options:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# If you don&#039;t select any checkbox (i.e. do not select the checkbox next to &amp;quot;show advanced options&amp;quot;) then the most basic and standard transition will be used : when the scene is recalled, the molecule will zoom out to 100% zoom, rotate to the new scene&#039;s orientation, and then zoom to the new scene&#039;s correct zoom.&lt;br /&gt;
# If you select the checkbox next to &amp;quot;show advanced options&amp;quot; you then have two advanced options to choose from:	&lt;br /&gt;
## If you choose &amp;quot;yes&amp;quot; from the drop-down menu next to &amp;quot;skip the zoom-out when this scene loads&amp;quot; then the transition will be the same as the basic transition except the zoom-out to 100% zoom will be skipped : when the scene is recalled, the molecule will rotate to the new scene&#039;s orientation and zoom simultaneously.&lt;br /&gt;
## If instead you choose &amp;quot;yes&amp;quot; from the drop-down menu next to &amp;quot;skip the transition between scenes when this scene loads&amp;quot; then the new scene will just immediately load, without any transition from the previous scene.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Option 1 is the standard.  Option 2.1 is helpful when the view is not changing much and you don&#039;t want the scene to zoom out completely when transitioning between scenes.  Option 1 is helpful when zooming out completely is necessary to give the user proper spatial comprehension when transitioning between two scenes.  Option 2.2 is helpful when you really need to have no transition at all (although it should be rarely used except for extreme cases where you really need no transition).&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mary Ball</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=User:Mary_Ball/Scenes&amp;diff=1094203</id>
		<title>User:Mary Ball/Scenes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=User:Mary_Ball/Scenes&amp;diff=1094203"/>
		<updated>2010-06-10T15:28:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mary Ball: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{STRUCTURE_1acj|  PDB=1acj  |  SCENE=  }} &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the right is a JMol applet showing the crystal structure of &#039;&#039;[http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Torpedo_californica Torpedo californica]&#039;&#039; [[acetylcholinesterase]] (&#039;&#039;Tc&#039;&#039;AChE) complexed with [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tacrine tacrine].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To zoom in on acetylcholinesterase&#039;s active site, click on the following green phrase: &amp;lt;scene name=&#039;1acj/Active_site_of_1acj/2&#039;&amp;gt;AChE&#039;s active site&amp;lt;/scene&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on the green phrase triggers a transition to what is called a Scene. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Overview&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===What are scenes?===&lt;br /&gt;
Scenes are &amp;quot;frozen&amp;quot; moments in Jmol that can be later accessed by the page-viewer by clicking on &amp;quot;green text&amp;quot;.  A scene stores viewpoint, representations, colors, labels, and generally everything that is necessary to recreate the way things looked when the scene was saved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039;&#039; are used for the creation and editing of scenes.  Scenes created using the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039; can then be inserted into [[Proteopedia]] pages.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic steps of using the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039; are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
#Either start fresh with the &#039;load molecule&#039; tab or load an existing scene using the &#039;load scene&#039; tab.&lt;br /&gt;
#Manipulate the scene view using the mouse. &lt;br /&gt;
#Change the scene appearance by choosing selections from your scene using the &#039;selections&#039; tab and setting the appearance of selections using the &#039;representations&#039;, &#039;colors&#039; and &#039;labels&#039; tabs.&lt;br /&gt;
#Save the scene using the &#039;save scene&#039; tab.&lt;br /&gt;
#Copy the automatically-generated wikitext and insert the scene into a Proteopedia page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Manipulating Jmol with your mouse===&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Rotate:&#039;&#039; left click&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Zoom:&#039;&#039; scroll button or left click + shift&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Drag:&#039;&#039; right click + ctrl&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Measure distance:&#039;&#039; dbl click on 1st atom, dbl click on 2nd atom&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Measure angle:&#039;&#039; dbl click on 1st atom, click on 2nd atom, dbl click on 3rd atom&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Measure dihedral angle:&#039; dbl click on 1st atom, click on 2nd and 3rd atoms, dbl click on 4th atom&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Additional Resources===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A good place to start is the [[Proteopedia:Video_Guide#Video_7:_Adding_scenes_.28green_links.29|Video on Adding Scenes]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next you may want to look at the [[Proteopedia:DIY:Scenes|Instructions for creating a molecular scene with Proteopedia&#039;s Scene Authoring Tools]]. This gives you step-by-step directions to recreate the sample scene.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Where are the &#039;&#039;Scene-authoring tools&#039;&#039;?&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
===Accessing the Scene-authoring Tools===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039; are accessible when you are editing a page.  Click the tab &#039;&#039;&#039;edit this page&#039;&#039;&#039; at the top of the page where you wish to create a molecular scene. On the edit page, near the top, you&#039;ll see a big box where all the wikitext of the page lives--here you can change the text of the page.  If you scroll down some, near the bottom, you&#039;ll find in bold letters &#039;&#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools [show]&#039;&#039;&#039;.  Click on &#039;&#039;&#039;show&#039;&#039;&#039; to expand and open the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
A short and rough, temporary video tutorial can be viewed here: http://www.weizmann.ac.il/ISPC/Proteopedia.html.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How can I preview the results of using the Scene-authoring Tools?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After you load an existing scene or &amp;quot;start fresh&amp;quot; to create a new scene, a Jmol applet window will open on the right side of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Scene-authoring tools&#039;&#039;&#039; window.  As you make changes, they will show up in this window, leading up to the point where you use the &#039;save scene&#039; tab to save the scene.  But to put the scene into your page and preview how it will look there, you must copy the wikitext that is created when you save the scene and then hide the Scene-authoring tools to enable the &#039;&#039;&#039;Save Page&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Show Preview&#039;&#039;&#039; buttons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Using the &#039;load scene&#039; tab to edit an existing scene&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
The first input box asks for the page name (on which the scene you wish to load resides).  The default page name is the name of the page currently being entered.  Next, you proceed to choose the scene name using the drop-down selector (all scenes associated with the entered page name will be listed).  Once a scene is selected, all of its versions are available for selection using the drop-down version number menu.  When a version number is selected, that version of the scene is loaded onto the Jmol applet that is part of the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039; and the description that was given to the scene is also recalled.  At the same time, the wikitext that is needed for insertion of the scene into the page is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each distinct scene has 3 parameters to distinguish it from all other scenes: pagename, scenename, and versionnumber.  A scene&#039;s &amp;quot;pagename&amp;quot; is automatically determined by the name of the Proteopedia page on which the scene was initially created.  The scenename is given by the user.  The versionnumber is incremental: If no scene by the given name exists for the given page, then the first version will be version 1.  If there exist previous versions of the same scenename on the same pagename, then the newest saved version will not overwrite older versions of the scene, but will instead be automatically saved as the newest version (by incrementing the versionnumber by one).  A scene&#039;s full name is in this format: Pagename/Scenename/Versionnumber (ex: Hemoglobin/Cavity/14).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Using the &#039;load molecule&#039; tab to &amp;quot;start fresh&amp;quot; to create a scene&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Load_molecule.png|thumb|The load molecule tab in action]]&lt;br /&gt;
The load molecule tab is used to load molecules into Jmol. Currently only one file can be loaded into Jmol at a time through this interface (but Jmol can handle several files at a time).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To load a file that has PDB code, input a PDB code into the first input area and click the load button.  The file will be fetched from the PDB database throgh [http://bip.weizmann.ac.il/oca-bin/ocamain OCA].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To load a file that is not part of the PDB, first upload the file to Proteopedia at [[Special:Upload]] (you can get there also by using the link called &#039;upload file&#039; on the left hand column-toolbar of Proteopedia).  Once a file has been uploaded, you can specify its name in the input area next to the words &amp;quot;From Proteopedia uploaded file&amp;quot; and click load.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;currently loaded&amp;quot; text area displays the name of the currently loaded file in the Jmol applet of the &amp;quot;Scene authoring tools&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Using the &#039;selections&#039; tab&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
The selections tab is meant to be used to select particular groups of atoms so that you can later change that group&#039;s color, representations, or labels.  When you choose a representation, a color, or a label using the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039; other tabs, the change is almost always applied ONLY to the currently selected atoms.  That is why it is important to be aware of what atoms are selected at any given time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===selection halos===&lt;br /&gt;
To see which atoms are selected, turn &#039;selection halos&#039; on using the selection halos checkbox.  If you have something selected, you will see your selection highlighted by yellow halos.  These halos are NOT part of your scene and have no impact other than to indicate to you what atoms are currently selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===all or nothing and halos===&lt;br /&gt;
This box contains two buttons and a checkbox.  &#039;Select all&#039; selects all atoms.  &#039;Select none&#039; selects none.  &#039;Selection halos&#039; toggles whether selection halos are shown to highlight the current selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===add to or remove from selection===&lt;br /&gt;
This is the main tool for creating selections.  This box allows you to specify groups of atoms to either ADD to the current selection, or REMOVE from the current selection.  It is advised to either begin with ALL atoms selected and then use this box to REMOVE atoms to your selection to arrive at your desired selection, or alternatively to begin with NO atoms selected and then use this box to ADD atoms to your selection to arrive at your desired selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is advised that you use selection halos while creating a selection so that you may view the atoms that your selection comprises.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each input box allows you to specify certain parameters in order to best choose what to add or remove to/from your selection.  There is an imaginary &#039;AND&#039; (or intersection) connecting each input box (a Boolean AND), but an &#039;OR&#039; (or union) connecting the chosen elements within each input box.  What this means is that if you choose in the &#039;groups&#039; box the items &#039;all protein&#039; and &#039;dna&#039; and in the &#039;limit to elements&#039; box you type in &#039;C,O&#039; and click &amp;quot;add to selection&amp;quot;, then you will add to your selection all the carbon and oxygen atoms that are part of either the protein or the dna in your loaded file (it&#039;s like saying &amp;quot;(all protein OR dna) AND (carbon OR oxygen)&amp;quot; )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;groups&#039; box lists various pre-defined groups of atoms by name.  The &#039;limit to chains&#039; box allows you to choose specific chains by the names they are given in the loaded file (ex: A,C,D).  The &#039;limit to resi types&#039; allows specification of residues by their 3-letter codes (ex: PHE,ALA,GLY).  The &#039;limit to residue nos&#039; box allows specification of residues by their number (ex: 18,23-25,32).  The &#039;limit to elements&#039; box allows choosing specific elements or even specific isotopes (ex: Fe,2H,31P).  The &#039;limit to atom nos&#039; box allows specifying atoms by their number.  The &#039;sites&#039; box appears only if your file is a PDB file that has predefined sites that the authors defined when they submitted the file to the Protein Data Bank.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button &#039;add to selection&#039; checks the information that was specified by you in the boxes in the &#039;add to or remove from selection&#039; area and then adds what you specified into the current selection.  The &#039;remove from selection&#039; does the same, but rather than adding to the current selection, it removes from the current selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===select within distance===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may enter a value (in Angstroms) and press &#039;go&#039;.  Any atom within a distance from the current selection equal to or smaller than the the number of Angstroms you specifed will be added to the selection.  To clarify, an example: If you had a ligand selected, and then inputted 5 and hit &#039;go&#039;, then all atoms within 5 Angstroms of that ligand would be added to your selection.  Your selection would then be composed of the ligand as well as all atoms within 5 Angstroms of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===mouse click selects===&lt;br /&gt;
Choosing &#039;default&#039; sets it so that mouse clicks on the Jmol applet are set to their default setting in Jmol.  In the default setting, clicking does not select or deselect any atoms, but clicking to create measurements is enabled.  Choosing &#039;center&#039; makes it so that any click on an atom, centers both the view and the axis of rotation on the atom.  Choosing &#039;atom&#039; is perhaps the most useful setting for creating selections as each click on an atom either adds it to the selection, or if it is already part of the selection, removes it from the selection.  Choosing &#039;element&#039; makes it so that clicking on an atom will select all other atoms of the same element.  Choosing &#039;molecule&#039; makes it so that clicking on an atom selects all other atoms of the same molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Using the options under the &#039;representations&#039; tab&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
The first area is the &#039;all and halo toggle&#039; area.  This provides a button to select all atoms, and a checkbox to turn selection halos on or off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;set selection representation&#039; box provides a variety of choices for setting the representation of the current selection.  Multiple representations can be turned on for the same selection of atoms (for instance using both wireframe and spacefill can create a &#039;ball and stick&#039; scheme).  Click on the representations that you would like to turn on for your current selection and then press &#039;set representation&#039;.  Every representation that has been checked off (to the left of the representation&#039;s name) will be displayed.  Some representations have an input field to their direct right.  If they do, then you may enter values in order to change the form of the representation, usually its size.  If you leave the input field blank, the default will be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on &#039;hide selection&#039; turns off all representations for the selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Using the tools under the &#039;colors&#039; tab&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
The first area is the &#039;all and halo toggle&#039; area.  This provides a button to select all atoms, and a checkbox to turn selection halos on or off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;color&#039; area first lets you choose whether you would like to change the color of the current selection, or of the background.  The color palette is clickable and as soon as you click on a color, either your selection or the background (as was previously selected) will change to the clicked color.  Hover over a color to view its name.  There is a series of buttons below the color palette, each representing a specific color scheme.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CPK is the standard CPK coloring scheme.  Amino and amino2 color each amino acid as a different color.  Chain colors each chain different colors.  Spectrum colors  protein and nucleic acids from blue to red on a spectrum with the N or 5&#039; terminus as blue and the C or 3&#039; terminus as red.  Structure colors according to secondary structure.  Fixed and relative temperature color according to temperature and formal and partial charge according to charge.  DRuMS composition colors according to the DRuMS scheme (http://www.umass.edu/molvis/drums/).  Hydrophobic/polar colors hydrophobic amino acids grey and polar (charged or uncharged) residues pink.  Charge colors hydrophobic residues grey, polar-uncharged residues pink, cationic residues blue, anionic residues red, and backbone atoms purple whether charged or uncharged.  More information on Jmol colors is available at http://jmol.sourceforge.net/jscolors/.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;transparency&#039; area allows you to render your selection transparent.  Zero percent transparent will be opaque,  100 percent transparent will be invisible, and anywhere in between will be transparent to a degree.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Using the tools under the &#039;labels&#039; tab&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
The first area is the &#039;all or nothing and halo toggle&#039; area.  This provides a button to select all atoms, deselect all atoms (select none), and a checkbox to turn selection halos on or off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;mouse click selects&#039; area is similar to the &#039;mouse click selects&#039; area in the &#039;selections&#039; tab and allows changing between the &#039;default&#039; mouse picking style and the &#039;atom&#039; mouse picking style.  See the &#039;selections&#039; tab section above for an explanation about the different mouse picking styles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;label atoms&#039; area is used to label atoms.  First, an atom must be selected.  Next, you choose how the label should look by choosing between entering text, displaying the atom name, the element, the 3-letter residue code, the residue number, and the chain letter of the atom being labeled (you can combine all of these options however you want).  When you are ready to create the label, click on &#039;set label&#039;. Note that if you have a selection of atoms when you assign a label by clicking &#039;set label&#039;, then each atom in the selection will get a label.  &#039;Clear labels from selection&#039; will clear all the labels from the current selection.  To delete all labels, first &#039;select all&#039; and then &#039;clear labels from selection&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change the label properties, you can choose label color, label size, and an optional pointer from the label to the atom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following three areas are collapsed by default and may be expanded and collapsed by clicking the +/- near their names:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;label applet&#039; tab allows setting of a label that will be displayed in the bottom area of the applet.  Its color and size can be chosen.  Use &#039;set label&#039; to set the label after entering text.  Use &#039;clear label from applet&#039; to clear the label.  To have an applet label that takes up multiple lines, use the symbol | to create line breaks in your inputted text.  Label color and size can be changed after or before setting a label.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;measurements&#039; area allows control over the appearance of measurements.  Measurements can be created by a combination of double and single clicking on atoms while in the &#039;default&#039; mouse picking setting.  Measurements are explained in the &#039;how to&#039; tab of the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039;.  Here in the &#039;measurements&#039; area, you can control the color, size, and units of the measurements.  Changing the color or the size will affect all existing and future measurements but changing the units will only affect future measurements.  The labels on the measurements can also be turned off or on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;bonds&#039; area allows control over disulfide and hydrogen bonds.  You can turn disulfide and/or hydrogen bonds on or off for a particular selection and can choose the colors for the bonds. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Using the &#039;save scene&#039; tab&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have created your scene, you can save it here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You must choose a name for your scene, and enter a description.  If you started by loading a scene, then by default, its name will appear as a suggested name for the scene you are about to save because Proteopedia assumes you might be editing a scene to save an updated version.  If you specify the name of a scene that already exists, then your scene will be saved as the newest version (i.e. if versions 1 through 5 for that scene already exist, then your scene will be saved as version 6).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After saving, wikitext for inserting your scene into the Proteopedia page will appear in the &#039;Wikitext&#039; area.  Copy this and paste it into the text-editing window. (To preview its effect on the page and/or save the edited page, you must hide the Scene-authoring tools to make the &#039;&#039;&#039;Save page&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Show preview&#039;&#039;&#039; buttons active.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Choosing a non-standard scene transition===&lt;br /&gt;
If you select the checkbox entitled &#039;show scene transition options&#039;, you get two choices for non-standard transitions.  This means you can choose different transitions for how your scene will be recalled when the user clicks on the green scene link. Here&#039;s the breakdown of transition options:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# If you don&#039;t select any checkbox (i.e. do not select the checkbox next to &amp;quot;show advanced options&amp;quot;) then the most basic and standard transition will be used : when the scene is recalled, the molecule will zoom out to 100% zoom, rotate to the new scene&#039;s orientation, and then zoom to the new scene&#039;s correct zoom.&lt;br /&gt;
# If you select the checkbox next to &amp;quot;show advanced options&amp;quot; you then have two advanced options to choose from:	&lt;br /&gt;
## If you choose &amp;quot;yes&amp;quot; from the drop-down menu next to &amp;quot;skip the zoom-out when this scene loads&amp;quot; then the transition will be the same as the basic transition except the zoom-out to 100% zoom will be skipped : when the scene is recalled, the molecule will rotate to the new scene&#039;s orientation and zoom simultaneously.&lt;br /&gt;
## If instead you choose &amp;quot;yes&amp;quot; from the drop-down menu next to &amp;quot;skip the transition between scenes when this scene loads&amp;quot; then the new scene will just immediately load, without any transition from the previous scene.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Option 1 is the standard.  Option 2.1 is helpful when the view is not changing much and you don&#039;t want the scene to zoom out completely when transitioning between scenes.  Option 1 is helpful when zooming out completely is necessary to give the user proper spatial comprehension when transitioning between two scenes.  Option 2.2 is helpful when you really need to have no transition at all (although it should be rarely used except for extreme cases where you really need no transition).&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mary Ball</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=User:Mary_Ball/Scenes&amp;diff=1094202</id>
		<title>User:Mary Ball/Scenes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=User:Mary_Ball/Scenes&amp;diff=1094202"/>
		<updated>2010-06-10T15:26:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mary Ball: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{STRUCTURE_1acj|  PDB=1acj  |  SCENE=  }} &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Making and Using Scenes in Proteopedia Pages&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the right is a JMol applet showing the crystal structure of &#039;&#039;[http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Torpedo_californica Torpedo californica]&#039;&#039; [[acetylcholinesterase]] (&#039;&#039;Tc&#039;&#039;AChE) complexed with [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tacrine tacrine].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To zoom in on acetylcholinesterase&#039;s active site, click on the following green phrase: &amp;lt;scene name=&#039;1acj/Active_site_of_1acj/2&#039;&amp;gt;AChE&#039;s active site&amp;lt;/scene&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on the green phrase triggers a transition to what is called a Scene. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Overview&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===What are scenes?===&lt;br /&gt;
Scenes are &amp;quot;frozen&amp;quot; moments in Jmol that can be later accessed by the page-viewer by clicking on &amp;quot;green text&amp;quot;.  A scene stores viewpoint, representations, colors, labels, and generally everything that is necessary to recreate the way things looked when the scene was saved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039;&#039; are used for the creation and editing of scenes.  Scenes created using the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039; can then be inserted into [[Proteopedia]] pages.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic steps of using the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039; are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
#Either start fresh with the &#039;load molecule&#039; tab or load an existing scene using the &#039;load scene&#039; tab.&lt;br /&gt;
#Manipulate the scene view using the mouse. &lt;br /&gt;
#Change the scene appearance by choosing selections from your scene using the &#039;selections&#039; tab and setting the appearance of selections using the &#039;representations&#039;, &#039;colors&#039; and &#039;labels&#039; tabs.&lt;br /&gt;
#Save the scene using the &#039;save scene&#039; tab.&lt;br /&gt;
#Copy the automatically-generated wikitext and insert the scene into a Proteopedia page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Manipulating Jmol with your mouse===&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Rotate:&#039;&#039; left click&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Zoom:&#039;&#039; scroll button or left click + shift&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Drag:&#039;&#039; right click + ctrl&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Measure distance:&#039;&#039; dbl click on 1st atom, dbl click on 2nd atom&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Measure angle:&#039;&#039; dbl click on 1st atom, click on 2nd atom, dbl click on 3rd atom&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Measure dihedral angle:&#039; dbl click on 1st atom, click on 2nd and 3rd atoms, dbl click on 4th atom&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Additional Resources===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A good place to start is the [[Proteopedia:Video_Guide#Video_7:_Adding_scenes_.28green_links.29|Video on Adding Scenes]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next you may want to look at the [[Proteopedia:DIY:Scenes|Instructions for creating a molecular scene with Proteopedia&#039;s Scene Authoring Tools]]. This gives you step-by-step directions to recreate the sample scene.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Where are the &#039;&#039;Scene-authoring tools&#039;&#039;?&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
===Accessing the Scene-authoring Tools===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039; are accessible when you are editing a page.  Click the tab &#039;&#039;&#039;edit this page&#039;&#039;&#039; at the top of the page where you wish to create a molecular scene. On the edit page, near the top, you&#039;ll see a big box where all the wikitext of the page lives--here you can change the text of the page.  If you scroll down some, near the bottom, you&#039;ll find in bold letters &#039;&#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools [show]&#039;&#039;&#039;.  Click on &#039;&#039;&#039;show&#039;&#039;&#039; to expand and open the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
A short and rough, temporary video tutorial can be viewed here: http://www.weizmann.ac.il/ISPC/Proteopedia.html.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How can I preview the results of using the Scene-authoring Tools?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After you load an existing scene or &amp;quot;start fresh&amp;quot; to create a new scene, a Jmol applet window will open on the right side of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Scene-authoring tools&#039;&#039;&#039; window.  As you make changes, they will show up in this window, leading up to the point where you use the &#039;save scene&#039; tab to save the scene.  But to put the scene into your page and preview how it will look there, you must copy the wikitext that is created when you save the scene and then hide the Scene-authoring tools to enable the &#039;&#039;&#039;Save Page&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Show Preview&#039;&#039;&#039; buttons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Using the &#039;load scene&#039; tab to edit an existing scene&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
The first input box asks for the page name (on which the scene you wish to load resides).  The default page name is the name of the page currently being entered.  Next, you proceed to choose the scene name using the drop-down selector (all scenes associated with the entered page name will be listed).  Once a scene is selected, all of its versions are available for selection using the drop-down version number menu.  When a version number is selected, that version of the scene is loaded onto the Jmol applet that is part of the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039; and the description that was given to the scene is also recalled.  At the same time, the wikitext that is needed for insertion of the scene into the page is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each distinct scene has 3 parameters to distinguish it from all other scenes: pagename, scenename, and versionnumber.  A scene&#039;s &amp;quot;pagename&amp;quot; is automatically determined by the name of the Proteopedia page on which the scene was initially created.  The scenename is given by the user.  The versionnumber is incremental: If no scene by the given name exists for the given page, then the first version will be version 1.  If there exist previous versions of the same scenename on the same pagename, then the newest saved version will not overwrite older versions of the scene, but will instead be automatically saved as the newest version (by incrementing the versionnumber by one).  A scene&#039;s full name is in this format: Pagename/Scenename/Versionnumber (ex: Hemoglobin/Cavity/14).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Using the &#039;load molecule&#039; tab to &amp;quot;start fresh&amp;quot; to create a scene&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Load_molecule.png|thumb|The load molecule tab in action]]&lt;br /&gt;
The load molecule tab is used to load molecules into Jmol. Currently only one file can be loaded into Jmol at a time through this interface (but Jmol can handle several files at a time).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To load a file that has PDB code, input a PDB code into the first input area and click the load button.  The file will be fetched from the PDB database throgh [http://bip.weizmann.ac.il/oca-bin/ocamain OCA].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To load a file that is not part of the PDB, first upload the file to Proteopedia at [[Special:Upload]] (you can get there also by using the link called &#039;upload file&#039; on the left hand column-toolbar of Proteopedia).  Once a file has been uploaded, you can specify its name in the input area next to the words &amp;quot;From Proteopedia uploaded file&amp;quot; and click load.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;currently loaded&amp;quot; text area displays the name of the currently loaded file in the Jmol applet of the &amp;quot;Scene authoring tools&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Using the &#039;selections&#039; tab&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
The selections tab is meant to be used to select particular groups of atoms so that you can later change that group&#039;s color, representations, or labels.  When you choose a representation, a color, or a label using the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039; other tabs, the change is almost always applied ONLY to the currently selected atoms.  That is why it is important to be aware of what atoms are selected at any given time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===selection halos===&lt;br /&gt;
To see which atoms are selected, turn &#039;selection halos&#039; on using the selection halos checkbox.  If you have something selected, you will see your selection highlighted by yellow halos.  These halos are NOT part of your scene and have no impact other than to indicate to you what atoms are currently selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===all or nothing and halos===&lt;br /&gt;
This box contains two buttons and a checkbox.  &#039;Select all&#039; selects all atoms.  &#039;Select none&#039; selects none.  &#039;Selection halos&#039; toggles whether selection halos are shown to highlight the current selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===add to or remove from selection===&lt;br /&gt;
This is the main tool for creating selections.  This box allows you to specify groups of atoms to either ADD to the current selection, or REMOVE from the current selection.  It is advised to either begin with ALL atoms selected and then use this box to REMOVE atoms to your selection to arrive at your desired selection, or alternatively to begin with NO atoms selected and then use this box to ADD atoms to your selection to arrive at your desired selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is advised that you use selection halos while creating a selection so that you may view the atoms that your selection comprises.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each input box allows you to specify certain parameters in order to best choose what to add or remove to/from your selection.  There is an imaginary &#039;AND&#039; (or intersection) connecting each input box (a Boolean AND), but an &#039;OR&#039; (or union) connecting the chosen elements within each input box.  What this means is that if you choose in the &#039;groups&#039; box the items &#039;all protein&#039; and &#039;dna&#039; and in the &#039;limit to elements&#039; box you type in &#039;C,O&#039; and click &amp;quot;add to selection&amp;quot;, then you will add to your selection all the carbon and oxygen atoms that are part of either the protein or the dna in your loaded file (it&#039;s like saying &amp;quot;(all protein OR dna) AND (carbon OR oxygen)&amp;quot; )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;groups&#039; box lists various pre-defined groups of atoms by name.  The &#039;limit to chains&#039; box allows you to choose specific chains by the names they are given in the loaded file (ex: A,C,D).  The &#039;limit to resi types&#039; allows specification of residues by their 3-letter codes (ex: PHE,ALA,GLY).  The &#039;limit to residue nos&#039; box allows specification of residues by their number (ex: 18,23-25,32).  The &#039;limit to elements&#039; box allows choosing specific elements or even specific isotopes (ex: Fe,2H,31P).  The &#039;limit to atom nos&#039; box allows specifying atoms by their number.  The &#039;sites&#039; box appears only if your file is a PDB file that has predefined sites that the authors defined when they submitted the file to the Protein Data Bank.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button &#039;add to selection&#039; checks the information that was specified by you in the boxes in the &#039;add to or remove from selection&#039; area and then adds what you specified into the current selection.  The &#039;remove from selection&#039; does the same, but rather than adding to the current selection, it removes from the current selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===select within distance===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may enter a value (in Angstroms) and press &#039;go&#039;.  Any atom within a distance from the current selection equal to or smaller than the the number of Angstroms you specifed will be added to the selection.  To clarify, an example: If you had a ligand selected, and then inputted 5 and hit &#039;go&#039;, then all atoms within 5 Angstroms of that ligand would be added to your selection.  Your selection would then be composed of the ligand as well as all atoms within 5 Angstroms of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===mouse click selects===&lt;br /&gt;
Choosing &#039;default&#039; sets it so that mouse clicks on the Jmol applet are set to their default setting in Jmol.  In the default setting, clicking does not select or deselect any atoms, but clicking to create measurements is enabled.  Choosing &#039;center&#039; makes it so that any click on an atom, centers both the view and the axis of rotation on the atom.  Choosing &#039;atom&#039; is perhaps the most useful setting for creating selections as each click on an atom either adds it to the selection, or if it is already part of the selection, removes it from the selection.  Choosing &#039;element&#039; makes it so that clicking on an atom will select all other atoms of the same element.  Choosing &#039;molecule&#039; makes it so that clicking on an atom selects all other atoms of the same molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Using the options under the &#039;representations&#039; tab&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
The first area is the &#039;all and halo toggle&#039; area.  This provides a button to select all atoms, and a checkbox to turn selection halos on or off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;set selection representation&#039; box provides a variety of choices for setting the representation of the current selection.  Multiple representations can be turned on for the same selection of atoms (for instance using both wireframe and spacefill can create a &#039;ball and stick&#039; scheme).  Click on the representations that you would like to turn on for your current selection and then press &#039;set representation&#039;.  Every representation that has been checked off (to the left of the representation&#039;s name) will be displayed.  Some representations have an input field to their direct right.  If they do, then you may enter values in order to change the form of the representation, usually its size.  If you leave the input field blank, the default will be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on &#039;hide selection&#039; turns off all representations for the selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Using the tools under the &#039;colors&#039; tab&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
The first area is the &#039;all and halo toggle&#039; area.  This provides a button to select all atoms, and a checkbox to turn selection halos on or off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;color&#039; area first lets you choose whether you would like to change the color of the current selection, or of the background.  The color palette is clickable and as soon as you click on a color, either your selection or the background (as was previously selected) will change to the clicked color.  Hover over a color to view its name.  There is a series of buttons below the color palette, each representing a specific color scheme.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CPK is the standard CPK coloring scheme.  Amino and amino2 color each amino acid as a different color.  Chain colors each chain different colors.  Spectrum colors  protein and nucleic acids from blue to red on a spectrum with the N or 5&#039; terminus as blue and the C or 3&#039; terminus as red.  Structure colors according to secondary structure.  Fixed and relative temperature color according to temperature and formal and partial charge according to charge.  DRuMS composition colors according to the DRuMS scheme (http://www.umass.edu/molvis/drums/).  Hydrophobic/polar colors hydrophobic amino acids grey and polar (charged or uncharged) residues pink.  Charge colors hydrophobic residues grey, polar-uncharged residues pink, cationic residues blue, anionic residues red, and backbone atoms purple whether charged or uncharged.  More information on Jmol colors is available at http://jmol.sourceforge.net/jscolors/.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;transparency&#039; area allows you to render your selection transparent.  Zero percent transparent will be opaque,  100 percent transparent will be invisible, and anywhere in between will be transparent to a degree.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Using the tools under the &#039;labels&#039; tab&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
The first area is the &#039;all or nothing and halo toggle&#039; area.  This provides a button to select all atoms, deselect all atoms (select none), and a checkbox to turn selection halos on or off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;mouse click selects&#039; area is similar to the &#039;mouse click selects&#039; area in the &#039;selections&#039; tab and allows changing between the &#039;default&#039; mouse picking style and the &#039;atom&#039; mouse picking style.  See the &#039;selections&#039; tab section above for an explanation about the different mouse picking styles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;label atoms&#039; area is used to label atoms.  First, an atom must be selected.  Next, you choose how the label should look by choosing between entering text, displaying the atom name, the element, the 3-letter residue code, the residue number, and the chain letter of the atom being labeled (you can combine all of these options however you want).  When you are ready to create the label, click on &#039;set label&#039;. Note that if you have a selection of atoms when you assign a label by clicking &#039;set label&#039;, then each atom in the selection will get a label.  &#039;Clear labels from selection&#039; will clear all the labels from the current selection.  To delete all labels, first &#039;select all&#039; and then &#039;clear labels from selection&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change the label properties, you can choose label color, label size, and an optional pointer from the label to the atom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following three areas are collapsed by default and may be expanded and collapsed by clicking the +/- near their names:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;label applet&#039; tab allows setting of a label that will be displayed in the bottom area of the applet.  Its color and size can be chosen.  Use &#039;set label&#039; to set the label after entering text.  Use &#039;clear label from applet&#039; to clear the label.  To have an applet label that takes up multiple lines, use the symbol | to create line breaks in your inputted text.  Label color and size can be changed after or before setting a label.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;measurements&#039; area allows control over the appearance of measurements.  Measurements can be created by a combination of double and single clicking on atoms while in the &#039;default&#039; mouse picking setting.  Measurements are explained in the &#039;how to&#039; tab of the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039;.  Here in the &#039;measurements&#039; area, you can control the color, size, and units of the measurements.  Changing the color or the size will affect all existing and future measurements but changing the units will only affect future measurements.  The labels on the measurements can also be turned off or on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;bonds&#039; area allows control over disulfide and hydrogen bonds.  You can turn disulfide and/or hydrogen bonds on or off for a particular selection and can choose the colors for the bonds. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Using the &#039;save scene&#039; tab&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have created your scene, you can save it here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You must choose a name for your scene, and enter a description.  If you started by loading a scene, then by default, its name will appear as a suggested name for the scene you are about to save because Proteopedia assumes you might be editing a scene to save an updated version.  If you specify the name of a scene that already exists, then your scene will be saved as the newest version (i.e. if versions 1 through 5 for that scene already exist, then your scene will be saved as version 6).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After saving, wikitext for inserting your scene into the Proteopedia page will appear in the &#039;Wikitext&#039; area.  Copy this and paste it into the text-editing window. (To preview its effect on the page and/or save the edited page, you must hide the Scene-authoring tools to make the &#039;&#039;&#039;Save page&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Show preview&#039;&#039;&#039; buttons active.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Choosing a non-standard scene transition===&lt;br /&gt;
If you select the checkbox entitled &#039;show scene transition options&#039;, you get two choices for non-standard transitions.  This means you can choose different transitions for how your scene will be recalled when the user clicks on the green scene link. Here&#039;s the breakdown of transition options:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# If you don&#039;t select any checkbox (i.e. do not select the checkbox next to &amp;quot;show advanced options&amp;quot;) then the most basic and standard transition will be used : when the scene is recalled, the molecule will zoom out to 100% zoom, rotate to the new scene&#039;s orientation, and then zoom to the new scene&#039;s correct zoom.&lt;br /&gt;
# If you select the checkbox next to &amp;quot;show advanced options&amp;quot; you then have two advanced options to choose from:	&lt;br /&gt;
## If you choose &amp;quot;yes&amp;quot; from the drop-down menu next to &amp;quot;skip the zoom-out when this scene loads&amp;quot; then the transition will be the same as the basic transition except the zoom-out to 100% zoom will be skipped : when the scene is recalled, the molecule will rotate to the new scene&#039;s orientation and zoom simultaneously.&lt;br /&gt;
## If instead you choose &amp;quot;yes&amp;quot; from the drop-down menu next to &amp;quot;skip the transition between scenes when this scene loads&amp;quot; then the new scene will just immediately load, without any transition from the previous scene.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Option 1 is the standard.  Option 2.1 is helpful when the view is not changing much and you don&#039;t want the scene to zoom out completely when transitioning between scenes.  Option 1 is helpful when zooming out completely is necessary to give the user proper spatial comprehension when transitioning between two scenes.  Option 2.2 is helpful when you really need to have no transition at all (although it should be rarely used except for extreme cases where you really need no transition).&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mary Ball</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=User:Mary_Ball/Scenes&amp;diff=1094201</id>
		<title>User:Mary Ball/Scenes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=User:Mary_Ball/Scenes&amp;diff=1094201"/>
		<updated>2010-06-10T15:17:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mary Ball: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{STRUCTURE_1acj|  PDB=1acj  |  SCENE=  }} &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Making and Using Scenes in Proteopedia Pages&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TACRINE BINDING TO AROMATIC RESIDUES IN THE ACTIVE-SITE GORGE OF ACETYLCHOLINESTERAse On the right is a JMol applet showing the crystal structure of &#039;&#039;[http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Torpedo_californica Torpedo californica]&#039;&#039; [[acetylcholinesterase]] (&#039;&#039;Tc&#039;&#039;AChE) complexed with [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tacrine tacrine] (THA), THA&#039;s [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Acridine acridine] ring is stacked  between the [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Aromaticity aromatic rings] of &amp;lt;scene name=&#039;Demo_1acj/Oulu/2&#039;&amp;gt;W84 and F330&amp;lt;/scene&amp;gt;, near the [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Catalytic_triad catalytic triad] of &amp;lt;scene name=&#039;1acj/Active_site_of_1acj/2&#039;&amp;gt;AChE&#039;s active site&amp;lt;/scene&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Overview&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===What are scenes?===&lt;br /&gt;
Scenes are &amp;quot;frozen&amp;quot; moments in Jmol that can be later accessed by the page-viewer by clicking on &amp;quot;green text&amp;quot;.  A scene stores viewpoint, representations, colors, labels, and generally everything that is necessary to recreate the way things looked when the scene was saved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039;&#039; are used for the creation and editing of scenes.  Scenes created using the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039; can then be inserted into [[Proteopedia]] pages.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic steps of using the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039; are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
#Either start fresh with the &#039;load molecule&#039; tab or load an existing scene using the &#039;load scene&#039; tab.&lt;br /&gt;
#Manipulate the scene view using the mouse. &lt;br /&gt;
#Change the scene appearance by choosing selections from your scene using the &#039;selections&#039; tab and setting the appearance of selections using the &#039;representations&#039;, &#039;colors&#039; and &#039;labels&#039; tabs.&lt;br /&gt;
#Save the scene using the &#039;save scene&#039; tab.&lt;br /&gt;
#Copy the automatically-generated wikitext and insert the scene into a Proteopedia page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Manipulating Jmol with your mouse===&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Rotate:&#039;&#039; left click&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Zoom:&#039;&#039; scroll button or left click + shift&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Drag:&#039;&#039; right click + ctrl&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Measure distance:&#039;&#039; dbl click on 1st atom, dbl click on 2nd atom&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Measure angle:&#039;&#039; dbl click on 1st atom, click on 2nd atom, dbl click on 3rd atom&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Measure dihedral angle:&#039; dbl click on 1st atom, click on 2nd and 3rd atoms, dbl click on 4th atom&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Additional Resources===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A good place to start is the [[Proteopedia:Video_Guide#Video_7:_Adding_scenes_.28green_links.29|Video on Adding Scenes]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next you may want to look at the [[Proteopedia:DIY:Scenes|Instructions for creating a molecular scene with Proteopedia&#039;s Scene Authoring Tools]]. This gives you step-by-step directions to recreate the sample scene.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Where are the &#039;&#039;Scene-authoring tools&#039;&#039;?&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
===Accessing the Scene-authoring Tools===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039; are accessible when you are editing a page.  Click the tab &#039;&#039;&#039;edit this page&#039;&#039;&#039; at the top of the page where you wish to create a molecular scene. On the edit page, near the top, you&#039;ll see a big box where all the wikitext of the page lives--here you can change the text of the page.  If you scroll down some, near the bottom, you&#039;ll find in bold letters &#039;&#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools [show]&#039;&#039;&#039;.  Click on &#039;&#039;&#039;show&#039;&#039;&#039; to expand and open the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
A short and rough, temporary video tutorial can be viewed here: http://www.weizmann.ac.il/ISPC/Proteopedia.html.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How can I preview the results of using the Scene-authoring Tools?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After you load an existing scene or &amp;quot;start fresh&amp;quot; to create a new scene, a Jmol applet window will open on the right side of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Scene-authoring tools&#039;&#039;&#039; window.  As you make changes, they will show up in this window, leading up to the point where you use the &#039;save scene&#039; tab to save the scene.  But to put the scene into your page and preview how it will look there, you must copy the wikitext that is created when you save the scene and then hide the Scene-authoring tools to enable the &#039;&#039;&#039;Save Page&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Show Preview&#039;&#039;&#039; buttons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Using the &#039;load scene&#039; tab to edit an existing scene&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
The first input box asks for the page name (on which the scene you wish to load resides).  The default page name is the name of the page currently being entered.  Next, you proceed to choose the scene name using the drop-down selector (all scenes associated with the entered page name will be listed).  Once a scene is selected, all of its versions are available for selection using the drop-down version number menu.  When a version number is selected, that version of the scene is loaded onto the Jmol applet that is part of the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039; and the description that was given to the scene is also recalled.  At the same time, the wikitext that is needed for insertion of the scene into the page is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each distinct scene has 3 parameters to distinguish it from all other scenes: pagename, scenename, and versionnumber.  A scene&#039;s &amp;quot;pagename&amp;quot; is automatically determined by the name of the Proteopedia page on which the scene was initially created.  The scenename is given by the user.  The versionnumber is incremental: If no scene by the given name exists for the given page, then the first version will be version 1.  If there exist previous versions of the same scenename on the same pagename, then the newest saved version will not overwrite older versions of the scene, but will instead be automatically saved as the newest version (by incrementing the versionnumber by one).  A scene&#039;s full name is in this format: Pagename/Scenename/Versionnumber (ex: Hemoglobin/Cavity/14).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Using the &#039;load molecule&#039; tab to &amp;quot;start fresh&amp;quot; to create a scene&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Load_molecule.png|thumb|The load molecule tab in action]]&lt;br /&gt;
The load molecule tab is used to load molecules into Jmol. Currently only one file can be loaded into Jmol at a time through this interface (but Jmol can handle several files at a time).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To load a file that has PDB code, input a PDB code into the first input area and click the load button.  The file will be fetched from the PDB database throgh [http://bip.weizmann.ac.il/oca-bin/ocamain OCA].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To load a file that is not part of the PDB, first upload the file to Proteopedia at [[Special:Upload]] (you can get there also by using the link called &#039;upload file&#039; on the left hand column-toolbar of Proteopedia).  Once a file has been uploaded, you can specify its name in the input area next to the words &amp;quot;From Proteopedia uploaded file&amp;quot; and click load.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;currently loaded&amp;quot; text area displays the name of the currently loaded file in the Jmol applet of the &amp;quot;Scene authoring tools&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Using the &#039;selections&#039; tab&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
The selections tab is meant to be used to select particular groups of atoms so that you can later change that group&#039;s color, representations, or labels.  When you choose a representation, a color, or a label using the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039; other tabs, the change is almost always applied ONLY to the currently selected atoms.  That is why it is important to be aware of what atoms are selected at any given time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===selection halos===&lt;br /&gt;
To see which atoms are selected, turn &#039;selection halos&#039; on using the selection halos checkbox.  If you have something selected, you will see your selection highlighted by yellow halos.  These halos are NOT part of your scene and have no impact other than to indicate to you what atoms are currently selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===all or nothing and halos===&lt;br /&gt;
This box contains two buttons and a checkbox.  &#039;Select all&#039; selects all atoms.  &#039;Select none&#039; selects none.  &#039;Selection halos&#039; toggles whether selection halos are shown to highlight the current selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===add to or remove from selection===&lt;br /&gt;
This is the main tool for creating selections.  This box allows you to specify groups of atoms to either ADD to the current selection, or REMOVE from the current selection.  It is advised to either begin with ALL atoms selected and then use this box to REMOVE atoms to your selection to arrive at your desired selection, or alternatively to begin with NO atoms selected and then use this box to ADD atoms to your selection to arrive at your desired selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is advised that you use selection halos while creating a selection so that you may view the atoms that your selection comprises.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each input box allows you to specify certain parameters in order to best choose what to add or remove to/from your selection.  There is an imaginary &#039;AND&#039; (or intersection) connecting each input box (a Boolean AND), but an &#039;OR&#039; (or union) connecting the chosen elements within each input box.  What this means is that if you choose in the &#039;groups&#039; box the items &#039;all protein&#039; and &#039;dna&#039; and in the &#039;limit to elements&#039; box you type in &#039;C,O&#039; and click &amp;quot;add to selection&amp;quot;, then you will add to your selection all the carbon and oxygen atoms that are part of either the protein or the dna in your loaded file (it&#039;s like saying &amp;quot;(all protein OR dna) AND (carbon OR oxygen)&amp;quot; )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;groups&#039; box lists various pre-defined groups of atoms by name.  The &#039;limit to chains&#039; box allows you to choose specific chains by the names they are given in the loaded file (ex: A,C,D).  The &#039;limit to resi types&#039; allows specification of residues by their 3-letter codes (ex: PHE,ALA,GLY).  The &#039;limit to residue nos&#039; box allows specification of residues by their number (ex: 18,23-25,32).  The &#039;limit to elements&#039; box allows choosing specific elements or even specific isotopes (ex: Fe,2H,31P).  The &#039;limit to atom nos&#039; box allows specifying atoms by their number.  The &#039;sites&#039; box appears only if your file is a PDB file that has predefined sites that the authors defined when they submitted the file to the Protein Data Bank.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button &#039;add to selection&#039; checks the information that was specified by you in the boxes in the &#039;add to or remove from selection&#039; area and then adds what you specified into the current selection.  The &#039;remove from selection&#039; does the same, but rather than adding to the current selection, it removes from the current selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===select within distance===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may enter a value (in Angstroms) and press &#039;go&#039;.  Any atom within a distance from the current selection equal to or smaller than the the number of Angstroms you specifed will be added to the selection.  To clarify, an example: If you had a ligand selected, and then inputted 5 and hit &#039;go&#039;, then all atoms within 5 Angstroms of that ligand would be added to your selection.  Your selection would then be composed of the ligand as well as all atoms within 5 Angstroms of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===mouse click selects===&lt;br /&gt;
Choosing &#039;default&#039; sets it so that mouse clicks on the Jmol applet are set to their default setting in Jmol.  In the default setting, clicking does not select or deselect any atoms, but clicking to create measurements is enabled.  Choosing &#039;center&#039; makes it so that any click on an atom, centers both the view and the axis of rotation on the atom.  Choosing &#039;atom&#039; is perhaps the most useful setting for creating selections as each click on an atom either adds it to the selection, or if it is already part of the selection, removes it from the selection.  Choosing &#039;element&#039; makes it so that clicking on an atom will select all other atoms of the same element.  Choosing &#039;molecule&#039; makes it so that clicking on an atom selects all other atoms of the same molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Using the options under the &#039;representations&#039; tab&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
The first area is the &#039;all and halo toggle&#039; area.  This provides a button to select all atoms, and a checkbox to turn selection halos on or off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;set selection representation&#039; box provides a variety of choices for setting the representation of the current selection.  Multiple representations can be turned on for the same selection of atoms (for instance using both wireframe and spacefill can create a &#039;ball and stick&#039; scheme).  Click on the representations that you would like to turn on for your current selection and then press &#039;set representation&#039;.  Every representation that has been checked off (to the left of the representation&#039;s name) will be displayed.  Some representations have an input field to their direct right.  If they do, then you may enter values in order to change the form of the representation, usually its size.  If you leave the input field blank, the default will be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on &#039;hide selection&#039; turns off all representations for the selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Using the tools under the &#039;colors&#039; tab&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
The first area is the &#039;all and halo toggle&#039; area.  This provides a button to select all atoms, and a checkbox to turn selection halos on or off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;color&#039; area first lets you choose whether you would like to change the color of the current selection, or of the background.  The color palette is clickable and as soon as you click on a color, either your selection or the background (as was previously selected) will change to the clicked color.  Hover over a color to view its name.  There is a series of buttons below the color palette, each representing a specific color scheme.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CPK is the standard CPK coloring scheme.  Amino and amino2 color each amino acid as a different color.  Chain colors each chain different colors.  Spectrum colors  protein and nucleic acids from blue to red on a spectrum with the N or 5&#039; terminus as blue and the C or 3&#039; terminus as red.  Structure colors according to secondary structure.  Fixed and relative temperature color according to temperature and formal and partial charge according to charge.  DRuMS composition colors according to the DRuMS scheme (http://www.umass.edu/molvis/drums/).  Hydrophobic/polar colors hydrophobic amino acids grey and polar (charged or uncharged) residues pink.  Charge colors hydrophobic residues grey, polar-uncharged residues pink, cationic residues blue, anionic residues red, and backbone atoms purple whether charged or uncharged.  More information on Jmol colors is available at http://jmol.sourceforge.net/jscolors/.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;transparency&#039; area allows you to render your selection transparent.  Zero percent transparent will be opaque,  100 percent transparent will be invisible, and anywhere in between will be transparent to a degree.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Using the tools under the &#039;labels&#039; tab&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
The first area is the &#039;all or nothing and halo toggle&#039; area.  This provides a button to select all atoms, deselect all atoms (select none), and a checkbox to turn selection halos on or off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;mouse click selects&#039; area is similar to the &#039;mouse click selects&#039; area in the &#039;selections&#039; tab and allows changing between the &#039;default&#039; mouse picking style and the &#039;atom&#039; mouse picking style.  See the &#039;selections&#039; tab section above for an explanation about the different mouse picking styles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;label atoms&#039; area is used to label atoms.  First, an atom must be selected.  Next, you choose how the label should look by choosing between entering text, displaying the atom name, the element, the 3-letter residue code, the residue number, and the chain letter of the atom being labeled (you can combine all of these options however you want).  When you are ready to create the label, click on &#039;set label&#039;. Note that if you have a selection of atoms when you assign a label by clicking &#039;set label&#039;, then each atom in the selection will get a label.  &#039;Clear labels from selection&#039; will clear all the labels from the current selection.  To delete all labels, first &#039;select all&#039; and then &#039;clear labels from selection&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change the label properties, you can choose label color, label size, and an optional pointer from the label to the atom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following three areas are collapsed by default and may be expanded and collapsed by clicking the +/- near their names:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;label applet&#039; tab allows setting of a label that will be displayed in the bottom area of the applet.  Its color and size can be chosen.  Use &#039;set label&#039; to set the label after entering text.  Use &#039;clear label from applet&#039; to clear the label.  To have an applet label that takes up multiple lines, use the symbol | to create line breaks in your inputted text.  Label color and size can be changed after or before setting a label.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;measurements&#039; area allows control over the appearance of measurements.  Measurements can be created by a combination of double and single clicking on atoms while in the &#039;default&#039; mouse picking setting.  Measurements are explained in the &#039;how to&#039; tab of the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039;.  Here in the &#039;measurements&#039; area, you can control the color, size, and units of the measurements.  Changing the color or the size will affect all existing and future measurements but changing the units will only affect future measurements.  The labels on the measurements can also be turned off or on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;bonds&#039; area allows control over disulfide and hydrogen bonds.  You can turn disulfide and/or hydrogen bonds on or off for a particular selection and can choose the colors for the bonds. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Using the &#039;save scene&#039; tab&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have created your scene, you can save it here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You must choose a name for your scene, and enter a description.  If you started by loading a scene, then by default, its name will appear as a suggested name for the scene you are about to save because Proteopedia assumes you might be editing a scene to save an updated version.  If you specify the name of a scene that already exists, then your scene will be saved as the newest version (i.e. if versions 1 through 5 for that scene already exist, then your scene will be saved as version 6).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After saving, wikitext for inserting your scene into the Proteopedia page will appear in the &#039;Wikitext&#039; area.  Copy this and paste it into the text-editing window. (To preview its effect on the page and/or save the edited page, you must hide the Scene-authoring tools to make the &#039;&#039;&#039;Save page&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Show preview&#039;&#039;&#039; buttons active.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Choosing a non-standard scene transition===&lt;br /&gt;
If you select the checkbox entitled &#039;show scene transition options&#039;, you get two choices for non-standard transitions.  This means you can choose different transitions for how your scene will be recalled when the user clicks on the green scene link. Here&#039;s the breakdown of transition options:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# If you don&#039;t select any checkbox (i.e. do not select the checkbox next to &amp;quot;show advanced options&amp;quot;) then the most basic and standard transition will be used : when the scene is recalled, the molecule will zoom out to 100% zoom, rotate to the new scene&#039;s orientation, and then zoom to the new scene&#039;s correct zoom.&lt;br /&gt;
# If you select the checkbox next to &amp;quot;show advanced options&amp;quot; you then have two advanced options to choose from:	&lt;br /&gt;
## If you choose &amp;quot;yes&amp;quot; from the drop-down menu next to &amp;quot;skip the zoom-out when this scene loads&amp;quot; then the transition will be the same as the basic transition except the zoom-out to 100% zoom will be skipped : when the scene is recalled, the molecule will rotate to the new scene&#039;s orientation and zoom simultaneously.&lt;br /&gt;
## If instead you choose &amp;quot;yes&amp;quot; from the drop-down menu next to &amp;quot;skip the transition between scenes when this scene loads&amp;quot; then the new scene will just immediately load, without any transition from the previous scene.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Option 1 is the standard.  Option 2.1 is helpful when the view is not changing much and you don&#039;t want the scene to zoom out completely when transitioning between scenes.  Option 1 is helpful when zooming out completely is necessary to give the user proper spatial comprehension when transitioning between two scenes.  Option 2.2 is helpful when you really need to have no transition at all (although it should be rarely used except for extreme cases where you really need no transition).&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mary Ball</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=User:Mary_Ball/Scenes&amp;diff=1094200</id>
		<title>User:Mary Ball/Scenes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=User:Mary_Ball/Scenes&amp;diff=1094200"/>
		<updated>2010-06-10T15:07:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mary Ball: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==&#039;&#039;&#039;Overview&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===What are scenes?===&lt;br /&gt;
Scenes are &amp;quot;frozen&amp;quot; moments in Jmol that can be later accessed by the page-viewer by clicking on &amp;quot;green text&amp;quot;.  A scene stores viewpoint, representations, colors, labels, and generally everything that is necessary to recreate the way things looked when the scene was saved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039;&#039; are used for the creation and editing of scenes.  Scenes created using the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039; can then be inserted into [[Proteopedia]] pages.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic steps of using the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039; are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
#Either start fresh with the &#039;load molecule&#039; tab or load an existing scene using the &#039;load scene&#039; tab.&lt;br /&gt;
#Manipulate the scene view using the mouse. &lt;br /&gt;
#Change the scene appearance by choosing selections from your scene using the &#039;selections&#039; tab and setting the appearance of selections using the &#039;representations&#039;, &#039;colors&#039; and &#039;labels&#039; tabs.&lt;br /&gt;
#Save the scene using the &#039;save scene&#039; tab.&lt;br /&gt;
#Copy the automatically-generated wikitext and insert the scene into a Proteopedia page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Manipulating Jmol with your mouse===&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Rotate:&#039;&#039; left click&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Zoom:&#039;&#039; scroll button or left click + shift&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Drag:&#039;&#039; right click + ctrl&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Measure distance:&#039;&#039; dbl click on 1st atom, dbl click on 2nd atom&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Measure angle:&#039;&#039; dbl click on 1st atom, click on 2nd atom, dbl click on 3rd atom&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Measure dihedral angle:&#039; dbl click on 1st atom, click on 2nd and 3rd atoms, dbl click on 4th atom&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Additional Resources===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A good place to start is the [[Proteopedia:Video_Guide#Video_7:_Adding_scenes_.28green_links.29|Video on Adding Scenes]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next you may want to look at the [[Proteopedia:DIY:Scenes|Instructions for creating a molecular scene with Proteopedia&#039;s Scene Authoring Tools]]. This gives you step-by-step directions to recreate the sample scene.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Where are the &#039;&#039;Scene-authoring tools&#039;&#039;?&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
===Accessing the Scene-authoring Tools===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039; are accessible when you are editing a page.  Click the tab &#039;&#039;&#039;edit this page&#039;&#039;&#039; at the top of the page where you wish to create a molecular scene. On the edit page, near the top, you&#039;ll see a big box where all the wikitext of the page lives--here you can change the text of the page.  If you scroll down some, near the bottom, you&#039;ll find in bold letters &#039;&#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools [show]&#039;&#039;&#039;.  Click on &#039;&#039;&#039;show&#039;&#039;&#039; to expand and open the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
A short and rough, temporary video tutorial can be viewed here: http://www.weizmann.ac.il/ISPC/Proteopedia.html.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How can I preview the results of using the Scene-authoring Tools?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After you load an existing scene or &amp;quot;start fresh&amp;quot; to create a new scene, a Jmol applet window will open on the right side of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Scene-authoring tools&#039;&#039;&#039; window.  As you make changes, they will show up in this window, leading up to the point where you use the &#039;save scene&#039; tab to save the scene.  But to put the scene into your page and preview how it will look there, you must copy the wikitext that is created when you save the scene and then hide the Scene-authoring tools to enable the &#039;&#039;&#039;Save Page&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Show Preview&#039;&#039;&#039; buttons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Using the &#039;load scene&#039; tab to edit an existing scene&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
The first input box asks for the page name (on which the scene you wish to load resides).  The default page name is the name of the page currently being entered.  Next, you proceed to choose the scene name using the drop-down selector (all scenes associated with the entered page name will be listed).  Once a scene is selected, all of its versions are available for selection using the drop-down version number menu.  When a version number is selected, that version of the scene is loaded onto the Jmol applet that is part of the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039; and the description that was given to the scene is also recalled.  At the same time, the wikitext that is needed for insertion of the scene into the page is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each distinct scene has 3 parameters to distinguish it from all other scenes: pagename, scenename, and versionnumber.  A scene&#039;s &amp;quot;pagename&amp;quot; is automatically determined by the name of the Proteopedia page on which the scene was initially created.  The scenename is given by the user.  The versionnumber is incremental: If no scene by the given name exists for the given page, then the first version will be version 1.  If there exist previous versions of the same scenename on the same pagename, then the newest saved version will not overwrite older versions of the scene, but will instead be automatically saved as the newest version (by incrementing the versionnumber by one).  A scene&#039;s full name is in this format: Pagename/Scenename/Versionnumber (ex: Hemoglobin/Cavity/14).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Using the &#039;load molecule&#039; tab to &amp;quot;start fresh&amp;quot; to create a scene&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Load_molecule.png|thumb|The load molecule tab in action]]&lt;br /&gt;
The load molecule tab is used to load molecules into Jmol. Currently only one file can be loaded into Jmol at a time through this interface (but Jmol can handle several files at a time).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To load a file that has PDB code, input a PDB code into the first input area and click the load button.  The file will be fetched from the PDB database throgh [http://bip.weizmann.ac.il/oca-bin/ocamain OCA].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To load a file that is not part of the PDB, first upload the file to Proteopedia at [[Special:Upload]] (you can get there also by using the link called &#039;upload file&#039; on the left hand column-toolbar of Proteopedia).  Once a file has been uploaded, you can specify its name in the input area next to the words &amp;quot;From Proteopedia uploaded file&amp;quot; and click load.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;currently loaded&amp;quot; text area displays the name of the currently loaded file in the Jmol applet of the &amp;quot;Scene authoring tools&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Using the &#039;selections&#039; tab&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
The selections tab is meant to be used to select particular groups of atoms so that you can later change that group&#039;s color, representations, or labels.  When you choose a representation, a color, or a label using the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039; other tabs, the change is almost always applied ONLY to the currently selected atoms.  That is why it is important to be aware of what atoms are selected at any given time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===selection halos===&lt;br /&gt;
To see which atoms are selected, turn &#039;selection halos&#039; on using the selection halos checkbox.  If you have something selected, you will see your selection highlighted by yellow halos.  These halos are NOT part of your scene and have no impact other than to indicate to you what atoms are currently selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===all or nothing and halos===&lt;br /&gt;
This box contains two buttons and a checkbox.  &#039;Select all&#039; selects all atoms.  &#039;Select none&#039; selects none.  &#039;Selection halos&#039; toggles whether selection halos are shown to highlight the current selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===add to or remove from selection===&lt;br /&gt;
This is the main tool for creating selections.  This box allows you to specify groups of atoms to either ADD to the current selection, or REMOVE from the current selection.  It is advised to either begin with ALL atoms selected and then use this box to REMOVE atoms to your selection to arrive at your desired selection, or alternatively to begin with NO atoms selected and then use this box to ADD atoms to your selection to arrive at your desired selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is advised that you use selection halos while creating a selection so that you may view the atoms that your selection comprises.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each input box allows you to specify certain parameters in order to best choose what to add or remove to/from your selection.  There is an imaginary &#039;AND&#039; (or intersection) connecting each input box (a Boolean AND), but an &#039;OR&#039; (or union) connecting the chosen elements within each input box.  What this means is that if you choose in the &#039;groups&#039; box the items &#039;all protein&#039; and &#039;dna&#039; and in the &#039;limit to elements&#039; box you type in &#039;C,O&#039; and click &amp;quot;add to selection&amp;quot;, then you will add to your selection all the carbon and oxygen atoms that are part of either the protein or the dna in your loaded file (it&#039;s like saying &amp;quot;(all protein OR dna) AND (carbon OR oxygen)&amp;quot; )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;groups&#039; box lists various pre-defined groups of atoms by name.  The &#039;limit to chains&#039; box allows you to choose specific chains by the names they are given in the loaded file (ex: A,C,D).  The &#039;limit to resi types&#039; allows specification of residues by their 3-letter codes (ex: PHE,ALA,GLY).  The &#039;limit to residue nos&#039; box allows specification of residues by their number (ex: 18,23-25,32).  The &#039;limit to elements&#039; box allows choosing specific elements or even specific isotopes (ex: Fe,2H,31P).  The &#039;limit to atom nos&#039; box allows specifying atoms by their number.  The &#039;sites&#039; box appears only if your file is a PDB file that has predefined sites that the authors defined when they submitted the file to the Protein Data Bank.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button &#039;add to selection&#039; checks the information that was specified by you in the boxes in the &#039;add to or remove from selection&#039; area and then adds what you specified into the current selection.  The &#039;remove from selection&#039; does the same, but rather than adding to the current selection, it removes from the current selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===select within distance===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may enter a value (in Angstroms) and press &#039;go&#039;.  Any atom within a distance from the current selection equal to or smaller than the the number of Angstroms you specifed will be added to the selection.  To clarify, an example: If you had a ligand selected, and then inputted 5 and hit &#039;go&#039;, then all atoms within 5 Angstroms of that ligand would be added to your selection.  Your selection would then be composed of the ligand as well as all atoms within 5 Angstroms of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===mouse click selects===&lt;br /&gt;
Choosing &#039;default&#039; sets it so that mouse clicks on the Jmol applet are set to their default setting in Jmol.  In the default setting, clicking does not select or deselect any atoms, but clicking to create measurements is enabled.  Choosing &#039;center&#039; makes it so that any click on an atom, centers both the view and the axis of rotation on the atom.  Choosing &#039;atom&#039; is perhaps the most useful setting for creating selections as each click on an atom either adds it to the selection, or if it is already part of the selection, removes it from the selection.  Choosing &#039;element&#039; makes it so that clicking on an atom will select all other atoms of the same element.  Choosing &#039;molecule&#039; makes it so that clicking on an atom selects all other atoms of the same molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Using the options under the &#039;representations&#039; tab&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
The first area is the &#039;all and halo toggle&#039; area.  This provides a button to select all atoms, and a checkbox to turn selection halos on or off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;set selection representation&#039; box provides a variety of choices for setting the representation of the current selection.  Multiple representations can be turned on for the same selection of atoms (for instance using both wireframe and spacefill can create a &#039;ball and stick&#039; scheme).  Click on the representations that you would like to turn on for your current selection and then press &#039;set representation&#039;.  Every representation that has been checked off (to the left of the representation&#039;s name) will be displayed.  Some representations have an input field to their direct right.  If they do, then you may enter values in order to change the form of the representation, usually its size.  If you leave the input field blank, the default will be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on &#039;hide selection&#039; turns off all representations for the selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Using the tools under the &#039;colors&#039; tab&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
The first area is the &#039;all and halo toggle&#039; area.  This provides a button to select all atoms, and a checkbox to turn selection halos on or off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;color&#039; area first lets you choose whether you would like to change the color of the current selection, or of the background.  The color palette is clickable and as soon as you click on a color, either your selection or the background (as was previously selected) will change to the clicked color.  Hover over a color to view its name.  There is a series of buttons below the color palette, each representing a specific color scheme.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CPK is the standard CPK coloring scheme.  Amino and amino2 color each amino acid as a different color.  Chain colors each chain different colors.  Spectrum colors  protein and nucleic acids from blue to red on a spectrum with the N or 5&#039; terminus as blue and the C or 3&#039; terminus as red.  Structure colors according to secondary structure.  Fixed and relative temperature color according to temperature and formal and partial charge according to charge.  DRuMS composition colors according to the DRuMS scheme (http://www.umass.edu/molvis/drums/).  Hydrophobic/polar colors hydrophobic amino acids grey and polar (charged or uncharged) residues pink.  Charge colors hydrophobic residues grey, polar-uncharged residues pink, cationic residues blue, anionic residues red, and backbone atoms purple whether charged or uncharged.  More information on Jmol colors is available at http://jmol.sourceforge.net/jscolors/.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;transparency&#039; area allows you to render your selection transparent.  Zero percent transparent will be opaque,  100 percent transparent will be invisible, and anywhere in between will be transparent to a degree.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Using the tools under the &#039;labels&#039; tab&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
The first area is the &#039;all or nothing and halo toggle&#039; area.  This provides a button to select all atoms, deselect all atoms (select none), and a checkbox to turn selection halos on or off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;mouse click selects&#039; area is similar to the &#039;mouse click selects&#039; area in the &#039;selections&#039; tab and allows changing between the &#039;default&#039; mouse picking style and the &#039;atom&#039; mouse picking style.  See the &#039;selections&#039; tab section above for an explanation about the different mouse picking styles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;label atoms&#039; area is used to label atoms.  First, an atom must be selected.  Next, you choose how the label should look by choosing between entering text, displaying the atom name, the element, the 3-letter residue code, the residue number, and the chain letter of the atom being labeled (you can combine all of these options however you want).  When you are ready to create the label, click on &#039;set label&#039;. Note that if you have a selection of atoms when you assign a label by clicking &#039;set label&#039;, then each atom in the selection will get a label.  &#039;Clear labels from selection&#039; will clear all the labels from the current selection.  To delete all labels, first &#039;select all&#039; and then &#039;clear labels from selection&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change the label properties, you can choose label color, label size, and an optional pointer from the label to the atom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following three areas are collapsed by default and may be expanded and collapsed by clicking the +/- near their names:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;label applet&#039; tab allows setting of a label that will be displayed in the bottom area of the applet.  Its color and size can be chosen.  Use &#039;set label&#039; to set the label after entering text.  Use &#039;clear label from applet&#039; to clear the label.  To have an applet label that takes up multiple lines, use the symbol | to create line breaks in your inputted text.  Label color and size can be changed after or before setting a label.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;measurements&#039; area allows control over the appearance of measurements.  Measurements can be created by a combination of double and single clicking on atoms while in the &#039;default&#039; mouse picking setting.  Measurements are explained in the &#039;how to&#039; tab of the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039;.  Here in the &#039;measurements&#039; area, you can control the color, size, and units of the measurements.  Changing the color or the size will affect all existing and future measurements but changing the units will only affect future measurements.  The labels on the measurements can also be turned off or on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;bonds&#039; area allows control over disulfide and hydrogen bonds.  You can turn disulfide and/or hydrogen bonds on or off for a particular selection and can choose the colors for the bonds. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Using the &#039;save scene&#039; tab&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have created your scene, you can save it here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You must choose a name for your scene, and enter a description.  If you started by loading a scene, then by default, its name will appear as a suggested name for the scene you are about to save because Proteopedia assumes you might be editing a scene to save an updated version.  If you specify the name of a scene that already exists, then your scene will be saved as the newest version (i.e. if versions 1 through 5 for that scene already exist, then your scene will be saved as version 6).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After saving, wikitext for inserting your scene into the Proteopedia page will appear in the &#039;Wikitext&#039; area.  Copy this and paste it into the text-editing window. (To preview its effect on the page and/or save the edited page, you must hide the Scene-authoring tools to make the &#039;&#039;&#039;Save page&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Show preview&#039;&#039;&#039; buttons active.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Choosing a non-standard scene transition===&lt;br /&gt;
If you select the checkbox entitled &#039;show scene transition options&#039;, you get two choices for non-standard transitions.  This means you can choose different transitions for how your scene will be recalled when the user clicks on the green scene link. Here&#039;s the breakdown of transition options:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# If you don&#039;t select any checkbox (i.e. do not select the checkbox next to &amp;quot;show advanced options&amp;quot;) then the most basic and standard transition will be used : when the scene is recalled, the molecule will zoom out to 100% zoom, rotate to the new scene&#039;s orientation, and then zoom to the new scene&#039;s correct zoom.&lt;br /&gt;
# If you select the checkbox next to &amp;quot;show advanced options&amp;quot; you then have two advanced options to choose from:	&lt;br /&gt;
## If you choose &amp;quot;yes&amp;quot; from the drop-down menu next to &amp;quot;skip the zoom-out when this scene loads&amp;quot; then the transition will be the same as the basic transition except the zoom-out to 100% zoom will be skipped : when the scene is recalled, the molecule will rotate to the new scene&#039;s orientation and zoom simultaneously.&lt;br /&gt;
## If instead you choose &amp;quot;yes&amp;quot; from the drop-down menu next to &amp;quot;skip the transition between scenes when this scene loads&amp;quot; then the new scene will just immediately load, without any transition from the previous scene.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Option 1 is the standard.  Option 2.1 is helpful when the view is not changing much and you don&#039;t want the scene to zoom out completely when transitioning between scenes.  Option 1 is helpful when zooming out completely is necessary to give the user proper spatial comprehension when transitioning between two scenes.  Option 2.2 is helpful when you really need to have no transition at all (although it should be rarely used except for extreme cases where you really need no transition).&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mary Ball</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=User:Mary_Ball/Scenes&amp;diff=1094199</id>
		<title>User:Mary Ball/Scenes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=User:Mary_Ball/Scenes&amp;diff=1094199"/>
		<updated>2010-06-10T14:59:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mary Ball: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==&#039;&#039;&#039;Overview&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===What are scenes?===&lt;br /&gt;
Scenes are &amp;quot;frozen&amp;quot; moments in Jmol that can be later accessed by the page-viewer by clicking on &amp;quot;green text&amp;quot;.  A scene stores viewpoint, representations, colors, labels, and generally everything that is necessary to recreate the way things looked when the scene was saved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039;&#039; are used for the creation and editing of scenes.  Scenes created using the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039; can then be inserted into [[Proteopedia]] pages.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic steps of using the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039; are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
#Either start fresh with the &#039;load molecule&#039; tab or load an existing scene using the &#039;load scene&#039; tab.&lt;br /&gt;
#Manipulate the scene view using the mouse. &lt;br /&gt;
#Change the scene appearance by choosing selections from your scene using the &#039;selections&#039; tab and setting the appearance of selections using the &#039;representations&#039;, &#039;colors&#039; and &#039;labels&#039; tabs.&lt;br /&gt;
#Save the scene using the &#039;save scene&#039; tab.&lt;br /&gt;
#Copy the automatically-generated wikitext and insert the scene into a Proteopedia page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Manipulating Jmol with your mouse===&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Rotate:&#039;&#039; left click&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Zoom:&#039;&#039; scroll button or left click + shift&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Drag:&#039;&#039; right click + ctrl&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Measure distance:&#039;&#039; dbl click on 1st atom, dbl click on 2nd atom&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Measure angle:&#039;&#039; dbl click on 1st atom, click on 2nd atom, dbl click on 3rd atom&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Measure dihedral angle:&#039; dbl click on 1st atom, click on 2nd and 3rd atoms, dbl click on 4th atom&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Additional Resources===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A good place to start is the [[Proteopedia:Video_Guide#Video_7:_Adding_scenes_.28green_links.29|Video on Adding Scenes]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next you may want to look at the [[Proteopedia:DIY:Scenes|Instructions for creating a molecular scene with Proteopedia&#039;s Scene Authoring Tools]]. This gives you step-by-step directions to recreate the sample scene.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Where are the &#039;&#039;Scene-authoring tools&#039;&#039;?&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
===Accessing the Scene-authoring Tools===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039; are accessible when you are editing a page.  Click the tab &#039;&#039;&#039;edit this page&#039;&#039;&#039; at the top of the page where you wish to create a molecular scene. On the edit page, near the top, you&#039;ll see a big box where all the wikitext of the page lives--here you can change the text of the page.  If you scroll down some, near the bottom, you&#039;ll find in bold letters &#039;&#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools [show]&#039;&#039;&#039;.  Click on &#039;&#039;&#039;show&#039;&#039;&#039; to expand and open the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
A short and rough, temporary video tutorial can be viewed here: http://www.weizmann.ac.il/ISPC/Proteopedia.html.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How can I preview the results of using the Scene-authoring Tools?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After you load an existing scene or &amp;quot;start fresh&amp;quot; to create a new scene, a Jmol applet window will open on the right side of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Scene-authoring tools&#039;&#039;&#039; window.  As you make changes, they will show up in this window, leading up to the point where you use the &#039;save scene&#039; tab to save the scene.  But to put the scene into your page and preview how it will look there, you must copy the wikitext that is created when you save the scene and then hide the Scene-authoring tools to enable the &#039;&#039;&#039;Save Page&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Show Preview&#039;&#039;&#039; buttons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using the &#039;load scene&#039; tab to edit an existing scene==&lt;br /&gt;
The first input box asks for the page name (on which the scene you wish to load resides).  The default page name is the name of the page currently being entered.  Next, you proceed to choose the scene name using the drop-down selector (all scenes associated with the entered page name will be listed).  Once a scene is selected, all of its versions are available for selection using the drop-down version number menu.  When a version number is selected, that version of the scene is loaded onto the Jmol applet that is part of the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039; and the description that was given to the scene is also recalled.  At the same time, the wikitext that is needed for insertion of the scene into the page is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each distinct scene has 3 parameters to distinguish it from all other scenes: pagename, scenename, and versionnumber.  A scene&#039;s &amp;quot;pagename&amp;quot; is automatically determined by the name of the Proteopedia page on which the scene was initially created.  The scenename is given by the user.  The versionnumber is incremental: If no scene by the given name exists for the given page, then the first version will be version 1.  If there exist previous versions of the same scenename on the same pagename, then the newest saved version will not overwrite older versions of the scene, but will instead be automatically saved as the newest version (by incrementing the versionnumber by one).  A scene&#039;s full name is in this format: Pagename/Scenename/Versionnumber (ex: Hemoglobin/Cavity/14).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using the &#039;load molecule&#039; tab to &amp;quot;start fresh&amp;quot; to create a scene==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Load_molecule.png|thumb|The load molecule tab in action]]&lt;br /&gt;
The load molecule tab is used to load molecules into Jmol. Currently only one file can be loaded into Jmol at a time through this interface (but Jmol can handle several files at a time).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To load a file that has PDB code, input a PDB code into the first input area and click the load button.  The file will be fetched from the PDB database throgh [http://bip.weizmann.ac.il/oca-bin/ocamain OCA].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To load a file that is not part of the PDB, first upload the file to Proteopedia at [[Special:Upload]] (you can get there also by using the link called &#039;upload file&#039; on the left hand column-toolbar of Proteopedia).  Once a file has been uploaded, you can specify its name in the input area next to the words &amp;quot;From Proteopedia upladed file&amp;quot; and click load.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;currently loaded&amp;quot; text area displays the name of the currently loaded file in the Jmol applet of the &amp;quot;Scene authoring tools&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using the &#039;selections&#039; tab==&lt;br /&gt;
The selections tab is meant to be used to select particular groups of atoms so that you can later change that group&#039;s color, representations, or labels.  When you choose a representation, a color, or a label using the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039; other tabs, the change is almost always applied ONLY to the currently selected atoms.  That is why it is important to be aware of what atoms are selected at any given time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===selection halos===&lt;br /&gt;
To see which atoms are selected, turn &#039;selection halos&#039; on using the selection halos checkbox.  If you have something selected, you will see your selection highlighted by yellow halos.  These halos are NOT part of your scene and have no impact other than to indicate to you what atoms are currently selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===all or nothing and halos===&lt;br /&gt;
This box contains two buttons and a checkbox.  &#039;Select all&#039; selects all atoms.  &#039;Select none&#039; selects none.  &#039;Selection halos&#039; toggles whether selection halos are shown to highlight the current selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===add to or remove from selection===&lt;br /&gt;
This is the main tool for creating selections.  This box allows you to specify groups of atoms to either ADD to the current selection, or REMOVE from the current selection.  It is advised to either begin with ALL atoms selected and then use this box to REMOVE atoms to your selection to arrive at your desired selection, or alternatively to begin with NO atoms selected and then use this box to ADD atoms to your selection to arrive at your desired selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is advised that you use selection halos while creating a selection so that you may view the atoms that your selection comprises.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each input box allows you to specify certain parameters in order to best choose what to add or remove to/from your selection.  There is an imaginary &#039;AND&#039; (or intersection) connecting each input box (a Boolean AND), but an &#039;OR&#039; (or union) connecting the chosen elements within each input box.  What this means is that if you choose in the &#039;groups&#039; box the items &#039;all protein&#039; and &#039;dna&#039; and in the &#039;limit to elements&#039; box you type in &#039;C,O&#039; and click &amp;quot;add to selection&amp;quot;, then you will add to your selection all the carbon and oxygen atoms that are part of either the protein or the dna in your loaded file (it&#039;s like saying &amp;quot;(all protein OR dna) AND (carbon OR oxygen)&amp;quot; )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;groups&#039; box lists various pre-defined groups of atoms by name.  The &#039;limit to chains&#039; box allows you to choose specific chains by the names they are given in the loaded file (ex: A,C,D).  The &#039;limit to resi types&#039; allows specification of residues by their 3-letter codes (ex: PHE,ALA,GLY).  The &#039;limit to residue nos&#039; box allows specification of residues by their number (ex: 18,23-25,32).  The &#039;limit to elements&#039; box allows choosing specific elements or even specific isotopes (ex: Fe,2H,31P).  The &#039;limit to atom nos&#039; box allows specifying atoms by their number.  The &#039;sites&#039; box appears only if your file is a PDB file that has predefined sites that the authors defined when they submitted the file to the Protein Data Bank.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button &#039;add to selection&#039; checks the information that was specified by you in the boxes in the &#039;add to or remove from selection&#039; area and then adds what you specified into the current selection.  The &#039;remove from selection&#039; does the same, but rather than adding to the current selection, it removes from the current selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===select within distance===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may enter a value (in Angstroms) and press &#039;go&#039;.  Any atom within a distance from the current selection equal to or smaller than the the number of Angstroms you specifed will be added to the selection.  To clarify, an example: If you had a ligand selected, and then inputted 5 and hit &#039;go&#039;, then all atoms within 5 Angstroms of that ligand would be added to your selection.  Your selection would then be composed of the ligand as well as all atoms within 5 Angstroms of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===mouse click selects===&lt;br /&gt;
Choosing &#039;default&#039; sets it so that mouse clicks on the Jmol applet are set to their default setting in Jmol.  In the default setting, clicking does not select or deselect any atoms, but clicking to create measurements is enabled.  Choosing &#039;center&#039; makes it so that any click on an atom, centers both the view and the axis of rotation on the atom.  Choosing &#039;atom&#039; is perhaps the most useful setting for creating selections as each click on an atom either adds it to the selection, or if it is already part of the selection, removes it from the selection.  Choosing &#039;element&#039; makes it so that clicking on an atom will select all other atoms of the same element.  Choosing &#039;molecule&#039; makes it so that clicking on an atom selects all other atoms of the same molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using the options under the &#039;representations&#039; tab==&lt;br /&gt;
The first area is the &#039;all and halo toggle&#039; area.  This provides a button to select all atoms, and a checkbox to turn selection halos on or off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;set selection representation&#039; box provides a variety of choices for setting the representation of the current selection.  Multiple representations can be turned on for the same selection of atoms (for instance using both wireframe and spacefill can create a &#039;ball and stick&#039; scheme).  Click on the representations that you would like to turn on for your current selection and then press &#039;set representation&#039;.  Every representation that has been checked off (to the left of the representation&#039;s name) will be displayed.  Some representations have an input field to their direct right.  If they do, then you may enter values in order to change the form of the representation, usually its size.  If you leave the input field blank, the default will be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on &#039;hide selection&#039; turns off all representations for the selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using the tools under the &#039;colors&#039; tab==&lt;br /&gt;
The first area is the &#039;all and halo toggle&#039; area.  This provides a button to select all atoms, and a checkbox to turn selection halos on or off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;color&#039; area first lets you choose whether you would like to change the color of the current selection, or of the background.  The color palette is clickable and as soon as you click on a color, either your selection or the background (as was previously selected) will change to the clicked color.  Hover over a color to view its name.  There is a series of buttons below the color palette, each representing a specific color scheme.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CPK is the standard CPK coloring scheme.  Amino and amino2 color each amino acid as a different color.  Chain colors each chain different colors.  Spectrum colors  protein and nucleic acids from blue to red on a spectrum with the N or 5&#039; terminus as blue and the C or 3&#039; terminus as red.  Structure colors according to secondary structure.  Fixed and relative temperature color according to temperature and formal and partial charge according to charge.  DRuMS composition colors according to the DRuMS scheme (http://www.umass.edu/molvis/drums/).  Hydrophobic/polar colors hydrophobic amino acids grey and polar (charged or uncharged) residues pink.  Charge colors hydrophobic residues grey, polar-uncharged residues pink, cationic residues blue, anionic residues red, and backbone atoms purple whether charged or uncharged.  More information on Jmol colors is available at http://jmol.sourceforge.net/jscolors/.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;transparency&#039; area allows you to render your selection transparent.  Zero percent transparent will be opaque,  100 percent transparent will be invisible, and anywhere in between will be transparent to a degree.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using the tools under the &#039;labels&#039; tab==&lt;br /&gt;
The first area is the &#039;all or nothing and halo toggle&#039; area.  This provides a button to select all atoms, disselect all atoms (select none), and a checkbox to turn selection halos on or off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;mouse click selects&#039; area is similar to the &#039;mouse click selects&#039; area in the &#039;selections&#039; tab and allows changing between the &#039;default&#039; mouse picking style and the &#039;atom&#039; mouse picking style.  See the &#039;selections&#039; tab section above for an explanation about the different mouse picking styles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;label atoms&#039; area is used to label atoms.  First, an atom must be selected.  Next, you choose how the label should look by choosing between entering text, displaying the atom name, the element, the 3-letter residue code, the residue number, and the chain letter of the atom being labeled (you can combine all of these options however you want).  When you are ready to create the label, click on &#039;set label&#039;. Note that if you have a selection of atoms when you assign a label by clicking &#039;set label&#039;, then each atom in the selection will get a label.  &#039;Clear labels from selection&#039; will clear all the labels from the current selection.  To delete all labels, first &#039;select all&#039; and then &#039;clear labels from selection&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change the label properties, you can choose label color, label size, and an optional pointer from the label to the atom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following three areas are collapsed by default and may be expanded and collapsed by clicking the +/- near their names:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;label applet&#039; tab allows setting of a label that will be displayed in the bottom area of the applet.  Its color and size can be chosen.  Use &#039;set label&#039; to set the label after entering text.  Use &#039;clear label from applet&#039; to clear the label.  To have an applet label that takes up multiple lines, use the symbol | to create line breaks in your inputted text.  Label color and size can be changed after or before setting a label.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;measurements&#039; area allows control over the appearance of measurements.  Measurements can be created by a combination of double and single clicking on atoms while in the &#039;default&#039; mouse picking setting.  Measurements are explained in the &#039;how to&#039; tab of the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039;.  Here in the &#039;measurements&#039; area, you can control the color, size, and units of the measurements.  Changing the color or the size will affect all existing and future measurements but changing the units will only affect future measurements.  The labels on the measurements can also be turned off or on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;bonds&#039; area allows control over disulfide and hydrogen bonds.  You can turn disulfide and/or hydrogen bonds on or off for a particular selection and can choose the colors for the bonds. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using the &#039;save scene&#039; tab==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have created your scene, you can save it here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You must choose a name for your scene, and enter a description.  If you started by loading a scene, then by default, its name will appear as a suggested name for the scene you are about to save because Proteopedia assumes you might be editing a scene to save an updated version.  If you specify the name of a scene that already exists, then your scene will be saved as the newest version (i.e. if versions 1 through 5 for that scene already exist, then your scene will be saved as version 6).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After saving, wikitext for inserting your scene into the Proteopedia page will appear in the &#039;Wikitext&#039; area.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Choosing a non-standard scene transition===&lt;br /&gt;
If you select the checkbox entitled &#039;show scene transition options&#039;, you get two choices for non-standard transitions.  This means you can choose different transitions for how your scene will be recalled when the user clicks on the green scene link. Here&#039;s the breakdown of transition options:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# If you don&#039;t select any checkbox (i.e. do not select the checkbox next to &amp;quot;show advanced options&amp;quot;) then the most basic and standard transition will be used : when the scene is recalled, the molecule will zoom out to 100% zoom, rotate to the new scene&#039;s orientation, and then zoom to the new scene&#039;s correct zoom.&lt;br /&gt;
# If you select the checkbox next to &amp;quot;show advanced options&amp;quot; you then have two advanced options to choose from:	&lt;br /&gt;
## If you choose &amp;quot;yes&amp;quot; from the drop-down menu next to &amp;quot;skip the zoom-out when this scene loads&amp;quot; then the transition will be the same as the basic transition except the zoom-out to 100% zoom will be skipped : when the scene is recalled, the molecule will rotate to the new scene&#039;s orientation and zoom simultaneously.&lt;br /&gt;
## If instead you choose &amp;quot;yes&amp;quot; from the drop-down menu next to &amp;quot;skip the transition between scenes when this scene loads&amp;quot; then the new scene will just immediately load, without any transition from the previous scene.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Option 1 is the standard.  Option 2.1 is helpful when the view is not changing much and you don&#039;t want the scene to zoom out completely when transitioning between scenes.  Option 1 is helpful when zooming out completely is necessary to give the user proper spatial comprehension when transitioning between two scenes.  Option 2.2 is helpful when you really need to have no transition at all (although it should be rarely used except for extreme cases where you really need no transition).&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mary Ball</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=User:Mary_Ball/Scenes&amp;diff=1094198</id>
		<title>User:Mary Ball/Scenes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=User:Mary_Ball/Scenes&amp;diff=1094198"/>
		<updated>2010-06-10T14:58:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mary Ball: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==&#039;&#039;&#039;Overview&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===What are scenes?===&lt;br /&gt;
Scenes are &amp;quot;frozen&amp;quot; moments in Jmol that can be later accessed by the page-viewer by clicking on &amp;quot;green text&amp;quot;.  A scene stores viewpoint, representations, colors, labels, and generally everything that is necessary to recreate the way things looked when the scene was saved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039;&#039; are used for the creation and editing of scenes.  Scenes created using the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039; can then be inserted into [[Proteopedia]] pages.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic steps of using the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039; are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
#Either start fresh with the &#039;load molecule&#039; tab or load an existing scene using the &#039;load scene&#039; tab.&lt;br /&gt;
#Manipulate the scene view using the mouse. &lt;br /&gt;
#Change the scene appearance by choosing selections from your scene using the &#039;selections&#039; tab and setting the appearance of selections using the &#039;representations&#039;, &#039;colors&#039; and &#039;labels&#039; tabs.&lt;br /&gt;
#Save the scene using the &#039;save scene&#039; tab.&lt;br /&gt;
#Copy the automatically-generated wikitext and insert the scene into a Proteopedia page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Manipulating Jmol with your mouse===&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Rotate:&#039;&#039; left click&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Zoom:&#039;&#039; scroll button or left click + shift&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Drag:&#039;&#039; right click + ctrl&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Measure distance:&#039;&#039; dbl click on 1st atom, dbl click on 2nd atom&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Measure angle:&#039;&#039; dbl click on 1st atom, click on 2nd atom, dbl click on 3rd atom&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Measure dihedral angle:&#039; dbl click on 1st atom, click on 2nd and 3rd atoms, dbl click on 4th atom&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Additional Resources===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A good place to start is the [[Proteopedia:Video_Guide#Video_7:_Adding_scenes_.28green_links.29|&#039;&#039;&#039;Video on Adding Scenes&#039;&#039;&#039;]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next you may want to look at the [[Proteopedia:DIY:Scenes|Instructions for creating a molecular scene with Proteopedia&#039;s Scene Authoring Tools]]. This gives you step-by-step directions to recreate the sample scene.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Where are the &#039;&#039;Scene-authoring tools&#039;&#039;?&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
===Accessing the Scene-authoring Tools===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039; are accessible when you are editing a page.  Click the tab &#039;&#039;&#039;edit this page&#039;&#039;&#039; at the top of the page where you wish to create a molecular scene. On the edit page, near the top, you&#039;ll see a big box where all the wikitext of the page lives--here you can change the text of the page.  If you scroll down some, near the bottom, you&#039;ll find in bold letters &#039;&#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools [show]&#039;&#039;&#039;.  Click on &#039;&#039;&#039;show&#039;&#039;&#039; to expand and open the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
A short and rough, temporary video tutorial can be viewed here: http://www.weizmann.ac.il/ISPC/Proteopedia.html.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How can I preview the results of using the Scene-authoring Tools?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After you load an existing scene or &amp;quot;start fresh&amp;quot; to create a new scene, a Jmol applet window will open on the right side of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Scene-authoring tools&#039;&#039;&#039; window.  As you make changes, they will show up in this window, leading up to the point where you use the &#039;save scene&#039; tab to save the scene.  But to put the scene into your page and preview how it will look there, you must copy the wikitext that is created when you save the scene and then hide the Scene-authoring tools to enable the &#039;&#039;&#039;Save Page&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Show Preview&#039;&#039;&#039; buttons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using the &#039;load scene&#039; tab to edit an existing scene==&lt;br /&gt;
The first input box asks for the page name (on which the scene you wish to load resides).  The default page name is the name of the page currently being entered.  Next, you proceed to choose the scene name using the drop-down selector (all scenes associated with the entered page name will be listed).  Once a scene is selected, all of its versions are available for selection using the drop-down version number menu.  When a version number is selected, that version of the scene is loaded onto the Jmol applet that is part of the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039; and the description that was given to the scene is also recalled.  At the same time, the wikitext that is needed for insertion of the scene into the page is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each distinct scene has 3 parameters to distinguish it from all other scenes: pagename, scenename, and versionnumber.  A scene&#039;s &amp;quot;pagename&amp;quot; is automatically determined by the name of the Proteopedia page on which the scene was initially created.  The scenename is given by the user.  The versionnumber is incremental: If no scene by the given name exists for the given page, then the first version will be version 1.  If there exist previous versions of the same scenename on the same pagename, then the newest saved version will not overwrite older versions of the scene, but will instead be automatically saved as the newest version (by incrementing the versionnumber by one).  A scene&#039;s full name is in this format: Pagename/Scenename/Versionnumber (ex: Hemoglobin/Cavity/14).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using the &#039;load molecule&#039; tab to &amp;quot;start fresh&amp;quot; to create a scene==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Load_molecule.png|thumb|The load molecule tab in action]]&lt;br /&gt;
The load molecule tab is used to load molecules into Jmol. Currently only one file can be loaded into Jmol at a time through this interface (but Jmol can handle several files at a time).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To load a file that has PDB code, input a PDB code into the first input area and click the load button.  The file will be fetched from the PDB database throgh [http://bip.weizmann.ac.il/oca-bin/ocamain OCA].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To load a file that is not part of the PDB, first upload the file to Proteopedia at [[Special:Upload]] (you can get there also by using the link called &#039;upload file&#039; on the left hand column-toolbar of Proteopedia).  Once a file has been uploaded, you can specify its name in the input area next to the words &amp;quot;From Proteopedia upladed file&amp;quot; and click load.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;currently loaded&amp;quot; text area displays the name of the currently loaded file in the Jmol applet of the &amp;quot;Scene authoring tools&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using the &#039;selections&#039; tab==&lt;br /&gt;
The selections tab is meant to be used to select particular groups of atoms so that you can later change that group&#039;s color, representations, or labels.  When you choose a representation, a color, or a label using the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039; other tabs, the change is almost always applied ONLY to the currently selected atoms.  That is why it is important to be aware of what atoms are selected at any given time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===selection halos===&lt;br /&gt;
To see which atoms are selected, turn &#039;selection halos&#039; on using the selection halos checkbox.  If you have something selected, you will see your selection highlighted by yellow halos.  These halos are NOT part of your scene and have no impact other than to indicate to you what atoms are currently selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===all or nothing and halos===&lt;br /&gt;
This box contains two buttons and a checkbox.  &#039;Select all&#039; selects all atoms.  &#039;Select none&#039; selects none.  &#039;Selection halos&#039; toggles whether selection halos are shown to highlight the current selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===add to or remove from selection===&lt;br /&gt;
This is the main tool for creating selections.  This box allows you to specify groups of atoms to either ADD to the current selection, or REMOVE from the current selection.  It is advised to either begin with ALL atoms selected and then use this box to REMOVE atoms to your selection to arrive at your desired selection, or alternatively to begin with NO atoms selected and then use this box to ADD atoms to your selection to arrive at your desired selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is advised that you use selection halos while creating a selection so that you may view the atoms that your selection comprises.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each input box allows you to specify certain parameters in order to best choose what to add or remove to/from your selection.  There is an imaginary &#039;AND&#039; (or intersection) connecting each input box (a Boolean AND), but an &#039;OR&#039; (or union) connecting the chosen elements within each input box.  What this means is that if you choose in the &#039;groups&#039; box the items &#039;all protein&#039; and &#039;dna&#039; and in the &#039;limit to elements&#039; box you type in &#039;C,O&#039; and click &amp;quot;add to selection&amp;quot;, then you will add to your selection all the carbon and oxygen atoms that are part of either the protein or the dna in your loaded file (it&#039;s like saying &amp;quot;(all protein OR dna) AND (carbon OR oxygen)&amp;quot; )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;groups&#039; box lists various pre-defined groups of atoms by name.  The &#039;limit to chains&#039; box allows you to choose specific chains by the names they are given in the loaded file (ex: A,C,D).  The &#039;limit to resi types&#039; allows specification of residues by their 3-letter codes (ex: PHE,ALA,GLY).  The &#039;limit to residue nos&#039; box allows specification of residues by their number (ex: 18,23-25,32).  The &#039;limit to elements&#039; box allows choosing specific elements or even specific isotopes (ex: Fe,2H,31P).  The &#039;limit to atom nos&#039; box allows specifying atoms by their number.  The &#039;sites&#039; box appears only if your file is a PDB file that has predefined sites that the authors defined when they submitted the file to the Protein Data Bank.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button &#039;add to selection&#039; checks the information that was specified by you in the boxes in the &#039;add to or remove from selection&#039; area and then adds what you specified into the current selection.  The &#039;remove from selection&#039; does the same, but rather than adding to the current selection, it removes from the current selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===select within distance===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may enter a value (in Angstroms) and press &#039;go&#039;.  Any atom within a distance from the current selection equal to or smaller than the the number of Angstroms you specifed will be added to the selection.  To clarify, an example: If you had a ligand selected, and then inputted 5 and hit &#039;go&#039;, then all atoms within 5 Angstroms of that ligand would be added to your selection.  Your selection would then be composed of the ligand as well as all atoms within 5 Angstroms of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===mouse click selects===&lt;br /&gt;
Choosing &#039;default&#039; sets it so that mouse clicks on the Jmol applet are set to their default setting in Jmol.  In the default setting, clicking does not select or deselect any atoms, but clicking to create measurements is enabled.  Choosing &#039;center&#039; makes it so that any click on an atom, centers both the view and the axis of rotation on the atom.  Choosing &#039;atom&#039; is perhaps the most useful setting for creating selections as each click on an atom either adds it to the selection, or if it is already part of the selection, removes it from the selection.  Choosing &#039;element&#039; makes it so that clicking on an atom will select all other atoms of the same element.  Choosing &#039;molecule&#039; makes it so that clicking on an atom selects all other atoms of the same molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using the options under the &#039;representations&#039; tab==&lt;br /&gt;
The first area is the &#039;all and halo toggle&#039; area.  This provides a button to select all atoms, and a checkbox to turn selection halos on or off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;set selection representation&#039; box provides a variety of choices for setting the representation of the current selection.  Multiple representations can be turned on for the same selection of atoms (for instance using both wireframe and spacefill can create a &#039;ball and stick&#039; scheme).  Click on the representations that you would like to turn on for your current selection and then press &#039;set representation&#039;.  Every representation that has been checked off (to the left of the representation&#039;s name) will be displayed.  Some representations have an input field to their direct right.  If they do, then you may enter values in order to change the form of the representation, usually its size.  If you leave the input field blank, the default will be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on &#039;hide selection&#039; turns off all representations for the selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using the tools under the &#039;colors&#039; tab==&lt;br /&gt;
The first area is the &#039;all and halo toggle&#039; area.  This provides a button to select all atoms, and a checkbox to turn selection halos on or off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;color&#039; area first lets you choose whether you would like to change the color of the current selection, or of the background.  The color palette is clickable and as soon as you click on a color, either your selection or the background (as was previously selected) will change to the clicked color.  Hover over a color to view its name.  There is a series of buttons below the color palette, each representing a specific color scheme.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CPK is the standard CPK coloring scheme.  Amino and amino2 color each amino acid as a different color.  Chain colors each chain different colors.  Spectrum colors  protein and nucleic acids from blue to red on a spectrum with the N or 5&#039; terminus as blue and the C or 3&#039; terminus as red.  Structure colors according to secondary structure.  Fixed and relative temperature color according to temperature and formal and partial charge according to charge.  DRuMS composition colors according to the DRuMS scheme (http://www.umass.edu/molvis/drums/).  Hydrophobic/polar colors hydrophobic amino acids grey and polar (charged or uncharged) residues pink.  Charge colors hydrophobic residues grey, polar-uncharged residues pink, cationic residues blue, anionic residues red, and backbone atoms purple whether charged or uncharged.  More information on Jmol colors is available at http://jmol.sourceforge.net/jscolors/.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;transparency&#039; area allows you to render your selection transparent.  Zero percent transparent will be opaque,  100 percent transparent will be invisible, and anywhere in between will be transparent to a degree.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using the tools under the &#039;labels&#039; tab==&lt;br /&gt;
The first area is the &#039;all or nothing and halo toggle&#039; area.  This provides a button to select all atoms, disselect all atoms (select none), and a checkbox to turn selection halos on or off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;mouse click selects&#039; area is similar to the &#039;mouse click selects&#039; area in the &#039;selections&#039; tab and allows changing between the &#039;default&#039; mouse picking style and the &#039;atom&#039; mouse picking style.  See the &#039;selections&#039; tab section above for an explanation about the different mouse picking styles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;label atoms&#039; area is used to label atoms.  First, an atom must be selected.  Next, you choose how the label should look by choosing between entering text, displaying the atom name, the element, the 3-letter residue code, the residue number, and the chain letter of the atom being labeled (you can combine all of these options however you want).  When you are ready to create the label, click on &#039;set label&#039;. Note that if you have a selection of atoms when you assign a label by clicking &#039;set label&#039;, then each atom in the selection will get a label.  &#039;Clear labels from selection&#039; will clear all the labels from the current selection.  To delete all labels, first &#039;select all&#039; and then &#039;clear labels from selection&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change the label properties, you can choose label color, label size, and an optional pointer from the label to the atom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following three areas are collapsed by default and may be expanded and collapsed by clicking the +/- near their names:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;label applet&#039; tab allows setting of a label that will be displayed in the bottom area of the applet.  Its color and size can be chosen.  Use &#039;set label&#039; to set the label after entering text.  Use &#039;clear label from applet&#039; to clear the label.  To have an applet label that takes up multiple lines, use the symbol | to create line breaks in your inputted text.  Label color and size can be changed after or before setting a label.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;measurements&#039; area allows control over the appearance of measurements.  Measurements can be created by a combination of double and single clicking on atoms while in the &#039;default&#039; mouse picking setting.  Measurements are explained in the &#039;how to&#039; tab of the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039;.  Here in the &#039;measurements&#039; area, you can control the color, size, and units of the measurements.  Changing the color or the size will affect all existing and future measurements but changing the units will only affect future measurements.  The labels on the measurements can also be turned off or on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;bonds&#039; area allows control over disulfide and hydrogen bonds.  You can turn disulfide and/or hydrogen bonds on or off for a particular selection and can choose the colors for the bonds. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using the &#039;save scene&#039; tab==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have created your scene, you can save it here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You must choose a name for your scene, and enter a description.  If you started by loading a scene, then by default, its name will appear as a suggested name for the scene you are about to save because Proteopedia assumes you might be editing a scene to save an updated version.  If you specify the name of a scene that already exists, then your scene will be saved as the newest version (i.e. if versions 1 through 5 for that scene already exist, then your scene will be saved as version 6).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After saving, wikitext for inserting your scene into the Proteopedia page will appear in the &#039;Wikitext&#039; area.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Choosing a non-standard scene transition===&lt;br /&gt;
If you select the checkbox entitled &#039;show scene transition options&#039;, you get two choices for non-standard transitions.  This means you can choose different transitions for how your scene will be recalled when the user clicks on the green scene link. Here&#039;s the breakdown of transition options:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# If you don&#039;t select any checkbox (i.e. do not select the checkbox next to &amp;quot;show advanced options&amp;quot;) then the most basic and standard transition will be used : when the scene is recalled, the molecule will zoom out to 100% zoom, rotate to the new scene&#039;s orientation, and then zoom to the new scene&#039;s correct zoom.&lt;br /&gt;
# If you select the checkbox next to &amp;quot;show advanced options&amp;quot; you then have two advanced options to choose from:	&lt;br /&gt;
## If you choose &amp;quot;yes&amp;quot; from the drop-down menu next to &amp;quot;skip the zoom-out when this scene loads&amp;quot; then the transition will be the same as the basic transition except the zoom-out to 100% zoom will be skipped : when the scene is recalled, the molecule will rotate to the new scene&#039;s orientation and zoom simultaneously.&lt;br /&gt;
## If instead you choose &amp;quot;yes&amp;quot; from the drop-down menu next to &amp;quot;skip the transition between scenes when this scene loads&amp;quot; then the new scene will just immediately load, without any transition from the previous scene.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Option 1 is the standard.  Option 2.1 is helpful when the view is not changing much and you don&#039;t want the scene to zoom out completely when transitioning between scenes.  Option 1 is helpful when zooming out completely is necessary to give the user proper spatial comprehension when transitioning between two scenes.  Option 2.2 is helpful when you really need to have no transition at all (although it should be rarely used except for extreme cases where you really need no transition).&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mary Ball</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=User:Mary_Ball/Scenes&amp;diff=1094197</id>
		<title>User:Mary Ball/Scenes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=User:Mary_Ball/Scenes&amp;diff=1094197"/>
		<updated>2010-06-10T14:38:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mary Ball: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==&#039;&#039;&#039;Overview&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===What are scenes?===&lt;br /&gt;
Scenes are &amp;quot;frozen&amp;quot; moments in Jmol that can be later accessed by the page-viewer by clicking on &amp;quot;green text&amp;quot;.  A scene stores viewpoint, representations, colors, labels, and generally everything that is necessary to recreate the way things looked when the scene was saved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039;&#039; are used for the creation and editing of scenes.  Scenes created using the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039; can then be inserted into [[Proteopedia]] pages.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic steps of using the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039; are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
#Either start fresh with the &#039;load molecule&#039; tab or load an existing scene using the &#039;load scene&#039; tab.&lt;br /&gt;
#Manipulate the scene view using the mouse. &lt;br /&gt;
#Change the scene appearance by choosing selections from your scene using the &#039;selections&#039; tab and setting the appearance of selections using the &#039;representations&#039;, &#039;colors&#039; and &#039;labels&#039; tabs.&lt;br /&gt;
#Save the scene using the &#039;save scene&#039; tab.&lt;br /&gt;
#Copy the automatically-generated wikitext and insert the scene into a Proteopedia page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Manipulating Jmol with your mouse===&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Rotate:&#039;&#039; left click&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Zoom:&#039;&#039; scroll button or left click + shift&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Drag:&#039;&#039; right click + ctrl&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Measure distance:&#039;&#039; dbl click on 1st atom, dbl click on 2nd atom&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Measure angle:&#039;&#039; dbl click on 1st atom, click on 2nd atom, dbl click on 3rd atom&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Measure dihedral angle:&#039; dbl click on 1st atom, click on 2nd and 3rd atoms, dbl click on 4th atom&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Additional Resources===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A good place to start is the [[Proteopedia:Video_Guide#Video_7:_Adding_scenes_.28green_links.29|&#039;&#039;&#039;Video on Adding Scenes&#039;&#039;&#039;]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next you may want to look at the [[Proteopedia:DIY:Scenes|&#039;&#039;&#039;Instructions for creating a molecular scene with Proteopedia&#039;s Scene Authoring Tools&#039;&#039;&#039;]]. This gives you step-by-step directions to recreate the sample scene.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Where are the &#039;&#039;Scene-authoring tools&#039;&#039;?&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
===Accessing the Scene-authoring Tools===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039; are accessible when you are editing a page.  Click the tab &#039;&#039;&#039;edit this page&#039;&#039;&#039; at the top of the page where you wish to create a molecular scene. On the edit page, near the top, you&#039;ll see a big box where all the wikitext of the page lives--here you can change the text of the page.  If you scroll down some, near the bottom, you&#039;ll find in bold letters &#039;&#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools [show]&#039;&#039;&#039;.  Click on &#039;&#039;&#039;show&#039;&#039;&#039; to expand and open the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
A short and rough, temporary video tutorial can be viewed here: http://www.weizmann.ac.il/ISPC/Proteopedia.html.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How can I preview the results of using the Scene-authoring Tools?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After you load an existing scene or &amp;quot;start fresh&amp;quot; to create a new scene, a Jmol applet window will open on the right side of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Scene-authoring tools&#039;&#039;&#039; window.  As you make changes, they will show up in this window, leading up to the point where you use the &#039;save scene&#039; tab to save the scene.  But to put the scene into your page and preview how it will look there, you must copy the wikitext that is created when you save the scene and then hide the Scene-authoring tools to enable the &#039;&#039;&#039;Save Page&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Show Preview&#039;&#039;&#039; buttons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using the &#039;load scene&#039; tab to edit an existing scene==&lt;br /&gt;
The first input box asks for the page name (on which the scene you wish to load resides).  The default page name is the name of the page currently being entered.  Next, you proceed to choose the scene name using the drop-down selector (all scenes associated with the entered page name will be listed).  Once a scene is selected, all of its versions are available for selection using the drop-down version number menu.  When a version number is selected, that version of the scene is loaded onto the Jmol applet that is part of the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039; and the description that was given to the scene is also recalled.  At the same time, the wikitext that is needed for insertion of the scene into the page is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each distinct scene has 3 parameters to distinguish it from all other scenes: pagename, scenename, and versionnumber.  A scene&#039;s &amp;quot;pagename&amp;quot; is automatically determined by the name of the Proteopedia page on which the scene was initially created.  The scenename is given by the user.  The versionnumber is incremental: If no scene by the given name exists for the given page, then the first version will be version 1.  If there exist previous versions of the same scenename on the same pagename, then the newest saved version will not overwrite older versions of the scene, but will instead be automatically saved as the newest version (by incrementing the versionnumber by one).  A scene&#039;s full name is in this format: Pagename/Scenename/Versionnumber (ex: Hemoglobin/Cavity/14).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using the &#039;load molecule&#039; tab to &amp;quot;start fresh&amp;quot; to create a scene==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Load_molecule.png|thumb|The load molecule tab in action]]&lt;br /&gt;
The load molecule tab is used to load molecules into Jmol. Currently only one file can be loaded into Jmol at a time through this interface (but Jmol can handle several files at a time).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To load a file that has PDB code, input a PDB code into the first input area and click the load button.  The file will be fetched from the PDB database throgh [http://bip.weizmann.ac.il/oca-bin/ocamain OCA].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To load a file that is not part of the PDB, first upload the file to Proteopedia at [[Special:Upload]] (you can get there also by using the link called &#039;upload file&#039; on the left hand column-toolbar of Proteopedia).  Once a file has been uploaded, you can specify its name in the input area next to the words &amp;quot;From Proteopedia upladed file&amp;quot; and click load.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;currently loaded&amp;quot; text area displays the name of the currently loaded file in the Jmol applet of the &amp;quot;Scene authoring tools&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using the &#039;selections&#039; tab==&lt;br /&gt;
The selections tab is meant to be used to select particular groups of atoms so that you can later change that group&#039;s color, representations, or labels.  When you choose a representation, a color, or a label using the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039; other tabs, the change is almost always applied ONLY to the currently selected atoms.  That is why it is important to be aware of what atoms are selected at any given time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===selection halos===&lt;br /&gt;
To see which atoms are selected, turn &#039;selection halos&#039; on using the selection halos checkbox.  If you have something selected, you will see your selection highlighted by yellow halos.  These halos are NOT part of your scene and have no impact other than to indicate to you what atoms are currently selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===all or nothing and halos===&lt;br /&gt;
This box contains two buttons and a checkbox.  &#039;Select all&#039; selects all atoms.  &#039;Select none&#039; selects none.  &#039;Selection halos&#039; toggles whether selection halos are shown to highlight the current selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===add to or remove from selection===&lt;br /&gt;
This is the main tool for creating selections.  This box allows you to specify groups of atoms to either ADD to the current selection, or REMOVE from the current selection.  It is advised to either begin with ALL atoms selected and then use this box to REMOVE atoms to your selection to arrive at your desired selection, or alternatively to begin with NO atoms selected and then use this box to ADD atoms to your selection to arrive at your desired selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is advised that you use selection halos while creating a selection so that you may view the atoms that your selection comprises.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each input box allows you to specify certain parameters in order to best choose what to add or remove to/from your selection.  There is an imaginary &#039;AND&#039; (or intersection) connecting each input box (a Boolean AND), but an &#039;OR&#039; (or union) connecting the chosen elements within each input box.  What this means is that if you choose in the &#039;groups&#039; box the items &#039;all protein&#039; and &#039;dna&#039; and in the &#039;limit to elements&#039; box you type in &#039;C,O&#039; and click &amp;quot;add to selection&amp;quot;, then you will add to your selection all the carbon and oxygen atoms that are part of either the protein or the dna in your loaded file (it&#039;s like saying &amp;quot;(all protein OR dna) AND (carbon OR oxygen)&amp;quot; )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;groups&#039; box lists various pre-defined groups of atoms by name.  The &#039;limit to chains&#039; box allows you to choose specific chains by the names they are given in the loaded file (ex: A,C,D).  The &#039;limit to resi types&#039; allows specification of residues by their 3-letter codes (ex: PHE,ALA,GLY).  The &#039;limit to residue nos&#039; box allows specification of residues by their number (ex: 18,23-25,32).  The &#039;limit to elements&#039; box allows choosing specific elements or even specific isotopes (ex: Fe,2H,31P).  The &#039;limit to atom nos&#039; box allows specifying atoms by their number.  The &#039;sites&#039; box appears only if your file is a PDB file that has predefined sites that the authors defined when they submitted the file to the Protein Data Bank.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button &#039;add to selection&#039; checks the information that was specified by you in the boxes in the &#039;add to or remove from selection&#039; area and then adds what you specified into the current selection.  The &#039;remove from selection&#039; does the same, but rather than adding to the current selection, it removes from the current selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===select within distance===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may enter a value (in Angstroms) and press &#039;go&#039;.  Any atom within a distance from the current selection equal to or smaller than the the number of Angstroms you specifed will be added to the selection.  To clarify, an example: If you had a ligand selected, and then inputted 5 and hit &#039;go&#039;, then all atoms within 5 Angstroms of that ligand would be added to your selection.  Your selection would then be composed of the ligand as well as all atoms within 5 Angstroms of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===mouse click selects===&lt;br /&gt;
Choosing &#039;default&#039; sets it so that mouse clicks on the Jmol applet are set to their default setting in Jmol.  In the default setting, clicking does not select or deselect any atoms, but clicking to create measurements is enabled.  Choosing &#039;center&#039; makes it so that any click on an atom, centers both the view and the axis of rotation on the atom.  Choosing &#039;atom&#039; is perhaps the most useful setting for creating selections as each click on an atom either adds it to the selection, or if it is already part of the selection, removes it from the selection.  Choosing &#039;element&#039; makes it so that clicking on an atom will select all other atoms of the same element.  Choosing &#039;molecule&#039; makes it so that clicking on an atom selects all other atoms of the same molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using the options under the &#039;representations&#039; tab==&lt;br /&gt;
The first area is the &#039;all and halo toggle&#039; area.  This provides a button to select all atoms, and a checkbox to turn selection halos on or off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;set selection representation&#039; box provides a variety of choices for setting the representation of the current selection.  Multiple representations can be turned on for the same selection of atoms (for instance using both wireframe and spacefill can create a &#039;ball and stick&#039; scheme).  Click on the representations that you would like to turn on for your current selection and then press &#039;set representation&#039;.  Every representation that has been checked off (to the left of the representation&#039;s name) will be displayed.  Some representations have an input field to their direct right.  If they do, then you may enter values in order to change the form of the representation, usually its size.  If you leave the input field blank, the default will be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on &#039;hide selection&#039; turns off all representations for the selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using the tools under the &#039;colors&#039; tab==&lt;br /&gt;
The first area is the &#039;all and halo toggle&#039; area.  This provides a button to select all atoms, and a checkbox to turn selection halos on or off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;color&#039; area first lets you choose whether you would like to change the color of the current selection, or of the background.  The color palette is clickable and as soon as you click on a color, either your selection or the background (as was previously selected) will change to the clicked color.  Hover over a color to view its name.  There is a series of buttons below the color palette, each representing a specific color scheme.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CPK is the standard CPK coloring scheme.  Amino and amino2 color each amino acid as a different color.  Chain colors each chain different colors.  Spectrum colors  protein and nucleic acids from blue to red on a spectrum with the N or 5&#039; terminus as blue and the C or 3&#039; terminus as red.  Structure colors according to secondary structure.  Fixed and relative temperature color according to temperature and formal and partial charge according to charge.  DRuMS composition colors according to the DRuMS scheme (http://www.umass.edu/molvis/drums/).  Hydrophobic/polar colors hydrophobic amino acids grey and polar (charged or uncharged) residues pink.  Charge colors hydrophobic residues grey, polar-uncharged residues pink, cationic residues blue, anionic residues red, and backbone atoms purple whether charged or uncharged.  More information on Jmol colors is available at http://jmol.sourceforge.net/jscolors/.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;transparency&#039; area allows you to render your selection transparent.  Zero percent transparent will be opaque,  100 percent transparent will be invisible, and anywhere in between will be transparent to a degree.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using the tools under the &#039;labels&#039; tab==&lt;br /&gt;
The first area is the &#039;all or nothing and halo toggle&#039; area.  This provides a button to select all atoms, disselect all atoms (select none), and a checkbox to turn selection halos on or off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;mouse click selects&#039; area is similar to the &#039;mouse click selects&#039; area in the &#039;selections&#039; tab and allows changing between the &#039;default&#039; mouse picking style and the &#039;atom&#039; mouse picking style.  See the &#039;selections&#039; tab section above for an explanation about the different mouse picking styles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;label atoms&#039; area is used to label atoms.  First, an atom must be selected.  Next, you choose how the label should look by choosing between entering text, displaying the atom name, the element, the 3-letter residue code, the residue number, and the chain letter of the atom being labeled (you can combine all of these options however you want).  When you are ready to create the label, click on &#039;set label&#039;. Note that if you have a selection of atoms when you assign a label by clicking &#039;set label&#039;, then each atom in the selection will get a label.  &#039;Clear labels from selection&#039; will clear all the labels from the current selection.  To delete all labels, first &#039;select all&#039; and then &#039;clear labels from selection&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change the label properties, you can choose label color, label size, and an optional pointer from the label to the atom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following three areas are collapsed by default and may be expanded and collapsed by clicking the +/- near their names:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;label applet&#039; tab allows setting of a label that will be displayed in the bottom area of the applet.  Its color and size can be chosen.  Use &#039;set label&#039; to set the label after entering text.  Use &#039;clear label from applet&#039; to clear the label.  To have an applet label that takes up multiple lines, use the symbol | to create line breaks in your inputted text.  Label color and size can be changed after or before setting a label.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;measurements&#039; area allows control over the appearance of measurements.  Measurements can be created by a combination of double and single clicking on atoms while in the &#039;default&#039; mouse picking setting.  Measurements are explained in the &#039;how to&#039; tab of the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039;.  Here in the &#039;measurements&#039; area, you can control the color, size, and units of the measurements.  Changing the color or the size will affect all existing and future measurements but changing the units will only affect future measurements.  The labels on the measurements can also be turned off or on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;bonds&#039; area allows control over disulfide and hydrogen bonds.  You can turn disulfide and/or hydrogen bonds on or off for a particular selection and can choose the colors for the bonds. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using the &#039;save scene&#039; tab==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have created your scene, you can save it here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You must choose a name for your scene, and enter a description.  If you started by loading a scene, then by default, its name will appear as a suggested name for the scene you are about to save because Proteopedia assumes you might be editing a scene to save an updated version.  If you specify the name of a scene that already exists, then your scene will be saved as the newest version (i.e. if versions 1 through 5 for that scene already exist, then your scene will be saved as version 6).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After saving, wikitext for inserting your scene into the Proteopedia page will appear in the &#039;Wikitext&#039; area.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Choosing a non-standard scene transition===&lt;br /&gt;
If you select the checkbox entitled &#039;show scene transition options&#039;, you get two choices for non-standard transitions.  This means you can choose different transitions for how your scene will be recalled when the user clicks on the green scene link. Here&#039;s the breakdown of transition options:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# If you don&#039;t select any checkbox (i.e. do not select the checkbox next to &amp;quot;show advanced options&amp;quot;) then the most basic and standard transition will be used : when the scene is recalled, the molecule will zoom out to 100% zoom, rotate to the new scene&#039;s orientation, and then zoom to the new scene&#039;s correct zoom.&lt;br /&gt;
# If you select the checkbox next to &amp;quot;show advanced options&amp;quot; you then have two advanced options to choose from:	&lt;br /&gt;
## If you choose &amp;quot;yes&amp;quot; from the drop-down menu next to &amp;quot;skip the zoom-out when this scene loads&amp;quot; then the transition will be the same as the basic transition except the zoom-out to 100% zoom will be skipped : when the scene is recalled, the molecule will rotate to the new scene&#039;s orientation and zoom simultaneously.&lt;br /&gt;
## If instead you choose &amp;quot;yes&amp;quot; from the drop-down menu next to &amp;quot;skip the transition between scenes when this scene loads&amp;quot; then the new scene will just immediately load, without any transition from the previous scene.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Option 1 is the standard.  Option 2.1 is helpful when the view is not changing much and you don&#039;t want the scene to zoom out completely when transitioning between scenes.  Option 1 is helpful when zooming out completely is necessary to give the user proper spatial comprehension when transitioning between two scenes.  Option 2.2 is helpful when you really need to have no transition at all (although it should be rarely used except for extreme cases where you really need no transition).&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mary Ball</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=User:Mary_Ball/Scenes&amp;diff=1094180</id>
		<title>User:Mary Ball/Scenes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=User:Mary_Ball/Scenes&amp;diff=1094180"/>
		<updated>2010-06-10T12:15:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mary Ball: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==&#039;&#039;&#039;Overview&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===What are scenes?===&lt;br /&gt;
Scenes are &amp;quot;frozen&amp;quot; moments in Jmol that can be later accessed by the page-viewer by clicking on &amp;quot;green text&amp;quot;.  A scene stores viewpoint, representations, colors, labels, and generally everything that is necessary to recreate the way things looked when the scene was saved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039;&#039; are used for the creation and editing of molecular [[scenes]].  Scenes created using the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tool&#039;&#039; can then be inserted into [[Proteopedia]] pages.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic steps of using the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039; are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
#Either start fresh with the &#039;load molecule&#039; tab or load an existing scene using the &#039;load scene&#039; tab.&lt;br /&gt;
#Manipulate the scene view using the mouse. &lt;br /&gt;
#Change the scene appearance by choosing selections from your scene using the &#039;selections&#039; tab and setting the appearance of selections using the &#039;representations&#039;, &#039;colors&#039; and &#039;labels&#039; tabs.&lt;br /&gt;
#Save the scene using the &#039;save scene&#039; tab.&lt;br /&gt;
#Copy the automatically-generated wikitext and insert the scene into a Proteopedia page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Manipulating Jmol with your mouse===&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Rotate:&#039;&#039; left click&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Zoom:&#039;&#039; scroll button or left click + shift&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Drag:&#039;&#039; right click + ctrl&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Measure distance:&#039;&#039; dbl click on 1st atom, dbl click on 2nd atom&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Measure angle:&#039;&#039; dbl click on 1st atom, click on 2nd atom, dbl click on 3rd atom&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Measure dihedral angle:&#039; dbl click on 1st atom, click on 2nd and 3rd atoms, dbl click on 4th atom&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Additional Resources===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A good place to start is the [[Proteopedia:Video_Guide#Video_7:_Adding_scenes_.28green_links.29|&#039;&#039;&#039;Video on Adding Scenes&#039;&#039;&#039;]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next you may want to look at the [[Proteopedia:DIY:Scenes|&#039;&#039;&#039;Instructions for creating a molecular scene with Proteopedia&#039;s Scene Authoring Tools&#039;&#039;&#039;]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Where are the &#039;&#039;Scene-authoring tools&#039;&#039;?&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
===Accessing the Scene-authoring Tools===&lt;br /&gt;
A good place to start is the [[Proteopedia:Video_Guide#Video_7:_Adding_scenes_.28green_links.29|Video on Adding Scenes]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039; are accessible when you are editing a page.  Click the tab &#039;&#039;&#039;edit this page&#039;&#039;&#039; at the top of the page where you wish to create a molecular scene. On the edit page, near the top, you&#039;ll see a big box where all the wikitext of the page lives--here you can change the text of the page.  If you scroll down some, near the bottom, you&#039;ll find in bold letters &#039;&#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools [show]&#039;&#039;&#039;.  Click on &#039;&#039;&#039;show&#039;&#039;&#039; to expand and open the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
A short and rough, temporary video tutorial can be viewed here: http://www.weizmann.ac.il/ISPC/Proteopedia.html.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How can I preview the results of using the scene-authoring tools?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using the &#039;load scene&#039; tab to edit an existing scene==&lt;br /&gt;
The first input box asks for the page name (on which the scene you wish to load resides).  The default page name is the name of the page currently being entered.  Next, you proceed to choose the scene name using the drop-down selector (all scenes associated with the entered page name will be listed).  Once a scene is selected, all of its versions are available for selection using the drop-down version number menu.  When a version number is selected, that version of the scene is loaded onto the Jmol applet that is part of the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039; and the description that was given to the scene is also recalled.  At the same time, the wikitext that is needed for insertion of the scene into the page is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each distinct scene has 3 parameters to distinguish it from all other scenes: pagename, scenename, and versionnumber.  A scene&#039;s &amp;quot;pagename&amp;quot; is automatically determined by the name of the Proteopedia page on which the scene was initially created.  The scenename is given by the user.  The versionnumber is incremental: If no scene by the given name exists for the given page, then the first version will be version 1.  If there exist previous versions of the same scenename on the same pagename, then the newest saved version will not overwrite older versions of the scene, but will instead be automatically saved as the newest version (by incrementing the versionnumber by one).  A scene&#039;s full name is in this format: Pagename/Scenename/Versionnumber (ex: Hemoglobin/Cavity/14).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using the &#039;load molecule&#039; tab to &amp;quot;start fresh&amp;quot; to create a scene==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Load_molecule.png|thumb|The load molecule tab in action]]&lt;br /&gt;
The load molecule tab is used to load molecules into Jmol. Currently only one file can be loaded into Jmol at a time through this interface (but Jmol can handle several files at a time).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To load a file that has PDB code, input a PDB code into the first input area and click the load button.  The file will be fetched from the PDB database throgh [http://bip.weizmann.ac.il/oca-bin/ocamain OCA].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To load a file that is not part of the PDB, first upload the file to Proteopedia at [[Special:Upload]] (you can get there also by using the link called &#039;upload file&#039; on the left hand column-toolbar of Proteopedia).  Once a file has been uploaded, you can specify its name in the input area next to the words &amp;quot;From Proteopedia upladed file&amp;quot; and click load.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;currently loaded&amp;quot; text area displays the name of the currently loaded file in the Jmol applet of the &amp;quot;Scene authoring tools&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using the &#039;selections&#039; tab==&lt;br /&gt;
The selections tab is meant to be used to select particular groups of atoms so that you can later change that group&#039;s color, representations, or labels.  When you choose a representation, a color, or a label using the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039; other tabs, the change is almost always applied ONLY to the currently selected atoms.  That is why it is important to be aware of what atoms are selected at any given time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===selection halos===&lt;br /&gt;
To see which atoms are selected, turn &#039;selection halos&#039; on using the selection halos checkbox.  If you have something selected, you will see your selection highlighted by yellow halos.  These halos are NOT part of your scene and have no impact other than to indicate to you what atoms are currently selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===all or nothing and halos===&lt;br /&gt;
This box contains two buttons and a checkbox.  &#039;Select all&#039; selects all atoms.  &#039;Select none&#039; selects none.  &#039;Selection halos&#039; toggles whether selection halos are shown to highlight the current selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===add to or remove from selection===&lt;br /&gt;
This is the main tool for creating selections.  This box allows you to specify groups of atoms to either ADD to the current selection, or REMOVE from the current selection.  It is advised to either begin with ALL atoms selected and then use this box to REMOVE atoms to your selection to arrive at your desired selection, or alternatively to begin with NO atoms selected and then use this box to ADD atoms to your selection to arrive at your desired selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is advised that you use selection halos while creating a selection so that you may view the atoms that your selection comprises.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each input box allows you to specify certain parameters in order to best choose what to add or remove to/from your selection.  There is an imaginary &#039;AND&#039; (or intersection) connecting each input box (a Boolean AND), but an &#039;OR&#039; (or union) connecting the chosen elements within each input box.  What this means is that if you choose in the &#039;groups&#039; box the items &#039;all protein&#039; and &#039;dna&#039; and in the &#039;limit to elements&#039; box you type in &#039;C,O&#039; and click &amp;quot;add to selection&amp;quot;, then you will add to your selection all the carbon and oxygen atoms that are part of either the protein or the dna in your loaded file (it&#039;s like saying &amp;quot;(all protein OR dna) AND (carbon OR oxygen)&amp;quot; )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;groups&#039; box lists various pre-defined groups of atoms by name.  The &#039;limit to chains&#039; box allows you to choose specific chains by the names they are given in the loaded file (ex: A,C,D).  The &#039;limit to resi types&#039; allows specification of residues by their 3-letter codes (ex: PHE,ALA,GLY).  The &#039;limit to residue nos&#039; box allows specification of residues by their number (ex: 18,23-25,32).  The &#039;limit to elements&#039; box allows choosing specific elements or even specific isotopes (ex: Fe,2H,31P).  The &#039;limit to atom nos&#039; box allows specifying atoms by their number.  The &#039;sites&#039; box appears only if your file is a PDB file that has predefined sites that the authors defined when they submitted the file to the Protein Data Bank.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button &#039;add to selection&#039; checks the information that was specified by you in the boxes in the &#039;add to or remove from selection&#039; area and then adds what you specified into the current selection.  The &#039;remove from selection&#039; does the same, but rather than adding to the current selection, it removes from the current selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===select within distance===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may enter a value (in Angstroms) and press &#039;go&#039;.  Any atom within a distance from the current selection equal to or smaller than the the number of Angstroms you specifed will be added to the selection.  To clarify, an example: If you had a ligand selected, and then inputted 5 and hit &#039;go&#039;, then all atoms within 5 Angstroms of that ligand would be added to your selection.  Your selection would then be composed of the ligand as well as all atoms within 5 Angstroms of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===mouse click selects===&lt;br /&gt;
Choosing &#039;default&#039; sets it so that mouse clicks on the Jmol applet are set to their default setting in Jmol.  In the default setting, clicking does not select or deselect any atoms, but clicking to create measurements is enabled.  Choosing &#039;center&#039; makes it so that any click on an atom, centers both the view and the axis of rotation on the atom.  Choosing &#039;atom&#039; is perhaps the most useful setting for creating selections as each click on an atom either adds it to the selection, or if it is already part of the selection, removes it from the selection.  Choosing &#039;element&#039; makes it so that clicking on an atom will select all other atoms of the same element.  Choosing &#039;molecule&#039; makes it so that clicking on an atom selects all other atoms of the same molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using the options under the &#039;representations&#039; tab==&lt;br /&gt;
The first area is the &#039;all and halo toggle&#039; area.  This provides a button to select all atoms, and a checkbox to turn selection halos on or off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;set selection representation&#039; box provides a variety of choices for setting the representation of the current selection.  Multiple representations can be turned on for the same selection of atoms (for instance using both wireframe and spacefill can create a &#039;ball and stick&#039; scheme).  Click on the representations that you would like to turn on for your current selection and then press &#039;set representation&#039;.  Every representation that has been checked off (to the left of the representation&#039;s name) will be displayed.  Some representations have an input field to their direct right.  If they do, then you may enter values in order to change the form of the representation, usually its size.  If you leave the input field blank, the default will be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on &#039;hide selection&#039; turns off all representations for the selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using the tools under the &#039;colors&#039; tab==&lt;br /&gt;
The first area is the &#039;all and halo toggle&#039; area.  This provides a button to select all atoms, and a checkbox to turn selection halos on or off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;color&#039; area first lets you choose whether you would like to change the color of the current selection, or of the background.  The color palette is clickable and as soon as you click on a color, either your selection or the background (as was previously selected) will change to the clicked color.  Hover over a color to view its name.  There is a series of buttons below the color palette, each representing a specific color scheme.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CPK is the standard CPK coloring scheme.  Amino and amino2 color each amino acid as a different color.  Chain colors each chain different colors.  Spectrum colors  protein and nucleic acids from blue to red on a spectrum with the N or 5&#039; terminus as blue and the C or 3&#039; terminus as red.  Structure colors according to secondary structure.  Fixed and relative temperature color according to temperature and formal and partial charge according to charge.  DRuMS composition colors according to the DRuMS scheme (http://www.umass.edu/molvis/drums/).  Hydrophobic/polar colors hydrophobic amino acids grey and polar (charged or uncharged) residues pink.  Charge colors hydrophobic residues grey, polar-uncharged residues pink, cationic residues blue, anionic residues red, and backbone atoms purple whether charged or uncharged.  More information on Jmol colors is available at http://jmol.sourceforge.net/jscolors/.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;transparency&#039; area allows you to render your selection transparent.  Zero percent transparent will be opaque,  100 percent transparent will be invisible, and anywhere in between will be transparent to a degree.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using the tools under the &#039;labels&#039; tab==&lt;br /&gt;
The first area is the &#039;all or nothing and halo toggle&#039; area.  This provides a button to select all atoms, disselect all atoms (select none), and a checkbox to turn selection halos on or off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;mouse click selects&#039; area is similar to the &#039;mouse click selects&#039; area in the &#039;selections&#039; tab and allows changing between the &#039;default&#039; mouse picking style and the &#039;atom&#039; mouse picking style.  See the &#039;selections&#039; tab section above for an explanation about the different mouse picking styles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;label atoms&#039; area is used to label atoms.  First, an atom must be selected.  Next, you choose how the label should look by choosing between entering text, displaying the atom name, the element, the 3-letter residue code, the residue number, and the chain letter of the atom being labeled (you can combine all of these options however you want).  When you are ready to create the label, click on &#039;set label&#039;. Note that if you have a selection of atoms when you assign a label by clicking &#039;set label&#039;, then each atom in the selection will get a label.  &#039;Clear labels from selection&#039; will clear all the labels from the current selection.  To delete all labels, first &#039;select all&#039; and then &#039;clear labels from selection&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change the label properties, you can choose label color, label size, and an optional pointer from the label to the atom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following three areas are collapsed by default and may be expanded and collapsed by clicking the +/- near their names:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;label applet&#039; tab allows setting of a label that will be displayed in the bottom area of the applet.  Its color and size can be chosen.  Use &#039;set label&#039; to set the label after entering text.  Use &#039;clear label from applet&#039; to clear the label.  To have an applet label that takes up multiple lines, use the symbol | to create line breaks in your inputted text.  Label color and size can be changed after or before setting a label.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;measurements&#039; area allows control over the appearance of measurements.  Measurements can be created by a combination of double and single clicking on atoms while in the &#039;default&#039; mouse picking setting.  Measurements are explained in the &#039;how to&#039; tab of the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039;.  Here in the &#039;measurements&#039; area, you can control the color, size, and units of the measurements.  Changing the color or the size will affect all existing and future measurements but changing the units will only affect future measurements.  The labels on the measurements can also be turned off or on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;bonds&#039; area allows control over disulfide and hydrogen bonds.  You can turn disulfide and/or hydrogen bonds on or off for a particular selection and can choose the colors for the bonds. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using the &#039;save scene&#039; tab==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have created your scene, you can save it here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You must choose a name for your scene, and enter a description.  If you started by loading a scene, then by default, its name will appear as a suggested name for the scene you are about to save because Proteopedia assumes you might be editing a scene to save an updated version.  If you specify the name of a scene that already exists, then your scene will be saved as the newest version (i.e. if versions 1 through 5 for that scene already exist, then your scene will be saved as version 6).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After saving, wikitext for inserting your scene into the Proteopedia page will appear in the &#039;Wikitext&#039; area.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Choosing a non-standard scene transition===&lt;br /&gt;
If you select the checkbox entitled &#039;show scene transition options&#039;, you get two choices for non-standard transitions.  This means you can choose different transitions for how your scene will be recalled when the user clicks on the green scene link. Here&#039;s the breakdown of transition options:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# If you don&#039;t select any checkbox (i.e. do not select the checkbox next to &amp;quot;show advanced options&amp;quot;) then the most basic and standard transition will be used : when the scene is recalled, the molecule will zoom out to 100% zoom, rotate to the new scene&#039;s orientation, and then zoom to the new scene&#039;s correct zoom.&lt;br /&gt;
# If you select the checkbox next to &amp;quot;show advanced options&amp;quot; you then have two advanced options to choose from:	&lt;br /&gt;
## If you choose &amp;quot;yes&amp;quot; from the drop-down menu next to &amp;quot;skip the zoom-out when this scene loads&amp;quot; then the transition will be the same as the basic transition except the zoom-out to 100% zoom will be skipped : when the scene is recalled, the molecule will rotate to the new scene&#039;s orientation and zoom simultaneously.&lt;br /&gt;
## If instead you choose &amp;quot;yes&amp;quot; from the drop-down menu next to &amp;quot;skip the transition between scenes when this scene loads&amp;quot; then the new scene will just immediately load, without any transition from the previous scene.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Option 1 is the standard.  Option 2.1 is helpful when the view is not changing much and you don&#039;t want the scene to zoom out completely when transitioning between scenes.  Option 1 is helpful when zooming out completely is necessary to give the user proper spatial comprehension when transitioning between two scenes.  Option 2.2 is helpful when you really need to have no transition at all (although it should be rarely used except for extreme cases where you really need no transition).&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mary Ball</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=User:Mary_Ball/Scenes&amp;diff=1094178</id>
		<title>User:Mary Ball/Scenes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=User:Mary_Ball/Scenes&amp;diff=1094178"/>
		<updated>2010-06-10T12:07:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mary Ball: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==&#039;&#039;&#039;Overview&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===What are scenes?===&lt;br /&gt;
Scenes are &amp;quot;frozen&amp;quot; moments in Jmol that can be later accessed by the page-viewer by clicking on &amp;quot;green text&amp;quot;.  A scene stores viewpoint, representations, colors, labels, and generally everything that is necessary to recreate the way things looked when the scene was saved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039;&#039; are used for the creation and editing of molecular [[scenes]].  Scenes created using the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tool&#039;&#039; can then be inserted into [[Proteopedia]] pages.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic steps of using the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039; are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
#Either start fresh with the &#039;load molecule&#039; tab or load an existing scene using the &#039;load scene&#039; tab.&lt;br /&gt;
#Manipulate the scene view using the mouse. &lt;br /&gt;
#Change the scene appearance by choosing selections from your scene using the &#039;selections&#039; tab and setting the appearance of selections using the &#039;representations&#039;, &#039;colors&#039; and &#039;labels&#039; tabs.&lt;br /&gt;
#Save the scene using the &#039;save scene&#039; tab.&lt;br /&gt;
#Copy the automatically-generated wikitext and insert the scene into a Proteopedia page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Manipulating Jmol with your mouse===&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Rotate:&#039;&#039; left click&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Zoom:&#039;&#039; scroll button or left click + shift&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Drag:&#039;&#039; right click + ctrl&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Measure distance:&#039;&#039; dbl click on 1st atom, dbl click on 2nd atom&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Measure angle:&#039;&#039; dbl click on 1st atom, click on 2nd atom, dbl click on 3rd atom&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Measure dihedral angle:&#039; dbl click on 1st atom, click on 2nd and 3rd atoms, dbl click on 4th atom&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Additional Resources===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A good place to start is the [[Proteopedia:Video_Guide#Video_7:_Adding_scenes_.28green_links.29|&#039;&#039;&#039;Video on Adding Scenes&#039;&#039;&#039;]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next you may want to look at the [[Proteopedia:DIY:Scenes|&#039;&#039;&#039;Instructions for creating a molecular scene with Proteopedia&#039;s Scene Authoring Tools&#039;&#039;&#039;]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Where are the &#039;&#039;Scene-authoring tools&#039;&#039;?==&lt;br /&gt;
A good place to start is the [[Proteopedia:Video_Guide#Video_7:_Adding_scenes_.28green_links.29|Video on Adding Scenes]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039; are accessible when you are editing a page.  Click the tab &#039;&#039;&#039;edit this page&#039;&#039;&#039; at the top of the page where you wish to create a molecular scene. On the edit page, near the top, you&#039;ll see a big box where all the wikitext of the page lives--here you can change the text of the page.  If you scroll down some, near the bottom, you&#039;ll find in bold letters &#039;&#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools [show]&#039;&#039;&#039;.  Click on &#039;&#039;&#039;show&#039;&#039;&#039; to expand and open the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
A short and rough, temporary video tutorial can be viewed here: http://www.weizmann.ac.il/ISPC/Proteopedia.html.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using the &#039;load scene&#039; tab to edit an existing scene==&lt;br /&gt;
The first input box asks for the page name (on which the scene you wish to load resides).  The default page name is the name of the page currently being entered.  Next, you proceed to choose the scene name using the drop-down selector (all scenes associated with the entered page name will be listed).  Once a scene is selected, all of its versions are available for selection using the drop-down version number menu.  When a version number is selected, that version of the scene is loaded onto the Jmol applet that is part of the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039; and the description that was given to the scene is also recalled.  At the same time, the wikitext that is needed for insertion of the scene into the page is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each distinct scene has 3 parameters to distinguish it from all other scenes: pagename, scenename, and versionnumber.  A scene&#039;s &amp;quot;pagename&amp;quot; is automatically determined by the name of the Proteopedia page on which the scene was initially created.  The scenename is given by the user.  The versionnumber is incremental: If no scene by the given name exists for the given page, then the first version will be version 1.  If there exist previous versions of the same scenename on the same pagename, then the newest saved version will not overwrite older versions of the scene, but will instead be automatically saved as the newest version (by incrementing the versionnumber by one).  A scene&#039;s full name is in this format: Pagename/Scenename/Versionnumber (ex: Hemoglobin/Cavity/14).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using the &#039;load molecule&#039; tab to &amp;quot;start fresh&amp;quot; to create a scene==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Load_molecule.png|thumb|The load molecule tab in action]]&lt;br /&gt;
The load molecule tab is used to load molecules into Jmol. Currently only one file can be loaded into Jmol at a time through this interface (but Jmol can handle several files at a time).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To load a file that has PDB code, input a PDB code into the first input area and click the load button.  The file will be fetched from the PDB database throgh [http://bip.weizmann.ac.il/oca-bin/ocamain OCA].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To load a file that is not part of the PDB, first upload the file to Proteopedia at [[Special:Upload]] (you can get there also by using the link called &#039;upload file&#039; on the left hand column-toolbar of Proteopedia).  Once a file has been uploaded, you can specify its name in the input area next to the words &amp;quot;From Proteopedia upladed file&amp;quot; and click load.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;currently loaded&amp;quot; text area displays the name of the currently loaded file in the Jmol applet of the &amp;quot;Scene authoring tools&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using the &#039;selections&#039; tab==&lt;br /&gt;
The selections tab is meant to be used to select particular groups of atoms so that you can later change that group&#039;s color, representations, or labels.  When you choose a representation, a color, or a label using the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039; other tabs, the change is almost always applied ONLY to the currently selected atoms.  That is why it is important to be aware of what atoms are selected at any given time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===selection halos===&lt;br /&gt;
To see which atoms are selected, turn &#039;selection halos&#039; on using the selection halos checkbox.  If you have something selected, you will see your selection highlighted by yellow halos.  These halos are NOT part of your scene and have no impact other than to indicate to you what atoms are currently selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===all or nothing and halos===&lt;br /&gt;
This box contains two buttons and a checkbox.  &#039;Select all&#039; selects all atoms.  &#039;Select none&#039; selects none.  &#039;Selection halos&#039; toggles whether selection halos are shown to highlight the current selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===add to or remove from selection===&lt;br /&gt;
This is the main tool for creating selections.  This box allows you to specify groups of atoms to either ADD to the current selection, or REMOVE from the current selection.  It is advised to either begin with ALL atoms selected and then use this box to REMOVE atoms to your selection to arrive at your desired selection, or alternatively to begin with NO atoms selected and then use this box to ADD atoms to your selection to arrive at your desired selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is advised that you use selection halos while creating a selection so that you may view the atoms that your selection comprises.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each input box allows you to specify certain parameters in order to best choose what to add or remove to/from your selection.  There is an imaginary &#039;AND&#039; (or intersection) connecting each input box (a Boolean AND), but an &#039;OR&#039; (or union) connecting the chosen elements within each input box.  What this means is that if you choose in the &#039;groups&#039; box the items &#039;all protein&#039; and &#039;dna&#039; and in the &#039;limit to elements&#039; box you type in &#039;C,O&#039; and click &amp;quot;add to selection&amp;quot;, then you will add to your selection all the carbon and oxygen atoms that are part of either the protein or the dna in your loaded file (it&#039;s like saying &amp;quot;(all protein OR dna) AND (carbon OR oxygen)&amp;quot; )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;groups&#039; box lists various pre-defined groups of atoms by name.  The &#039;limit to chains&#039; box allows you to choose specific chains by the names they are given in the loaded file (ex: A,C,D).  The &#039;limit to resi types&#039; allows specification of residues by their 3-letter codes (ex: PHE,ALA,GLY).  The &#039;limit to residue nos&#039; box allows specification of residues by their number (ex: 18,23-25,32).  The &#039;limit to elements&#039; box allows choosing specific elements or even specific isotopes (ex: Fe,2H,31P).  The &#039;limit to atom nos&#039; box allows specifying atoms by their number.  The &#039;sites&#039; box appears only if your file is a PDB file that has predefined sites that the authors defined when they submitted the file to the Protein Data Bank.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button &#039;add to selection&#039; checks the information that was specified by you in the boxes in the &#039;add to or remove from selection&#039; area and then adds what you specified into the current selection.  The &#039;remove from selection&#039; does the same, but rather than adding to the current selection, it removes from the current selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===select within distance===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may enter a value (in Angstroms) and press &#039;go&#039;.  Any atom within a distance from the current selection equal to or smaller than the the number of Angstroms you specifed will be added to the selection.  To clarify, an example: If you had a ligand selected, and then inputted 5 and hit &#039;go&#039;, then all atoms within 5 Angstroms of that ligand would be added to your selection.  Your selection would then be composed of the ligand as well as all atoms within 5 Angstroms of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===mouse click selects===&lt;br /&gt;
Choosing &#039;default&#039; sets it so that mouse clicks on the Jmol applet are set to their default setting in Jmol.  In the default setting, clicking does not select or deselect any atoms, but clicking to create measurements is enabled.  Choosing &#039;center&#039; makes it so that any click on an atom, centers both the view and the axis of rotation on the atom.  Choosing &#039;atom&#039; is perhaps the most useful setting for creating selections as each click on an atom either adds it to the selection, or if it is already part of the selection, removes it from the selection.  Choosing &#039;element&#039; makes it so that clicking on an atom will select all other atoms of the same element.  Choosing &#039;molecule&#039; makes it so that clicking on an atom selects all other atoms of the same molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using the options under the &#039;representations&#039; tab==&lt;br /&gt;
The first area is the &#039;all and halo toggle&#039; area.  This provides a button to select all atoms, and a checkbox to turn selection halos on or off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;set selection representation&#039; box provides a variety of choices for setting the representation of the current selection.  Multiple representations can be turned on for the same selection of atoms (for instance using both wireframe and spacefill can create a &#039;ball and stick&#039; scheme).  Click on the representations that you would like to turn on for your current selection and then press &#039;set representation&#039;.  Every representation that has been checked off (to the left of the representation&#039;s name) will be displayed.  Some representations have an input field to their direct right.  If they do, then you may enter values in order to change the form of the representation, usually its size.  If you leave the input field blank, the default will be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on &#039;hide selection&#039; turns off all representations for the selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using the tools under the &#039;colors&#039; tab==&lt;br /&gt;
The first area is the &#039;all and halo toggle&#039; area.  This provides a button to select all atoms, and a checkbox to turn selection halos on or off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;color&#039; area first lets you choose whether you would like to change the color of the current selection, or of the background.  The color palette is clickable and as soon as you click on a color, either your selection or the background (as was previously selected) will change to the clicked color.  Hover over a color to view its name.  There is a series of buttons below the color palette, each representing a specific color scheme.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CPK is the standard CPK coloring scheme.  Amino and amino2 color each amino acid as a different color.  Chain colors each chain different colors.  Spectrum colors  protein and nucleic acids from blue to red on a spectrum with the N or 5&#039; terminus as blue and the C or 3&#039; terminus as red.  Structure colors according to secondary structure.  Fixed and relative temperature color according to temperature and formal and partial charge according to charge.  DRuMS composition colors according to the DRuMS scheme (http://www.umass.edu/molvis/drums/).  Hydrophobic/polar colors hydrophobic amino acids grey and polar (charged or uncharged) residues pink.  Charge colors hydrophobic residues grey, polar-uncharged residues pink, cationic residues blue, anionic residues red, and backbone atoms purple whether charged or uncharged.  More information on Jmol colors is available at http://jmol.sourceforge.net/jscolors/.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;transparency&#039; area allows you to render your selection transparent.  Zero percent transparent will be opaque,  100 percent transparent will be invisible, and anywhere in between will be transparent to a degree.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using the tools under the &#039;labels&#039; tab==&lt;br /&gt;
The first area is the &#039;all or nothing and halo toggle&#039; area.  This provides a button to select all atoms, disselect all atoms (select none), and a checkbox to turn selection halos on or off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;mouse click selects&#039; area is similar to the &#039;mouse click selects&#039; area in the &#039;selections&#039; tab and allows changing between the &#039;default&#039; mouse picking style and the &#039;atom&#039; mouse picking style.  See the &#039;selections&#039; tab section above for an explanation about the different mouse picking styles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;label atoms&#039; area is used to label atoms.  First, an atom must be selected.  Next, you choose how the label should look by choosing between entering text, displaying the atom name, the element, the 3-letter residue code, the residue number, and the chain letter of the atom being labeled (you can combine all of these options however you want).  When you are ready to create the label, click on &#039;set label&#039;. Note that if you have a selection of atoms when you assign a label by clicking &#039;set label&#039;, then each atom in the selection will get a label.  &#039;Clear labels from selection&#039; will clear all the labels from the current selection.  To delete all labels, first &#039;select all&#039; and then &#039;clear labels from selection&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change the label properties, you can choose label color, label size, and an optional pointer from the label to the atom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following three areas are collapsed by default and may be expanded and collapsed by clicking the +/- near their names:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;label applet&#039; tab allows setting of a label that will be displayed in the bottom area of the applet.  Its color and size can be chosen.  Use &#039;set label&#039; to set the label after entering text.  Use &#039;clear label from applet&#039; to clear the label.  To have an applet label that takes up multiple lines, use the symbol | to create line breaks in your inputted text.  Label color and size can be changed after or before setting a label.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;measurements&#039; area allows control over the appearance of measurements.  Measurements can be created by a combination of double and single clicking on atoms while in the &#039;default&#039; mouse picking setting.  Measurements are explained in the &#039;how to&#039; tab of the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039;.  Here in the &#039;measurements&#039; area, you can control the color, size, and units of the measurements.  Changing the color or the size will affect all existing and future measurements but changing the units will only affect future measurements.  The labels on the measurements can also be turned off or on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;bonds&#039; area allows control over disulfide and hydrogen bonds.  You can turn disulfide and/or hydrogen bonds on or off for a particular selection and can choose the colors for the bonds. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using the &#039;save scene&#039; tab==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have created your scene, you can save it here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You must choose a name for your scene, and enter a description.  If you started by loading a scene, then by default, its name will appear as a suggested name for the scene you are about to save because Proteopedia assumes you might be editing a scene to save an updated version.  If you specify the name of a scene that already exists, then your scene will be saved as the newest version (i.e. if versions 1 through 5 for that scene already exist, then your scene will be saved as version 6).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After saving, wikitext for inserting your scene into the Proteopedia page will appear in the &#039;Wikitext&#039; area.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Choosing a non-standard scene transition===&lt;br /&gt;
If you select the checkbox entitled &#039;show scene transition options&#039;, you get two choices for non-standard transitions.  This means you can choose different transitions for how your scene will be recalled when the user clicks on the green scene link. Here&#039;s the breakdown of transition options:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# If you don&#039;t select any checkbox (i.e. do not select the checkbox next to &amp;quot;show advanced options&amp;quot;) then the most basic and standard transition will be used : when the scene is recalled, the molecule will zoom out to 100% zoom, rotate to the new scene&#039;s orientation, and then zoom to the new scene&#039;s correct zoom.&lt;br /&gt;
# If you select the checkbox next to &amp;quot;show advanced options&amp;quot; you then have two advanced options to choose from:	&lt;br /&gt;
## If you choose &amp;quot;yes&amp;quot; from the drop-down menu next to &amp;quot;skip the zoom-out when this scene loads&amp;quot; then the transition will be the same as the basic transition except the zoom-out to 100% zoom will be skipped : when the scene is recalled, the molecule will rotate to the new scene&#039;s orientation and zoom simultaneously.&lt;br /&gt;
## If instead you choose &amp;quot;yes&amp;quot; from the drop-down menu next to &amp;quot;skip the transition between scenes when this scene loads&amp;quot; then the new scene will just immediately load, without any transition from the previous scene.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Option 1 is the standard.  Option 2.1 is helpful when the view is not changing much and you don&#039;t want the scene to zoom out completely when transitioning between scenes.  Option 1 is helpful when zooming out completely is necessary to give the user proper spatial comprehension when transitioning between two scenes.  Option 2.2 is helpful when you really need to have no transition at all (although it should be rarely used except for extreme cases where you really need no transition).&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mary Ball</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=User:Mary_Ball/Scenes&amp;diff=1094177</id>
		<title>User:Mary Ball/Scenes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=User:Mary_Ball/Scenes&amp;diff=1094177"/>
		<updated>2010-06-10T12:04:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mary Ball: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Overview==&lt;br /&gt;
Scenes are &amp;quot;frozen&amp;quot; moments in Jmol that can be later accessed by the page-viewer by clicking on &amp;quot;green text&amp;quot;.  A scene stores viewpoint, representations, colors, labels, and generally everything that is necessary to recreate the way things looked when the scene was saved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039;&#039; are used for the creation and editing of molecular [[scenes]].  Scenes created using the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tool&#039;&#039; can then be inserted into [[Proteopedia]] pages.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic steps of using the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039; are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
#Either start fresh with the &#039;load molecule&#039; tab or load an existing scene using the &#039;load scene&#039; tab.&lt;br /&gt;
#Manipulate the scene view using the mouse. &lt;br /&gt;
#Change the scene appearance by choosing selections from your scene using the &#039;selections&#039; tab and setting the appearance of selections using the &#039;representations&#039;, &#039;colors&#039; and &#039;labels&#039; tabs.&lt;br /&gt;
#Save the scene using the &#039;save scene&#039; tab.&lt;br /&gt;
#Copy the automatically-generated wikitext and insert the scene into a Proteopedia page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Manipulating Jmol with your mouse===&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Rotate:&#039;&#039; left click&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Zoom:&#039;&#039; scroll button or left click + shift&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Drag:&#039;&#039; right click + ctrl&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Measure distance:&#039;&#039; dbl click on 1st atom, dbl click on 2nd atom&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Measure angle:&#039;&#039; dbl click on 1st atom, click on 2nd atom, dbl click on 3rd atom&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Measure dihedral angle:&#039; dbl click on 1st atom, click on 2nd and 3rd atoms, dbl click on 4th atom&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Additional Resources===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A good place to start is the [[Proteopedia:Video_Guide#Video_7:_Adding_scenes_.28green_links.29|&#039;&#039;&#039;Video on Adding Scenes&#039;&#039;&#039;]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next you may want to look at the [[Proteopedia:DIY:Scenes|&#039;&#039;&#039;Instructions for creating a molecular scene with Proteopedia&#039;s Scene Authoring Tools&#039;&#039;&#039;]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Where are the &#039;&#039;Scene-authoring tools&#039;&#039;?==&lt;br /&gt;
A good place to start is the [[Proteopedia:Video_Guide#Video_7:_Adding_scenes_.28green_links.29|Video on Adding Scenes]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039; are accessible when you are editing a page.  Click the tab &#039;&#039;&#039;edit this page&#039;&#039;&#039; at the top of the page where you wish to create a molecular scene. On the edit page, near the top, you&#039;ll see a big box where all the wikitext of the page lives--here you can change the text of the page.  If you scroll down some, near the bottom, you&#039;ll find in bold letters &#039;&#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools [show]&#039;&#039;&#039;.  Click on &#039;&#039;&#039;show&#039;&#039;&#039; to expand and open the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
A short and rough, temporary video tutorial can be viewed here: http://www.weizmann.ac.il/ISPC/Proteopedia.html.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using the &#039;load scene&#039; tab to edit an existing scene==&lt;br /&gt;
The first input box asks for the page name (on which the scene you wish to load resides).  The default page name is the name of the page currently being entered.  Next, you proceed to choose the scene name using the drop-down selector (all scenes associated with the entered page name will be listed).  Once a scene is selected, all of its versions are available for selection using the drop-down version number menu.  When a version number is selected, that version of the scene is loaded onto the Jmol applet that is part of the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039; and the description that was given to the scene is also recalled.  At the same time, the wikitext that is needed for insertion of the scene into the page is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each distinct scene has 3 parameters to distinguish it from all other scenes: pagename, scenename, and versionnumber.  A scene&#039;s &amp;quot;pagename&amp;quot; is automatically determined by the name of the Proteopedia page on which the scene was initially created.  The scenename is given by the user.  The versionnumber is incremental: If no scene by the given name exists for the given page, then the first version will be version 1.  If there exist previous versions of the same scenename on the same pagename, then the newest saved version will not overwrite older versions of the scene, but will instead be automatically saved as the newest version (by incrementing the versionnumber by one).  A scene&#039;s full name is in this format: Pagename/Scenename/Versionnumber (ex: Hemoglobin/Cavity/14).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using the &#039;load molecule&#039; tab to &amp;quot;start fresh&amp;quot; to create a scene==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Load_molecule.png|thumb|The load molecule tab in action]]&lt;br /&gt;
The load molecule tab is used to load molecules into Jmol. Currently only one file can be loaded into Jmol at a time through this interface (but Jmol can handle several files at a time).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To load a file that has PDB code, input a PDB code into the first input area and click the load button.  The file will be fetched from the PDB database throgh [http://bip.weizmann.ac.il/oca-bin/ocamain OCA].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To load a file that is not part of the PDB, first upload the file to Proteopedia at [[Special:Upload]] (you can get there also by using the link called &#039;upload file&#039; on the left hand column-toolbar of Proteopedia).  Once a file has been uploaded, you can specify its name in the input area next to the words &amp;quot;From Proteopedia upladed file&amp;quot; and click load.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;currently loaded&amp;quot; text area displays the name of the currently loaded file in the Jmol applet of the &amp;quot;Scene authoring tools&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using the &#039;selections&#039; tab==&lt;br /&gt;
The selections tab is meant to be used to select particular groups of atoms so that you can later change that group&#039;s color, representations, or labels.  When you choose a representation, a color, or a label using the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039; other tabs, the change is almost always applied ONLY to the currently selected atoms.  That is why it is important to be aware of what atoms are selected at any given time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===selection halos===&lt;br /&gt;
To see which atoms are selected, turn &#039;selection halos&#039; on using the selection halos checkbox.  If you have something selected, you will see your selection highlighted by yellow halos.  These halos are NOT part of your scene and have no impact other than to indicate to you what atoms are currently selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===all or nothing and halos===&lt;br /&gt;
This box contains two buttons and a checkbox.  &#039;Select all&#039; selects all atoms.  &#039;Select none&#039; selects none.  &#039;Selection halos&#039; toggles whether selection halos are shown to highlight the current selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===add to or remove from selection===&lt;br /&gt;
This is the main tool for creating selections.  This box allows you to specify groups of atoms to either ADD to the current selection, or REMOVE from the current selection.  It is advised to either begin with ALL atoms selected and then use this box to REMOVE atoms to your selection to arrive at your desired selection, or alternatively to begin with NO atoms selected and then use this box to ADD atoms to your selection to arrive at your desired selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is advised that you use selection halos while creating a selection so that you may view the atoms that your selection comprises.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each input box allows you to specify certain parameters in order to best choose what to add or remove to/from your selection.  There is an imaginary &#039;AND&#039; (or intersection) connecting each input box (a Boolean AND), but an &#039;OR&#039; (or union) connecting the chosen elements within each input box.  What this means is that if you choose in the &#039;groups&#039; box the items &#039;all protein&#039; and &#039;dna&#039; and in the &#039;limit to elements&#039; box you type in &#039;C,O&#039; and click &amp;quot;add to selection&amp;quot;, then you will add to your selection all the carbon and oxygen atoms that are part of either the protein or the dna in your loaded file (it&#039;s like saying &amp;quot;(all protein OR dna) AND (carbon OR oxygen)&amp;quot; )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;groups&#039; box lists various pre-defined groups of atoms by name.  The &#039;limit to chains&#039; box allows you to choose specific chains by the names they are given in the loaded file (ex: A,C,D).  The &#039;limit to resi types&#039; allows specification of residues by their 3-letter codes (ex: PHE,ALA,GLY).  The &#039;limit to residue nos&#039; box allows specification of residues by their number (ex: 18,23-25,32).  The &#039;limit to elements&#039; box allows choosing specific elements or even specific isotopes (ex: Fe,2H,31P).  The &#039;limit to atom nos&#039; box allows specifying atoms by their number.  The &#039;sites&#039; box appears only if your file is a PDB file that has predefined sites that the authors defined when they submitted the file to the Protein Data Bank.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button &#039;add to selection&#039; checks the information that was specified by you in the boxes in the &#039;add to or remove from selection&#039; area and then adds what you specified into the current selection.  The &#039;remove from selection&#039; does the same, but rather than adding to the current selection, it removes from the current selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===select within distance===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may enter a value (in Angstroms) and press &#039;go&#039;.  Any atom within a distance from the current selection equal to or smaller than the the number of Angstroms you specifed will be added to the selection.  To clarify, an example: If you had a ligand selected, and then inputted 5 and hit &#039;go&#039;, then all atoms within 5 Angstroms of that ligand would be added to your selection.  Your selection would then be composed of the ligand as well as all atoms within 5 Angstroms of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===mouse click selects===&lt;br /&gt;
Choosing &#039;default&#039; sets it so that mouse clicks on the Jmol applet are set to their default setting in Jmol.  In the default setting, clicking does not select or deselect any atoms, but clicking to create measurements is enabled.  Choosing &#039;center&#039; makes it so that any click on an atom, centers both the view and the axis of rotation on the atom.  Choosing &#039;atom&#039; is perhaps the most useful setting for creating selections as each click on an atom either adds it to the selection, or if it is already part of the selection, removes it from the selection.  Choosing &#039;element&#039; makes it so that clicking on an atom will select all other atoms of the same element.  Choosing &#039;molecule&#039; makes it so that clicking on an atom selects all other atoms of the same molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using the options under the &#039;representations&#039; tab==&lt;br /&gt;
The first area is the &#039;all and halo toggle&#039; area.  This provides a button to select all atoms, and a checkbox to turn selection halos on or off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;set selection representation&#039; box provides a variety of choices for setting the representation of the current selection.  Multiple representations can be turned on for the same selection of atoms (for instance using both wireframe and spacefill can create a &#039;ball and stick&#039; scheme).  Click on the representations that you would like to turn on for your current selection and then press &#039;set representation&#039;.  Every representation that has been checked off (to the left of the representation&#039;s name) will be displayed.  Some representations have an input field to their direct right.  If they do, then you may enter values in order to change the form of the representation, usually its size.  If you leave the input field blank, the default will be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on &#039;hide selection&#039; turns off all representations for the selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using the tools under the &#039;colors&#039; tab==&lt;br /&gt;
The first area is the &#039;all and halo toggle&#039; area.  This provides a button to select all atoms, and a checkbox to turn selection halos on or off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;color&#039; area first lets you choose whether you would like to change the color of the current selection, or of the background.  The color palette is clickable and as soon as you click on a color, either your selection or the background (as was previously selected) will change to the clicked color.  Hover over a color to view its name.  There is a series of buttons below the color palette, each representing a specific color scheme.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CPK is the standard CPK coloring scheme.  Amino and amino2 color each amino acid as a different color.  Chain colors each chain different colors.  Spectrum colors  protein and nucleic acids from blue to red on a spectrum with the N or 5&#039; terminus as blue and the C or 3&#039; terminus as red.  Structure colors according to secondary structure.  Fixed and relative temperature color according to temperature and formal and partial charge according to charge.  DRuMS composition colors according to the DRuMS scheme (http://www.umass.edu/molvis/drums/).  Hydrophobic/polar colors hydrophobic amino acids grey and polar (charged or uncharged) residues pink.  Charge colors hydrophobic residues grey, polar-uncharged residues pink, cationic residues blue, anionic residues red, and backbone atoms purple whether charged or uncharged.  More information on Jmol colors is available at http://jmol.sourceforge.net/jscolors/.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;transparency&#039; area allows you to render your selection transparent.  Zero percent transparent will be opaque,  100 percent transparent will be invisible, and anywhere in between will be transparent to a degree.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using the tools under the &#039;labels&#039; tab==&lt;br /&gt;
The first area is the &#039;all or nothing and halo toggle&#039; area.  This provides a button to select all atoms, disselect all atoms (select none), and a checkbox to turn selection halos on or off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;mouse click selects&#039; area is similar to the &#039;mouse click selects&#039; area in the &#039;selections&#039; tab and allows changing between the &#039;default&#039; mouse picking style and the &#039;atom&#039; mouse picking style.  See the &#039;selections&#039; tab section above for an explanation about the different mouse picking styles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;label atoms&#039; area is used to label atoms.  First, an atom must be selected.  Next, you choose how the label should look by choosing between entering text, displaying the atom name, the element, the 3-letter residue code, the residue number, and the chain letter of the atom being labeled (you can combine all of these options however you want).  When you are ready to create the label, click on &#039;set label&#039;. Note that if you have a selection of atoms when you assign a label by clicking &#039;set label&#039;, then each atom in the selection will get a label.  &#039;Clear labels from selection&#039; will clear all the labels from the current selection.  To delete all labels, first &#039;select all&#039; and then &#039;clear labels from selection&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change the label properties, you can choose label color, label size, and an optional pointer from the label to the atom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following three areas are collapsed by default and may be expanded and collapsed by clicking the +/- near their names:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;label applet&#039; tab allows setting of a label that will be displayed in the bottom area of the applet.  Its color and size can be chosen.  Use &#039;set label&#039; to set the label after entering text.  Use &#039;clear label from applet&#039; to clear the label.  To have an applet label that takes up multiple lines, use the symbol | to create line breaks in your inputted text.  Label color and size can be changed after or before setting a label.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;measurements&#039; area allows control over the appearance of measurements.  Measurements can be created by a combination of double and single clicking on atoms while in the &#039;default&#039; mouse picking setting.  Measurements are explained in the &#039;how to&#039; tab of the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039;.  Here in the &#039;measurements&#039; area, you can control the color, size, and units of the measurements.  Changing the color or the size will affect all existing and future measurements but changing the units will only affect future measurements.  The labels on the measurements can also be turned off or on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;bonds&#039; area allows control over disulfide and hydrogen bonds.  You can turn disulfide and/or hydrogen bonds on or off for a particular selection and can choose the colors for the bonds. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using the &#039;save scene&#039; tab==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have created your scene, you can save it here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You must choose a name for your scene, and enter a description.  If you started by loading a scene, then by default, its name will appear as a suggested name for the scene you are about to save because Proteopedia assumes you might be editing a scene to save an updated version.  If you specify the name of a scene that already exists, then your scene will be saved as the newest version (i.e. if versions 1 through 5 for that scene already exist, then your scene will be saved as version 6).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After saving, wikitext for inserting your scene into the Proteopedia page will appear in the &#039;Wikitext&#039; area.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Choosing a non-standard scene transition===&lt;br /&gt;
If you select the checkbox entitled &#039;show scene transition options&#039;, you get two choices for non-standard transitions.  This means you can choose different transitions for how your scene will be recalled when the user clicks on the green scene link. Here&#039;s the breakdown of transition options:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# If you don&#039;t select any checkbox (i.e. do not select the checkbox next to &amp;quot;show advanced options&amp;quot;) then the most basic and standard transition will be used : when the scene is recalled, the molecule will zoom out to 100% zoom, rotate to the new scene&#039;s orientation, and then zoom to the new scene&#039;s correct zoom.&lt;br /&gt;
# If you select the checkbox next to &amp;quot;show advanced options&amp;quot; you then have two advanced options to choose from:	&lt;br /&gt;
## If you choose &amp;quot;yes&amp;quot; from the drop-down menu next to &amp;quot;skip the zoom-out when this scene loads&amp;quot; then the transition will be the same as the basic transition except the zoom-out to 100% zoom will be skipped : when the scene is recalled, the molecule will rotate to the new scene&#039;s orientation and zoom simultaneously.&lt;br /&gt;
## If instead you choose &amp;quot;yes&amp;quot; from the drop-down menu next to &amp;quot;skip the transition between scenes when this scene loads&amp;quot; then the new scene will just immediately load, without any transition from the previous scene.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Option 1 is the standard.  Option 2.1 is helpful when the view is not changing much and you don&#039;t want the scene to zoom out completely when transitioning between scenes.  Option 1 is helpful when zooming out completely is necessary to give the user proper spatial comprehension when transitioning between two scenes.  Option 2.2 is helpful when you really need to have no transition at all (although it should be rarely used except for extreme cases where you really need no transition).&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mary Ball</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=User:Mary_Ball/Scenes&amp;diff=1094175</id>
		<title>User:Mary Ball/Scenes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=User:Mary_Ball/Scenes&amp;diff=1094175"/>
		<updated>2010-06-10T12:00:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mary Ball: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Overview==&lt;br /&gt;
Scenes are &amp;quot;frozen&amp;quot; moments in Jmol that can be later accessed by the page-viewer by clicking on &amp;quot;green text&amp;quot;.  A scene stores viewpoint, representations, colors, labels, and generally everything that is necessary to recreate the way things looked when the scene was saved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039;&#039; are used for the creation and editing of molecular [[scenes]].  Scenes created using the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tool&#039;&#039; can then be inserted into [[Proteopedia]] pages.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic steps of using the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039; are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
#Either start fresh with the &#039;load molecule&#039; tab or load an existing scene using the &#039;load scene&#039; tab.&lt;br /&gt;
#Manipulate the scene view using the mouse. &lt;br /&gt;
#Change the scene appearance by choosing selections from your scene using the &#039;selections&#039; tab and setting the appearance of selections using the &#039;representations&#039;, &#039;colors&#039; and &#039;labels&#039; tabs.&lt;br /&gt;
#Save the scene using the &#039;save scene&#039; tab.&lt;br /&gt;
#Copy the automatically-generated wikitext and insert the scene into a Proteopedia page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Manipulating Jmol with your mouse===&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Rotate:&#039;&#039; left click&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Zoom:&#039;&#039; scroll button or left click + shift&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Drag:&#039;&#039; right click + ctrl&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Measure distance:&#039;&#039; dbl click on 1st atom, dbl click on 2nd atom&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Measure angle:&#039;&#039; dbl click on 1st atom, click on 2nd atom, dbl click on 3rd atom&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Measure dihedral angle:&#039; dbl click on 1st atom, click on 2nd and 3rd atoms, dbl click on 4th atom&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Additional Resources===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A good place to start is the [[Proteopedia:Video_Guide#Video_7:_Adding_scenes_.28green_links.29|&#039;&#039;&#039;Video on Adding Scenes&#039;&#039;&#039;]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next you may want to look at the [[Proteopedia:DIY:Scenes|&#039;&#039;&#039;Instructions for creating a molecular scene with Proteopedia&#039;s Scene Authoring Tools&#039;&#039;&#039;]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Where are the &#039;&#039;Scene-authoring tools&#039;&#039;?==&lt;br /&gt;
A good place to start is the [[Proteopedia:Video_Guide#Video_7:_Adding_scenes_.28green_links.29|Video on Adding Scenes]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039; are accessible when you are editing a page.  Click the tab &#039;&#039;&#039;edit this page&#039;&#039;&#039; at the top of the page where you wish to create a molecular scene. On the edit page, near the top, you&#039;ll see a big box where all the wikitext of the page lives--here you can change the text of the page.  If you scroll down some, near the bottom, you&#039;ll find in bold letters &#039;&#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools [show]&#039;&#039;&#039;.  Click on &#039;&#039;&#039;show&#039;&#039;&#039; to expand and open the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
A short and rough, temporary video tutorial can be viewed here: http://www.weizmann.ac.il/ISPC/Proteopedia.html.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using the &#039;load scene&#039; tab to edit an existing scene==&lt;br /&gt;
The first input box asks for the page name (on which the scene you wish to load resides).  The default page name is the name of the page currently being entered.  Next, you proceed to choose the scene name using the drop-down selector (all scenes associated with the entered page name will be listed).  Once a scene is selected, all of its versions are available for selection using the drop-down version number menu.  When a version number is selected, that version of the scene is loaded onto the Jmol applet that is part of the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039; and the description that was given to the scene is also recalled.  At the same time, the wikitext that is needed for insertion of the scene into the page is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each distinct scene has 3 parameters to distinguish it from all other scenes: pagename, scenename, and versionnumber.  A scene&#039;s &amp;quot;pagename&amp;quot; is automatically determined by the name of the Proteopedia page on which the scene was initially created.  The scenename is given by the user.  The versionnumber is incremental: If no scene by the given name exists for the given page, then the first version will be version 1.  If there exist previous versions of the same scenename on the same pagename, then the newest saved version will not overwrite older versions of the scene, but will instead be automatically saved as the newest version (by incrementing the versionnumber by one).  A scene&#039;s full name is in this format: Pagename/Scenename/Versionnumber (ex: Hemoglobin/Cavity/14).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using the &#039;load molecule&#039; tab to &amp;quot;start fresh&amp;quot; to create a scene==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Load_molecule.png|thumb|The load molecule tab in action]]&lt;br /&gt;
The load molecule tab is used to load molecules into Jmol. Currently only one file can be loaded into Jmol at a time through this interface (but Jmol can handle several files at a time).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To load a file that has PDB code, input a PDB code into the first input area and click the load button.  The file will be fetched from the PDB database throgh [http://bip.weizmann.ac.il/oca-bin/ocamain OCA].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To load a file that is not part of the PDB, first upload the file to Proteopedia at [[Special:Upload]] (you can get there also by using the link called &#039;upload file&#039; on the left hand column-toolbar of Proteopedia).  Once a file has been uploaded, you can specify its name in the input area next to the words &amp;quot;From Proteopedia upladed file&amp;quot; and click load.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;currently loaded&amp;quot; text area displays the name of the currently loaded file in the Jmol applet of the &amp;quot;Scene authoring tools&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using the &#039;selections&#039; tab==&lt;br /&gt;
The selections tab is meant to be used to select particular groups of atoms so that you can later change that group&#039;s color, representations, or labels.  When you choose a representation, a color, or a label using the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039; other tabs, the change is almost always applied ONLY to the currently selected atoms.  That is why it is important to be aware of what atoms are selected at any given time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===selection halos===&lt;br /&gt;
To see which atoms are selected, turn &#039;selection halos&#039; on using the selection halos checkbox.  If you have something selected, you will see your selection highlighted by yellow halos.  These halos are NOT part of your scene and have no impact other than to indicate to you what atoms are currently selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===all or nothing and halos===&lt;br /&gt;
This box contains two buttons and a checkbox.  &#039;Select all&#039; selects all atoms.  &#039;Select none&#039; selects none.  &#039;Selection halos&#039; toggles whether selection halos are shown to highlight the current selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===add to or remove from selection===&lt;br /&gt;
This is the main tool for creating selections.  This box allows you to specify groups of atoms to either ADD to the current selection, or REMOVE from the current selection.  It is advised to either begin with ALL atoms selected and then use this box to REMOVE atoms to your selection to arrive at your desired selection, or alternatively to begin with NO atoms selected and then use this box to ADD atoms to your selection to arrive at your desired selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is advised that you use selection halos while creating a selection so that you may view the atoms that your selection comprises.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each input box allows you to specify certain parameters in order to best choose what to add or remove to/from your selection.  There is an imaginary &#039;AND&#039; (or intersection) connecting each input box (a Boolean AND), but an &#039;OR&#039; (or union) connecting the chosen elements within each input box.  What this means is that if you choose in the &#039;groups&#039; box the items &#039;all protein&#039; and &#039;dna&#039; and in the &#039;limit to elements&#039; box you type in &#039;C,O&#039; and click &amp;quot;add to selection&amp;quot;, then you will add to your selection all the carbon and oxygen atoms that are part of either the protein or the dna in your loaded file (it&#039;s like saying &amp;quot;(all protein OR dna) AND (carbon OR oxygen)&amp;quot; )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;groups&#039; box lists various pre-defined groups of atoms by name.  The &#039;limit to chains&#039; box allows you to choose specific chains by the names they are given in the loaded file (ex: A,C,D).  The &#039;limit to resi types&#039; allows specification of residues by their 3-letter codes (ex: PHE,ALA,GLY).  The &#039;limit to residue nos&#039; box allows specification of residues by their number (ex: 18,23-25,32).  The &#039;limit to elements&#039; box allows choosing specific elements or even specific isotopes (ex: Fe,2H,31P).  The &#039;limit to atom nos&#039; box allows specifying atoms by their number.  The &#039;sites&#039; box appears only if your file is a PDB file that has predefined sites that the authors defined when they submitted the file to the Protein Data Bank.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button &#039;add to selection&#039; checks the information that was specified by you in the boxes in the &#039;add to or remove from selection&#039; area and then adds what you specified into the current selection.  The &#039;remove from selection&#039; does the same, but rather than adding to the current selection, it removes from the current selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===select within distance===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may enter a value (in Angstroms) and press &#039;go&#039;.  Any atom within a distance from the current selection equal to or smaller than the the number of Angstroms you specifed will be added to the selection.  To clarify, an example: If you had a ligand selected, and then inputted 5 and hit &#039;go&#039;, then all atoms within 5 Angstroms of that ligand would be added to your selection.  Your selection would then be composed of the ligand as well as all atoms within 5 Angstroms of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===mouse click selects===&lt;br /&gt;
Choosing &#039;default&#039; sets it so that mouse clicks on the Jmol applet are set to their default setting in Jmol.  In the default setting, clicking does not select or deselect any atoms, but clicking to create measurements is enabled.  Choosing &#039;center&#039; makes it so that any click on an atom, centers both the view and the axis of rotation on the atom.  Choosing &#039;atom&#039; is perhaps the most useful setting for creating selections as each click on an atom either adds it to the selection, or if it is already part of the selection, removes it from the selection.  Choosing &#039;element&#039; makes it so that clicking on an atom will select all other atoms of the same element.  Choosing &#039;molecule&#039; makes it so that clicking on an atom selects all other atoms of the same molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using the options under the &#039;representations&#039; tab==&lt;br /&gt;
The first area is the &#039;all and halo toggle&#039; area.  This provides a button to select all atoms, and a checkbox to turn selection halos on or off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;set selection representation&#039; box provides a variety of choices for setting the representation of the current selection.  Multiple representations can be turned on for the same selection of atoms (for instance using both wireframe and spacefill can create a &#039;ball and stick&#039; scheme).  Click on the representations that you would like to turn on for your current selection and then press &#039;set representation&#039;.  Every representation that has been checked off (to the left of the representation&#039;s name) will be displayed.  Some representations have an input field to their direct right.  If they do, then you may enter values in order to change the form of the representation, usually its size.  If you leave the input field blank, the default will be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on &#039;hide selection&#039; turns off all representations for the selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using the tools under the &#039;colors&#039; tab==&lt;br /&gt;
The first area is the &#039;all and halo toggle&#039; area.  This provides a button to select all atoms, and a checkbox to turn selection halos on or off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;color&#039; area first lets you choose whether you would like to change the color of the current selection, or of the background.  The color palette is clickable and as soon as you click on a color, either your selection or the background (as was previously selected) will change to the clicked color.  Hover over a color to view its name.  There is a series of buttons below the color palette, each representing a specific color scheme.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CPK is the standard CPK coloring scheme.  Amino and amino2 color each amino acid as a different color.  Chain colors each chain different colors.  Spectrum colors  protein and nucleic acids from blue to red on a spectrum with the N or 5&#039; terminus as blue and the C or 3&#039; terminus as red.  Structure colors according to secondary structure.  Fixed and relative temperature color according to temperature and formal and partial charge according to charge.  DRuMS composition colors according to the DRuMS scheme (http://www.umass.edu/molvis/drums/).  Hydrophobic/polar colors hydrophobic amino acids grey and polar (charged or uncharged) residues pink.  Charge colors hydrophobic residues grey, polar-uncharged residues pink, cationic residues blue, anionic residues red, and backbone atoms purple whether charged or uncharged.  More information on Jmol colors is available at http://jmol.sourceforge.net/jscolors/.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;transparency&#039; area allows you to render your selection transparent.  Zero percent transparent will be opaque,  100 percent transparent will be invisible, and anywhere in between will be transparent to a degree.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using the tools under the &#039;labels&#039; tab==&lt;br /&gt;
The first area is the &#039;all or nothing and halo toggle&#039; area.  This provides a button to select all atoms, disselect all atoms (select none), and a checkbox to turn selection halos on or off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;mouse click selects&#039; area is similar to the &#039;mouse click selects&#039; area in the &#039;selections&#039; tab and allows changing between the &#039;default&#039; mouse picking style and the &#039;atom&#039; mouse picking style.  See the &#039;selections&#039; tab section above for an explanation about the different mouse picking styles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;label atoms&#039; area is used to label atoms.  First, an atom must be selected.  Next, you choose how the label should look by choosing between entering text, displaying the atom name, the element, the 3-letter residue code, the residue number, and the chain letter of the atom being labeled (you can combine all of these options however you want).  When you are ready to create the label, click on &#039;set label&#039;. Note that if you have a selection of atoms when you assign a label by clicking &#039;set label&#039;, then each atom in the selection will get a label.  &#039;Clear labels from selection&#039; will clear all the labels from the current selection.  To delete all labels, first &#039;select all&#039; and then &#039;clear labels from selection&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change the label properties, you can choose label color, label size, and an optional pointer from the label to the atom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following three areas are collapsed by default and may be expanded and collapsed by clicking the +/- near their names:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;label applet&#039; tab allows setting of a label that will be displayed in the bottom area of the applet.  Its color and size can be chosen.  Use &#039;set label&#039; to set the label after entering text.  Use &#039;clear label from applet&#039; to clear the label.  To have an applet label that takes up multiple lines, use the symbol | to create line breaks in your inputted text.  Label color and size can be changed after or before setting a label.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;measurements&#039; area allows control over the appearance of measurements.  Measurements can be created by a combination of double and single clicking on atoms while in the &#039;default&#039; mouse picking setting.  Measurements are explained in the &#039;how to&#039; tab of the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039;.  Here in the &#039;measurements&#039; area, you can control the color, size, and units of the measurements.  Changing the color or the size will affect all existing and future measurements but changing the units will only affect future measurements.  The labels on the measurements can also be turned off or on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;bonds&#039; area allows control over disulfide and hydrogen bonds.  You can turn disulfide and/or hydrogen bonds on or off for a particular selection and can choose the colors for the bonds. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using the &#039;save scene&#039; tab==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have created your scene, you can save it here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You must choose a name for your scene, and enter a description.  If you started by loading a scene, then by default, its name will appear as a suggested name for the scene you are about to save because Proteopedia assumes you might be editing a scene to save an updated version.  If you specify the name of a scene that already exists, then your scene will be saved as the newest version (i.e. if versions 1 through 5 for that scene already exist, then your scene will be saved as version 6).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After saving, wikitext for inserting your scene into the Proteopedia page will appear in the &#039;Wikitext&#039; area.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;advanced options&#039; : choosing a non-standard scene transition===&lt;br /&gt;
If you select the checkbox entitled &#039;advanced options&#039;, you get two choices for non-standard transitions.  This means you can choose different transitions for how your scene will be recalled when the user clicks on the green scene link. Here&#039;s the breakdown of transition options:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# If you don&#039;t select any checkbox (i.e. do not select the checkbox next to &amp;quot;show advanced options&amp;quot;) then the most basic and standard transition will be used : when the scene is recalled, the molecule will zoom out to 100% zoom, rotate to the new scene&#039;s orientation, and then zoom to the new scene&#039;s correct zoom.&lt;br /&gt;
# If you select the checkbox next to &amp;quot;show advanced options&amp;quot; you then have two advanced options to choose from:	&lt;br /&gt;
## If you choose &amp;quot;yes&amp;quot; from the drop-down menu next to &amp;quot;skip the zoom-out when this scene loads&amp;quot; then the transition will be the same as the basic transition except the zoom-out to 100% zoom will be skipped : when the scene is recalled, the molecule will rotate to the new scene&#039;s orientation and zoom simultaneously.&lt;br /&gt;
## If instead you choose &amp;quot;yes&amp;quot; from the drop-down menu next to &amp;quot;skip the transition between scenes when this scene loads&amp;quot; then the new scene will just immediately load, without any transition from the previous scene.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Option 1 is the standard.  Option 2.1 is helpful when the view is not changing much and you don&#039;t want the scene to zoom out completely when transitioning between scenes.  Option 1 is helpful when zooming out completely is necessary to give the user proper spatial comprehension when transitioning between two scenes.  Option 2.2 is helpful when you really need to have no transition at all (although it should be rarely used except for extreme cases where you really need no transition).&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mary Ball</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=User:Mary_Ball/Scenes&amp;diff=1094173</id>
		<title>User:Mary Ball/Scenes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=User:Mary_Ball/Scenes&amp;diff=1094173"/>
		<updated>2010-06-10T11:53:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mary Ball: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Overview==&lt;br /&gt;
Scenes are &amp;quot;frozen&amp;quot; moments in Jmol that can be later accessed by the page-viewer by clicking on &amp;quot;green text&amp;quot;.  A scene stores viewpoint, representations, colors, labels, and generally everything that is necessary to recreate the way things looked when the scene was saved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039;&#039; are used for the creation and editing of molecular [[scenes]].  Scenes created using the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tool&#039;&#039; can then be inserted into [[Proteopedia]] pages.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic steps of using the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039; are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
#Either start fresh with the &#039;load molecule&#039; tab or load an existing scene using the &#039;load scene&#039; tab.&lt;br /&gt;
#Manipulate the scene view using the mouse. &lt;br /&gt;
#Change the scene appearance by choosing selections from your scene using the &#039;selections&#039; tab and setting the appearance of selections using the &#039;representations&#039;, &#039;colors&#039; and &#039;labels&#039; tabs.&lt;br /&gt;
#Save the scene using the &#039;save scene&#039; tab.&lt;br /&gt;
#Copy the automatically-generated wikitext and insert the scene into a Proteopedia page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Manipulating Jmol with your mouse===&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Rotate:&#039;&#039; left click&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Zoom:&#039;&#039; scroll button or left click + shift&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Drag:&#039;&#039; right click + ctrl&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Measure distance:&#039;&#039; dbl click on 1st atom, dbl click on 2nd atom&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Measure angle:&#039;&#039; dbl click on 1st atom, click on 2nd atom, dbl click on 3rd atom&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Measure dihedral angle:&#039; dbl click on 1st atom, click on 2nd and 3rd atoms, dbl click on 4th atom&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Additional Resources===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A good place to start is the [[Proteopedia:Video_Guide#Video_7:_Adding_scenes_.28green_links.29|&#039;&#039;&#039;Video on Adding Scenes&#039;&#039;&#039;]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next you may want to look at the [[Proteopedia:DIY:Scenes|&#039;&#039;&#039;Instructions for creating a molecular scene with Proteopedia&#039;s Scene Authoring Tools&#039;&#039;&#039;]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Where are the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
A good place to start is the [[Proteopedia:Video_Guide#Video_7:_Adding_scenes_.28green_links.29|Video on Adding Scenes]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039; are accessible when you are editing a page.  Click the tab &#039;&#039;&#039;edit this page&#039;&#039;&#039; at the top of the page where you wish to create a molecular scene. On the edit page, near the top, you&#039;ll see a big box where all the wikitext of the page lives--here you can change the text of the page.  If you scroll down some, near the bottom, you&#039;ll find in bold letters &#039;&#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools [show]&#039;&#039;&#039;.  Click on &#039;&#039;&#039;show&#039;&#039;&#039; to expand and open the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
A short and rough, temporary video tutorial can be viewed here: http://www.weizmann.ac.il/ISPC/Proteopedia.html.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;load scene&#039; tab==&lt;br /&gt;
The first input box asks for the page name (on which the scene you wish to load resides).  The default page name is the name of the page currently being entered.  Next, you proceed to choose the scene name using the drop-down selector (all scenes associated with the entered page name will be listed).  Once a scene is selected, all of its versions are available for selection using the drop-down version number menu.  When a version number is selected, that version of the scene is loaded onto the Jmol applet that is part of the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039; and the description that was given to the scene is also recalled.  At the same time, the wikitext that is needed for insertion of the scene into the page is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each distinct scene has 3 parameters to distinguish it from all other scenes: pagename, scenename, and versionnumber.  A scene&#039;s &amp;quot;pagename&amp;quot; is automatically determined by the name of the Proteopedia page on which the scene was initially created.  The scenename is given by the user.  The versionnumber is incremental: If no scene by the given name exists for the given page, then the first version will be version 1.  If there exist previous versions of the same scenename on the same pagename, then the newest saved version will not overwrite older versions of the scene, but will instead be automatically saved as the newest version (by incrementing the versionnumber by one).  A scene&#039;s full name is in this format: Pagename/Scenename/Versionnumber (ex: Hemoglobin/Cavity/14).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;load molecule&#039; tab==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Load_molecule.png|thumb|The load molecule tab in action]]&lt;br /&gt;
The load molecule tab is used to load molecules into Jmol. Currently only one file can be loaded into Jmol at a time through this interface (but Jmol can handle several files at a time).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To load a file that has PDB code, input a PDB code into the first input area and click the load button.  The file will be fetched from the PDB database throgh [http://bip.weizmann.ac.il/oca-bin/ocamain OCA].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To load a file that is not part of the PDB, first upload the file to Proteopedia at [[Special:Upload]] (you can get there also by using the link called &#039;upload file&#039; on the left hand column-toolbar of Proteopedia).  Once a file has been uploaded, you can specify its name in the input area next to the words &amp;quot;From Proteopedia upladed file&amp;quot; and click load.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;currently loaded&amp;quot; text area displays the name of the currently loaded file in the Jmol applet of the &amp;quot;Scene authoring tools&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;selections&#039; tab==&lt;br /&gt;
The selections tab is meant to be used to select particular groups of atoms so that you can later change that group&#039;s color, representations, or labels.  When you choose a representation, a color, or a label using the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039; other tabs, the change is almost always applied ONLY to the currently selected atoms.  That is why it is important to be aware of what atoms are selected at any given time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===selection halos===&lt;br /&gt;
To see which atoms are selected, turn &#039;selection halos&#039; on using the selection halos checkbox.  If you have something selected, you will see your selection highlighted by yellow halos.  These halos are NOT part of your scene and have no impact other than to indicate to you what atoms are currently selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===all or nothing and halos===&lt;br /&gt;
This box contains two buttons and a checkbox.  &#039;Select all&#039; selects all atoms.  &#039;Select none&#039; selects none.  &#039;Selection halos&#039; toggles whether selection halos are shown to highlight the current selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===add to or remove from selection===&lt;br /&gt;
This is the main tool for creating selections.  This box allows you to specify groups of atoms to either ADD to the current selection, or REMOVE from the current selection.  It is advised to either begin with ALL atoms selected and then use this box to REMOVE atoms to your selection to arrive at your desired selection, or alternatively to begin with NO atoms selected and then use this box to ADD atoms to your selection to arrive at your desired selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is advised that you use selection halos while creating a selection so that you may view the atoms that your selection comprises.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each input box allows you to specify certain parameters in order to best choose what to add or remove to/from your selection.  There is an imaginary &#039;AND&#039; (or intersection) connecting each input box (a Boolean AND), but an &#039;OR&#039; (or union) connecting the chosen elements within each input box.  What this means is that if you choose in the &#039;groups&#039; box the items &#039;all protein&#039; and &#039;dna&#039; and in the &#039;limit to elements&#039; box you type in &#039;C,O&#039; and click &amp;quot;add to selection&amp;quot;, then you will add to your selection all the carbon and oxygen atoms that are part of either the protein or the dna in your loaded file (it&#039;s like saying &amp;quot;(all protein OR dna) AND (carbon OR oxygen)&amp;quot; )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;groups&#039; box lists various pre-defined groups of atoms by name.  The &#039;limit to chains&#039; box allows you to choose specific chains by the names they are given in the loaded file (ex: A,C,D).  The &#039;limit to resi types&#039; allows specification of residues by their 3-letter codes (ex: PHE,ALA,GLY).  The &#039;limit to residue nos&#039; box allows specification of residues by their number (ex: 18,23-25,32).  The &#039;limit to elements&#039; box allows choosing specific elements or even specific isotopes (ex: Fe,2H,31P).  The &#039;limit to atom nos&#039; box allows specifying atoms by their number.  The &#039;sites&#039; box appears only if your file is a PDB file that has predefined sites that the authors defined when they submitted the file to the Protein Data Bank.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button &#039;add to selection&#039; checks the information that was specified by you in the boxes in the &#039;add to or remove from selection&#039; area and then adds what you specified into the current selection.  The &#039;remove from selection&#039; does the same, but rather than adding to the current selection, it removes from the current selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===select within distance===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may enter a value (in Angstroms) and press &#039;go&#039;.  Any atom within a distance from the current selection equal to or smaller than the the number of Angstroms you specifed will be added to the selection.  To clarify, an example: If you had a ligand selected, and then inputted 5 and hit &#039;go&#039;, then all atoms within 5 Angstroms of that ligand would be added to your selection.  Your selection would then be composed of the ligand as well as all atoms within 5 Angstroms of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===mouse click selects===&lt;br /&gt;
Choosing &#039;default&#039; sets it so that mouse clicks on the Jmol applet are set to their default setting in Jmol.  In the default setting, clicking does not select or deselect any atoms, but clicking to create measurements is enabled.  Choosing &#039;center&#039; makes it so that any click on an atom, centers both the view and the axis of rotation on the atom.  Choosing &#039;atom&#039; is perhaps the most useful setting for creating selections as each click on an atom either adds it to the selection, or if it is already part of the selection, removes it from the selection.  Choosing &#039;element&#039; makes it so that clicking on an atom will select all other atoms of the same element.  Choosing &#039;molecule&#039; makes it so that clicking on an atom selects all other atoms of the same molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;representations&#039; tab==&lt;br /&gt;
The first area is the &#039;all and halo toggle&#039; area.  This provides a button to select all atoms, and a checkbox to turn selection halos on or off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;set selection representation&#039; box provides a variety of choices for setting the representation of the current selection.  Multiple representations can be turned on for the same selection of atoms (for instance using both wireframe and spacefill can create a &#039;ball and stick&#039; scheme).  Click on the representations that you would like to turn on for your current selection and then press &#039;set representation&#039;.  Every representation that has been checked off (to the left of the representation&#039;s name) will be displayed.  Some representations have an input field to their direct right.  If they do, then you may enter values in order to change the form of the representation, usually its size.  If you leave the input field blank, the default will be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on &#039;hide selection&#039; turns off all representations for the selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;colors&#039; tab==&lt;br /&gt;
The first area is the &#039;all and halo toggle&#039; area.  This provides a button to select all atoms, and a checkbox to turn selection halos on or off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;color&#039; area first lets you choose whether you would like to change the color of the current selection, or of the background.  The color palette is clickable and as soon as you click on a color, either your selection or the background (as was previously selected) will change to the clicked color.  Hover over a color to view its name.  There is a series of buttons below the color palette, each representing a specific color scheme.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CPK is the standard CPK coloring scheme.  Amino and amino2 color each amino acid as a different color.  Chain colors each chain different colors.  Spectrum colors  protein and nucleic acids from blue to red on a spectrum with the N or 5&#039; terminus as blue and the C or 3&#039; terminus as red.  Structure colors according to secondary structure.  Fixed and relative temperature color according to temperature and formal and partial charge according to charge.  DRuMS composition colors according to the DRuMS scheme (http://www.umass.edu/molvis/drums/).  Hydrophobic/polar colors hydrophobic amino acids grey and polar (charged or uncharged) residues pink.  Charge colors hydrophobic residues grey, polar-uncharged residues pink, cationic residues blue, anionic residues red, and backbone atoms purple whether charged or uncharged.  More information on Jmol colors is available at http://jmol.sourceforge.net/jscolors/.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;transparency&#039; area allows you to render your selection transparent.  Zero percent transparent will be opaque,  100 percent transparent will be invisible, and anywhere in between will be transparent to a degree.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;labels&#039; tab==&lt;br /&gt;
The first area is the &#039;all or nothing and halo toggle&#039; area.  This provides a button to select all atoms, disselect all atoms (select none), and a checkbox to turn selection halos on or off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;mouse click selects&#039; area is similar to the &#039;mouse click selects&#039; area in the &#039;selections&#039; tab and allows changing between the &#039;default&#039; mouse picking style and the &#039;atom&#039; mouse picking style.  See the &#039;selections&#039; tab section above for an explanation about the different mouse picking styles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;label atoms&#039; area is used to label atoms.  First, an atom must be selected.  Next, you choose how the label should look by choosing between entering text, displaying the atom name, the element, the 3-letter residue code, the residue number, and the chain letter of the atom being labeled (you can combine all of these options however you want).  When you are ready to create the label, click on &#039;set label&#039;. Note that if you have a selection of atoms when you assign a label by clicking &#039;set label&#039;, then each atom in the selection will get a label.  &#039;Clear labels from selection&#039; will clear all the labels from the current selection.  To delete all labels, first &#039;select all&#039; and then &#039;clear labels from selection&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change the label properties, you can choose label color, label size, and an optional pointer from the label to the atom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following three areas are collapsed by default and may be expanded and collapsed by clicking the +/- near their names:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;label applet&#039; tab allows setting of a label that will be displayed in the bottom area of the applet.  Its color and size can be chosen.  Use &#039;set label&#039; to set the label after entering text.  Use &#039;clear label from applet&#039; to clear the label.  To have an applet label that takes up multiple lines, use the symbol | to create line breaks in your inputted text.  Label color and size can be changed after or before setting a label.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;measurements&#039; area allows control over the appearance of measurements.  Measurements can be created by a combination of double and single clicking on atoms while in the &#039;default&#039; mouse picking setting.  Measurements are explained in the &#039;how to&#039; tab of the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039;.  Here in the &#039;measurements&#039; area, you can control the color, size, and units of the measurements.  Changing the color or the size will affect all existing and future measurements but changing the units will only affect future measurements.  The labels on the measurements can also be turned off or on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;bonds&#039; area allows control over disulfide and hydrogen bonds.  You can turn disulfide and/or hydrogen bonds on or off for a particular selection and can choose the colors for the bonds. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;save scene&#039; tab==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have created your scene, you can save it here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You must choose a name for your scene, and enter a description.  If you started by loading a scene, then by default, its name will appear as a suggested name for the scene you are about to save because Proteopedia assumes you might be editing a scene to save an updated version.  If you specify the name of a scene that already exists, then your scene will be saved as the newest version (i.e. if versions 1 through 5 for that scene already exist, then your scene will be saved as version 6).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After saving, wikitext for inserting your scene into the Proteopedia page will appear in the &#039;Wikitext&#039; area.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;advanced options&#039; : choosing a non-standard scene transition===&lt;br /&gt;
If you select the checkbox entitled &#039;advanced options&#039;, you get two choices for non-standard transitions.  This means you can choose different transitions for how your scene will be recalled when the user clicks on the green scene link. Here&#039;s the breakdown of transition options:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# If you don&#039;t select any checkbox (i.e. do not select the checkbox next to &amp;quot;show advanced options&amp;quot;) then the most basic and standard transition will be used : when the scene is recalled, the molecule will zoom out to 100% zoom, rotate to the new scene&#039;s orientation, and then zoom to the new scene&#039;s correct zoom.&lt;br /&gt;
# If you select the checkbox next to &amp;quot;show advanced options&amp;quot; you then have two advanced options to choose from:	&lt;br /&gt;
## If you choose &amp;quot;yes&amp;quot; from the drop-down menu next to &amp;quot;skip the zoom-out when this scene loads&amp;quot; then the transition will be the same as the basic transition except the zoom-out to 100% zoom will be skipped : when the scene is recalled, the molecule will rotate to the new scene&#039;s orientation and zoom simultaneously.&lt;br /&gt;
## If instead you choose &amp;quot;yes&amp;quot; from the drop-down menu next to &amp;quot;skip the transition between scenes when this scene loads&amp;quot; then the new scene will just immediately load, without any transition from the previous scene.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Option 1 is the standard.  Option 2.1 is helpful when the view is not changing much and you don&#039;t want the scene to zoom out completely when transitioning between scenes.  Option 1 is helpful when zooming out completely is necessary to give the user proper spatial comprehension when transitioning between two scenes.  Option 2.2 is helpful when you really need to have no transition at all (although it should be rarely used except for extreme cases where you really need no transition).&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mary Ball</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=User:Mary_Ball/Scenes&amp;diff=1094172</id>
		<title>User:Mary Ball/Scenes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=User:Mary_Ball/Scenes&amp;diff=1094172"/>
		<updated>2010-06-10T11:52:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mary Ball: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Overview==&lt;br /&gt;
Scenes are &amp;quot;frozen&amp;quot; moments in Jmol that can be later accessed by the page-viewer by clicking on &amp;quot;green text&amp;quot;.  A scene stores viewpoint, representations, colors, labels, and generally everything that is necessary to recreate the way things looked when the scene was saved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039;&#039; are used for the creation and editing of molecular [[scenes]].  Scenes created using the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tool&#039;&#039; can then be inserted into [[Proteopedia]] pages.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic steps of using the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039; are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
#Either start fresh with the &#039;load molecule&#039; tab or load an existing scene using the &#039;load scene&#039; tab.&lt;br /&gt;
#Manipulate the scene view using the mouse. &lt;br /&gt;
#Change the scene appearance by choosing selections from your scene using the &#039;selections&#039; tab and setting the appearance of selections using the &#039;representations&#039;, &#039;colors&#039; and &#039;labels&#039; tabs.&lt;br /&gt;
#Save the scene using the &#039;save scene&#039; tab.&lt;br /&gt;
#Copy the automatically-generated wikitext and insert the scene into a Proteopedia page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Manipulating Jmol with your mouse==&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Rotate:&#039;&#039; left click&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Zoom:&#039;&#039; scroll button or left click + shift&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Drag:&#039;&#039; right click + ctrl&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Measure distance:&#039;&#039; dbl click on 1st atom, dbl click on 2nd atom&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Measure angle:&#039;&#039; dbl click on 1st atom, click on 2nd atom, dbl click on 3rd atom&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Measure dihedral angle:&#039; dbl click on 1st atom, click on 2nd and 3rd atoms, dbl click on 4th atom&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Additional Resources===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A good place to start is the [[Proteopedia:Video_Guide#Video_7:_Adding_scenes_.28green_links.29|&#039;&#039;&#039;Video on Adding Scenes&#039;&#039;&#039;]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next you may want to look at the [[Proteopedia:DIY:Scenes|&#039;&#039;&#039;Instructions for creating a molecular scene with Proteopedia&#039;s Scene Authoring Tools&#039;&#039;&#039;]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Where are the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
A good place to start is the [[Proteopedia:Video_Guide#Video_7:_Adding_scenes_.28green_links.29|Video on Adding Scenes]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039; are accessible when you are editing a page.  Click the tab &#039;&#039;&#039;edit this page&#039;&#039;&#039; at the top of the page where you wish to create a molecular scene. On the edit page, near the top, you&#039;ll see a big box where all the wikitext of the page lives--here you can change the text of the page.  If you scroll down some, near the bottom, you&#039;ll find in bold letters &#039;&#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools [show]&#039;&#039;&#039;.  Click on &#039;&#039;&#039;show&#039;&#039;&#039; to expand and open the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
A short and rough, temporary video tutorial can be viewed here: http://www.weizmann.ac.il/ISPC/Proteopedia.html.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;load scene&#039; tab==&lt;br /&gt;
The first input box asks for the page name (on which the scene you wish to load resides).  The default page name is the name of the page currently being entered.  Next, you proceed to choose the scene name using the drop-down selector (all scenes associated with the entered page name will be listed).  Once a scene is selected, all of its versions are available for selection using the drop-down version number menu.  When a version number is selected, that version of the scene is loaded onto the Jmol applet that is part of the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039; and the description that was given to the scene is also recalled.  At the same time, the wikitext that is needed for insertion of the scene into the page is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each distinct scene has 3 parameters to distinguish it from all other scenes: pagename, scenename, and versionnumber.  A scene&#039;s &amp;quot;pagename&amp;quot; is automatically determined by the name of the Proteopedia page on which the scene was initially created.  The scenename is given by the user.  The versionnumber is incremental: If no scene by the given name exists for the given page, then the first version will be version 1.  If there exist previous versions of the same scenename on the same pagename, then the newest saved version will not overwrite older versions of the scene, but will instead be automatically saved as the newest version (by incrementing the versionnumber by one).  A scene&#039;s full name is in this format: Pagename/Scenename/Versionnumber (ex: Hemoglobin/Cavity/14).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;load molecule&#039; tab==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Load_molecule.png|thumb|The load molecule tab in action]]&lt;br /&gt;
The load molecule tab is used to load molecules into Jmol. Currently only one file can be loaded into Jmol at a time through this interface (but Jmol can handle several files at a time).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To load a file that has PDB code, input a PDB code into the first input area and click the load button.  The file will be fetched from the PDB database throgh [http://bip.weizmann.ac.il/oca-bin/ocamain OCA].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To load a file that is not part of the PDB, first upload the file to Proteopedia at [[Special:Upload]] (you can get there also by using the link called &#039;upload file&#039; on the left hand column-toolbar of Proteopedia).  Once a file has been uploaded, you can specify its name in the input area next to the words &amp;quot;From Proteopedia upladed file&amp;quot; and click load.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;currently loaded&amp;quot; text area displays the name of the currently loaded file in the Jmol applet of the &amp;quot;Scene authoring tools&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;selections&#039; tab==&lt;br /&gt;
The selections tab is meant to be used to select particular groups of atoms so that you can later change that group&#039;s color, representations, or labels.  When you choose a representation, a color, or a label using the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039; other tabs, the change is almost always applied ONLY to the currently selected atoms.  That is why it is important to be aware of what atoms are selected at any given time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===selection halos===&lt;br /&gt;
To see which atoms are selected, turn &#039;selection halos&#039; on using the selection halos checkbox.  If you have something selected, you will see your selection highlighted by yellow halos.  These halos are NOT part of your scene and have no impact other than to indicate to you what atoms are currently selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===all or nothing and halos===&lt;br /&gt;
This box contains two buttons and a checkbox.  &#039;Select all&#039; selects all atoms.  &#039;Select none&#039; selects none.  &#039;Selection halos&#039; toggles whether selection halos are shown to highlight the current selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===add to or remove from selection===&lt;br /&gt;
This is the main tool for creating selections.  This box allows you to specify groups of atoms to either ADD to the current selection, or REMOVE from the current selection.  It is advised to either begin with ALL atoms selected and then use this box to REMOVE atoms to your selection to arrive at your desired selection, or alternatively to begin with NO atoms selected and then use this box to ADD atoms to your selection to arrive at your desired selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is advised that you use selection halos while creating a selection so that you may view the atoms that your selection comprises.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each input box allows you to specify certain parameters in order to best choose what to add or remove to/from your selection.  There is an imaginary &#039;AND&#039; (or intersection) connecting each input box (a Boolean AND), but an &#039;OR&#039; (or union) connecting the chosen elements within each input box.  What this means is that if you choose in the &#039;groups&#039; box the items &#039;all protein&#039; and &#039;dna&#039; and in the &#039;limit to elements&#039; box you type in &#039;C,O&#039; and click &amp;quot;add to selection&amp;quot;, then you will add to your selection all the carbon and oxygen atoms that are part of either the protein or the dna in your loaded file (it&#039;s like saying &amp;quot;(all protein OR dna) AND (carbon OR oxygen)&amp;quot; )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;groups&#039; box lists various pre-defined groups of atoms by name.  The &#039;limit to chains&#039; box allows you to choose specific chains by the names they are given in the loaded file (ex: A,C,D).  The &#039;limit to resi types&#039; allows specification of residues by their 3-letter codes (ex: PHE,ALA,GLY).  The &#039;limit to residue nos&#039; box allows specification of residues by their number (ex: 18,23-25,32).  The &#039;limit to elements&#039; box allows choosing specific elements or even specific isotopes (ex: Fe,2H,31P).  The &#039;limit to atom nos&#039; box allows specifying atoms by their number.  The &#039;sites&#039; box appears only if your file is a PDB file that has predefined sites that the authors defined when they submitted the file to the Protein Data Bank.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button &#039;add to selection&#039; checks the information that was specified by you in the boxes in the &#039;add to or remove from selection&#039; area and then adds what you specified into the current selection.  The &#039;remove from selection&#039; does the same, but rather than adding to the current selection, it removes from the current selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===select within distance===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may enter a value (in Angstroms) and press &#039;go&#039;.  Any atom within a distance from the current selection equal to or smaller than the the number of Angstroms you specifed will be added to the selection.  To clarify, an example: If you had a ligand selected, and then inputted 5 and hit &#039;go&#039;, then all atoms within 5 Angstroms of that ligand would be added to your selection.  Your selection would then be composed of the ligand as well as all atoms within 5 Angstroms of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===mouse click selects===&lt;br /&gt;
Choosing &#039;default&#039; sets it so that mouse clicks on the Jmol applet are set to their default setting in Jmol.  In the default setting, clicking does not select or deselect any atoms, but clicking to create measurements is enabled.  Choosing &#039;center&#039; makes it so that any click on an atom, centers both the view and the axis of rotation on the atom.  Choosing &#039;atom&#039; is perhaps the most useful setting for creating selections as each click on an atom either adds it to the selection, or if it is already part of the selection, removes it from the selection.  Choosing &#039;element&#039; makes it so that clicking on an atom will select all other atoms of the same element.  Choosing &#039;molecule&#039; makes it so that clicking on an atom selects all other atoms of the same molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;representations&#039; tab==&lt;br /&gt;
The first area is the &#039;all and halo toggle&#039; area.  This provides a button to select all atoms, and a checkbox to turn selection halos on or off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;set selection representation&#039; box provides a variety of choices for setting the representation of the current selection.  Multiple representations can be turned on for the same selection of atoms (for instance using both wireframe and spacefill can create a &#039;ball and stick&#039; scheme).  Click on the representations that you would like to turn on for your current selection and then press &#039;set representation&#039;.  Every representation that has been checked off (to the left of the representation&#039;s name) will be displayed.  Some representations have an input field to their direct right.  If they do, then you may enter values in order to change the form of the representation, usually its size.  If you leave the input field blank, the default will be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on &#039;hide selection&#039; turns off all representations for the selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;colors&#039; tab==&lt;br /&gt;
The first area is the &#039;all and halo toggle&#039; area.  This provides a button to select all atoms, and a checkbox to turn selection halos on or off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;color&#039; area first lets you choose whether you would like to change the color of the current selection, or of the background.  The color palette is clickable and as soon as you click on a color, either your selection or the background (as was previously selected) will change to the clicked color.  Hover over a color to view its name.  There is a series of buttons below the color palette, each representing a specific color scheme.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CPK is the standard CPK coloring scheme.  Amino and amino2 color each amino acid as a different color.  Chain colors each chain different colors.  Spectrum colors  protein and nucleic acids from blue to red on a spectrum with the N or 5&#039; terminus as blue and the C or 3&#039; terminus as red.  Structure colors according to secondary structure.  Fixed and relative temperature color according to temperature and formal and partial charge according to charge.  DRuMS composition colors according to the DRuMS scheme (http://www.umass.edu/molvis/drums/).  Hydrophobic/polar colors hydrophobic amino acids grey and polar (charged or uncharged) residues pink.  Charge colors hydrophobic residues grey, polar-uncharged residues pink, cationic residues blue, anionic residues red, and backbone atoms purple whether charged or uncharged.  More information on Jmol colors is available at http://jmol.sourceforge.net/jscolors/.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;transparency&#039; area allows you to render your selection transparent.  Zero percent transparent will be opaque,  100 percent transparent will be invisible, and anywhere in between will be transparent to a degree.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;labels&#039; tab==&lt;br /&gt;
The first area is the &#039;all or nothing and halo toggle&#039; area.  This provides a button to select all atoms, disselect all atoms (select none), and a checkbox to turn selection halos on or off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;mouse click selects&#039; area is similar to the &#039;mouse click selects&#039; area in the &#039;selections&#039; tab and allows changing between the &#039;default&#039; mouse picking style and the &#039;atom&#039; mouse picking style.  See the &#039;selections&#039; tab section above for an explanation about the different mouse picking styles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;label atoms&#039; area is used to label atoms.  First, an atom must be selected.  Next, you choose how the label should look by choosing between entering text, displaying the atom name, the element, the 3-letter residue code, the residue number, and the chain letter of the atom being labeled (you can combine all of these options however you want).  When you are ready to create the label, click on &#039;set label&#039;. Note that if you have a selection of atoms when you assign a label by clicking &#039;set label&#039;, then each atom in the selection will get a label.  &#039;Clear labels from selection&#039; will clear all the labels from the current selection.  To delete all labels, first &#039;select all&#039; and then &#039;clear labels from selection&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change the label properties, you can choose label color, label size, and an optional pointer from the label to the atom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following three areas are collapsed by default and may be expanded and collapsed by clicking the +/- near their names:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;label applet&#039; tab allows setting of a label that will be displayed in the bottom area of the applet.  Its color and size can be chosen.  Use &#039;set label&#039; to set the label after entering text.  Use &#039;clear label from applet&#039; to clear the label.  To have an applet label that takes up multiple lines, use the symbol | to create line breaks in your inputted text.  Label color and size can be changed after or before setting a label.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;measurements&#039; area allows control over the appearance of measurements.  Measurements can be created by a combination of double and single clicking on atoms while in the &#039;default&#039; mouse picking setting.  Measurements are explained in the &#039;how to&#039; tab of the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039;.  Here in the &#039;measurements&#039; area, you can control the color, size, and units of the measurements.  Changing the color or the size will affect all existing and future measurements but changing the units will only affect future measurements.  The labels on the measurements can also be turned off or on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;bonds&#039; area allows control over disulfide and hydrogen bonds.  You can turn disulfide and/or hydrogen bonds on or off for a particular selection and can choose the colors for the bonds. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;save scene&#039; tab==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have created your scene, you can save it here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You must choose a name for your scene, and enter a description.  If you started by loading a scene, then by default, its name will appear as a suggested name for the scene you are about to save because Proteopedia assumes you might be editing a scene to save an updated version.  If you specify the name of a scene that already exists, then your scene will be saved as the newest version (i.e. if versions 1 through 5 for that scene already exist, then your scene will be saved as version 6).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After saving, wikitext for inserting your scene into the Proteopedia page will appear in the &#039;Wikitext&#039; area.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;advanced options&#039; : choosing a non-standard scene transition===&lt;br /&gt;
If you select the checkbox entitled &#039;advanced options&#039;, you get two choices for non-standard transitions.  This means you can choose different transitions for how your scene will be recalled when the user clicks on the green scene link. Here&#039;s the breakdown of transition options:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# If you don&#039;t select any checkbox (i.e. do not select the checkbox next to &amp;quot;show advanced options&amp;quot;) then the most basic and standard transition will be used : when the scene is recalled, the molecule will zoom out to 100% zoom, rotate to the new scene&#039;s orientation, and then zoom to the new scene&#039;s correct zoom.&lt;br /&gt;
# If you select the checkbox next to &amp;quot;show advanced options&amp;quot; you then have two advanced options to choose from:	&lt;br /&gt;
## If you choose &amp;quot;yes&amp;quot; from the drop-down menu next to &amp;quot;skip the zoom-out when this scene loads&amp;quot; then the transition will be the same as the basic transition except the zoom-out to 100% zoom will be skipped : when the scene is recalled, the molecule will rotate to the new scene&#039;s orientation and zoom simultaneously.&lt;br /&gt;
## If instead you choose &amp;quot;yes&amp;quot; from the drop-down menu next to &amp;quot;skip the transition between scenes when this scene loads&amp;quot; then the new scene will just immediately load, without any transition from the previous scene.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Option 1 is the standard.  Option 2.1 is helpful when the view is not changing much and you don&#039;t want the scene to zoom out completely when transitioning between scenes.  Option 1 is helpful when zooming out completely is necessary to give the user proper spatial comprehension when transitioning between two scenes.  Option 2.2 is helpful when you really need to have no transition at all (although it should be rarely used except for extreme cases where you really need no transition).&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mary Ball</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=User:Mary_Ball/Scenes&amp;diff=1094170</id>
		<title>User:Mary Ball/Scenes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=User:Mary_Ball/Scenes&amp;diff=1094170"/>
		<updated>2010-06-10T11:48:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mary Ball: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Overview==&lt;br /&gt;
Scenes are &amp;quot;frozen&amp;quot; moments in Jmol that can be later accessed by the page-viewer by clicking on &amp;quot;green text&amp;quot;.  A scene stores viewpoint, representations, colors, labels, and generally everything that is necessary to recreate the way things looked when the scene was saved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039;&#039; are used for the creation and editing of molecular [[scenes]].  Scenes created using the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tool&#039;&#039; can then be inserted into [[Proteopedia]] pages.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic steps of using the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039; are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
#Either start fresh with the &#039;load molecule&#039; tab or load an existing scene using the &#039;load scene&#039; tab.&lt;br /&gt;
#Manipulate the scene view using the mouse. &lt;br /&gt;
#Change the scene appearance by choosing selections from your scene using the &#039;selections&#039; tab and setting the appearance of selections using the &#039;representations&#039;, &#039;colors&#039; and &#039;labels&#039; tabs.&lt;br /&gt;
#Save the scene using the &#039;save scene&#039; tab.&lt;br /&gt;
#Copy the automatically-generated wikitext and insert the scene into a Proteopedia page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Additional Resources===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A good place to start is the [[Proteopedia:Video_Guide#Video_7:_Adding_scenes_.28green_links.29|&#039;&#039;&#039;Video on Adding Scenes&#039;&#039;&#039;]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next you may want to look at the [[Proteopedia:DIY:Scenes|&#039;&#039;&#039;Instructions for creating a molecular scene with Proteopedia&#039;s Scene Authoring Tools&#039;&#039;&#039;]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Where are the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
A good place to start is the [[Proteopedia:Video_Guide#Video_7:_Adding_scenes_.28green_links.29|Video on Adding Scenes]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039; are accessible when you are editing a page.  Click the tab &#039;&#039;&#039;edit this page&#039;&#039;&#039; at the top of the page where you wish to create a molecular scene. On the edit page, near the top, you&#039;ll see a big box where all the wikitext of the page lives--here you can change the text of the page.  If you scroll down some, near the bottom, you&#039;ll find in bold letters &#039;&#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools [show]&#039;&#039;&#039;.  Click on &#039;&#039;&#039;show&#039;&#039;&#039; to expand and open the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
A short and rough, temporary video tutorial can be viewed here: http://www.weizmann.ac.il/ISPC/Proteopedia.html.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;load scene&#039; tab==&lt;br /&gt;
The first input box asks for the page name (on which the scene you wish to load resides).  The default page name is the name of the page currently being entered.  Next, you proceed to choose the scene name using the drop-down selector (all scenes associated with the entered page name will be listed).  Once a scene is selected, all of its versions are available for selection using the drop-down version number menu.  When a version number is selected, that version of the scene is loaded onto the Jmol applet that is part of the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039; and the description that was given to the scene is also recalled.  At the same time, the wikitext that is needed for insertion of the scene into the page is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each distinct scene has 3 parameters to distinguish it from all other scenes: pagename, scenename, and versionnumber.  A scene&#039;s &amp;quot;pagename&amp;quot; is automatically determined by the name of the Proteopedia page on which the scene was initially created.  The scenename is given by the user.  The versionnumber is incremental: If no scene by the given name exists for the given page, then the first version will be version 1.  If there exist previous versions of the same scenename on the same pagename, then the newest saved version will not overwrite older versions of the scene, but will instead be automatically saved as the newest version (by incrementing the versionnumber by one).  A scene&#039;s full name is in this format: Pagename/Scenename/Versionnumber (ex: Hemoglobin/Cavity/14).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;load molecule&#039; tab==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Load_molecule.png|thumb|The load molecule tab in action]]&lt;br /&gt;
The load molecule tab is used to load molecules into Jmol. Currently only one file can be loaded into Jmol at a time through this interface (but Jmol can handle several files at a time).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To load a file that has PDB code, input a PDB code into the first input area and click the load button.  The file will be fetched from the PDB database throgh [http://bip.weizmann.ac.il/oca-bin/ocamain OCA].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To load a file that is not part of the PDB, first upload the file to Proteopedia at [[Special:Upload]] (you can get there also by using the link called &#039;upload file&#039; on the left hand column-toolbar of Proteopedia).  Once a file has been uploaded, you can specify its name in the input area next to the words &amp;quot;From Proteopedia upladed file&amp;quot; and click load.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;currently loaded&amp;quot; text area displays the name of the currently loaded file in the Jmol applet of the &amp;quot;Scene authoring tools&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;selections&#039; tab==&lt;br /&gt;
The selections tab is meant to be used to select particular groups of atoms so that you can later change that group&#039;s color, representations, or labels.  When you choose a representation, a color, or a label using the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039; other tabs, the change is almost always applied ONLY to the currently selected atoms.  That is why it is important to be aware of what atoms are selected at any given time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===selection halos===&lt;br /&gt;
To see which atoms are selected, turn &#039;selection halos&#039; on using the selection halos checkbox.  If you have something selected, you will see your selection highlighted by yellow halos.  These halos are NOT part of your scene and have no impact other than to indicate to you what atoms are currently selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===all or nothing and halos===&lt;br /&gt;
This box contains two buttons and a checkbox.  &#039;Select all&#039; selects all atoms.  &#039;Select none&#039; selects none.  &#039;Selection halos&#039; toggles whether selection halos are shown to highlight the current selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===add to or remove from selection===&lt;br /&gt;
This is the main tool for creating selections.  This box allows you to specify groups of atoms to either ADD to the current selection, or REMOVE from the current selection.  It is advised to either begin with ALL atoms selected and then use this box to REMOVE atoms to your selection to arrive at your desired selection, or alternatively to begin with NO atoms selected and then use this box to ADD atoms to your selection to arrive at your desired selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is advised that you use selection halos while creating a selection so that you may view the atoms that your selection comprises.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each input box allows you to specify certain parameters in order to best choose what to add or remove to/from your selection.  There is an imaginary &#039;AND&#039; (or intersection) connecting each input box (a Boolean AND), but an &#039;OR&#039; (or union) connecting the chosen elements within each input box.  What this means is that if you choose in the &#039;groups&#039; box the items &#039;all protein&#039; and &#039;dna&#039; and in the &#039;limit to elements&#039; box you type in &#039;C,O&#039; and click &amp;quot;add to selection&amp;quot;, then you will add to your selection all the carbon and oxygen atoms that are part of either the protein or the dna in your loaded file (it&#039;s like saying &amp;quot;(all protein OR dna) AND (carbon OR oxygen)&amp;quot; )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;groups&#039; box lists various pre-defined groups of atoms by name.  The &#039;limit to chains&#039; box allows you to choose specific chains by the names they are given in the loaded file (ex: A,C,D).  The &#039;limit to resi types&#039; allows specification of residues by their 3-letter codes (ex: PHE,ALA,GLY).  The &#039;limit to residue nos&#039; box allows specification of residues by their number (ex: 18,23-25,32).  The &#039;limit to elements&#039; box allows choosing specific elements or even specific isotopes (ex: Fe,2H,31P).  The &#039;limit to atom nos&#039; box allows specifying atoms by their number.  The &#039;sites&#039; box appears only if your file is a PDB file that has predefined sites that the authors defined when they submitted the file to the Protein Data Bank.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button &#039;add to selection&#039; checks the information that was specified by you in the boxes in the &#039;add to or remove from selection&#039; area and then adds what you specified into the current selection.  The &#039;remove from selection&#039; does the same, but rather than adding to the current selection, it removes from the current selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===select within distance===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may enter a value (in Angstroms) and press &#039;go&#039;.  Any atom within a distance from the current selection equal to or smaller than the the number of Angstroms you specifed will be added to the selection.  To clarify, an example: If you had a ligand selected, and then inputted 5 and hit &#039;go&#039;, then all atoms within 5 Angstroms of that ligand would be added to your selection.  Your selection would then be composed of the ligand as well as all atoms within 5 Angstroms of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===mouse click selects===&lt;br /&gt;
Choosing &#039;default&#039; sets it so that mouse clicks on the Jmol applet are set to their default setting in Jmol.  In the default setting, clicking does not select or deselect any atoms, but clicking to create measurements is enabled.  Choosing &#039;center&#039; makes it so that any click on an atom, centers both the view and the axis of rotation on the atom.  Choosing &#039;atom&#039; is perhaps the most useful setting for creating selections as each click on an atom either adds it to the selection, or if it is already part of the selection, removes it from the selection.  Choosing &#039;element&#039; makes it so that clicking on an atom will select all other atoms of the same element.  Choosing &#039;molecule&#039; makes it so that clicking on an atom selects all other atoms of the same molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;representations&#039; tab==&lt;br /&gt;
The first area is the &#039;all and halo toggle&#039; area.  This provides a button to select all atoms, and a checkbox to turn selection halos on or off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;set selection representation&#039; box provides a variety of choices for setting the representation of the current selection.  Multiple representations can be turned on for the same selection of atoms (for instance using both wireframe and spacefill can create a &#039;ball and stick&#039; scheme).  Click on the representations that you would like to turn on for your current selection and then press &#039;set representation&#039;.  Every representation that has been checked off (to the left of the representation&#039;s name) will be displayed.  Some representations have an input field to their direct right.  If they do, then you may enter values in order to change the form of the representation, usually its size.  If you leave the input field blank, the default will be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on &#039;hide selection&#039; turns off all representations for the selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;colors&#039; tab==&lt;br /&gt;
The first area is the &#039;all and halo toggle&#039; area.  This provides a button to select all atoms, and a checkbox to turn selection halos on or off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;color&#039; area first lets you choose whether you would like to change the color of the current selection, or of the background.  The color palette is clickable and as soon as you click on a color, either your selection or the background (as was previously selected) will change to the clicked color.  Hover over a color to view its name.  There is a series of buttons below the color palette, each representing a specific color scheme.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CPK is the standard CPK coloring scheme.  Amino and amino2 color each amino acid as a different color.  Chain colors each chain different colors.  Spectrum colors  protein and nucleic acids from blue to red on a spectrum with the N or 5&#039; terminus as blue and the C or 3&#039; terminus as red.  Structure colors according to secondary structure.  Fixed and relative temperature color according to temperature and formal and partial charge according to charge.  DRuMS composition colors according to the DRuMS scheme (http://www.umass.edu/molvis/drums/).  Hydrophobic/polar colors hydrophobic amino acids grey and polar (charged or uncharged) residues pink.  Charge colors hydrophobic residues grey, polar-uncharged residues pink, cationic residues blue, anionic residues red, and backbone atoms purple whether charged or uncharged.  More information on Jmol colors is available at http://jmol.sourceforge.net/jscolors/.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;transparency&#039; area allows you to render your selection transparent.  Zero percent transparent will be opaque,  100 percent transparent will be invisible, and anywhere in between will be transparent to a degree.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;labels&#039; tab==&lt;br /&gt;
The first area is the &#039;all or nothing and halo toggle&#039; area.  This provides a button to select all atoms, disselect all atoms (select none), and a checkbox to turn selection halos on or off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;mouse click selects&#039; area is similar to the &#039;mouse click selects&#039; area in the &#039;selections&#039; tab and allows changing between the &#039;default&#039; mouse picking style and the &#039;atom&#039; mouse picking style.  See the &#039;selections&#039; tab section above for an explanation about the different mouse picking styles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;label atoms&#039; area is used to label atoms.  First, an atom must be selected.  Next, you choose how the label should look by choosing between entering text, displaying the atom name, the element, the 3-letter residue code, the residue number, and the chain letter of the atom being labeled (you can combine all of these options however you want).  When you are ready to create the label, click on &#039;set label&#039;. Note that if you have a selection of atoms when you assign a label by clicking &#039;set label&#039;, then each atom in the selection will get a label.  &#039;Clear labels from selection&#039; will clear all the labels from the current selection.  To delete all labels, first &#039;select all&#039; and then &#039;clear labels from selection&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change the label properties, you can choose label color, label size, and an optional pointer from the label to the atom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following three areas are collapsed by default and may be expanded and collapsed by clicking the +/- near their names:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;label applet&#039; tab allows setting of a label that will be displayed in the bottom area of the applet.  Its color and size can be chosen.  Use &#039;set label&#039; to set the label after entering text.  Use &#039;clear label from applet&#039; to clear the label.  To have an applet label that takes up multiple lines, use the symbol | to create line breaks in your inputted text.  Label color and size can be changed after or before setting a label.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;measurements&#039; area allows control over the appearance of measurements.  Measurements can be created by a combination of double and single clicking on atoms while in the &#039;default&#039; mouse picking setting.  Measurements are explained in the &#039;how to&#039; tab of the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039;.  Here in the &#039;measurements&#039; area, you can control the color, size, and units of the measurements.  Changing the color or the size will affect all existing and future measurements but changing the units will only affect future measurements.  The labels on the measurements can also be turned off or on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;bonds&#039; area allows control over disulfide and hydrogen bonds.  You can turn disulfide and/or hydrogen bonds on or off for a particular selection and can choose the colors for the bonds. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;save scene&#039; tab==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have created your scene, you can save it here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You must choose a name for your scene, and enter a description.  If you started by loading a scene, then by default, its name will appear as a suggested name for the scene you are about to save because Proteopedia assumes you might be editing a scene to save an updated version.  If you specify the name of a scene that already exists, then your scene will be saved as the newest version (i.e. if versions 1 through 5 for that scene already exist, then your scene will be saved as version 6).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After saving, wikitext for inserting your scene into the Proteopedia page will appear in the &#039;Wikitext&#039; area.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;advanced options&#039; : choosing a non-standard scene transition===&lt;br /&gt;
If you select the checkbox entitled &#039;advanced options&#039;, you get two choices for non-standard transitions.  This means you can choose different transitions for how your scene will be recalled when the user clicks on the green scene link. Here&#039;s the breakdown of transition options:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# If you don&#039;t select any checkbox (i.e. do not select the checkbox next to &amp;quot;show advanced options&amp;quot;) then the most basic and standard transition will be used : when the scene is recalled, the molecule will zoom out to 100% zoom, rotate to the new scene&#039;s orientation, and then zoom to the new scene&#039;s correct zoom.&lt;br /&gt;
# If you select the checkbox next to &amp;quot;show advanced options&amp;quot; you then have two advanced options to choose from:	&lt;br /&gt;
## If you choose &amp;quot;yes&amp;quot; from the drop-down menu next to &amp;quot;skip the zoom-out when this scene loads&amp;quot; then the transition will be the same as the basic transition except the zoom-out to 100% zoom will be skipped : when the scene is recalled, the molecule will rotate to the new scene&#039;s orientation and zoom simultaneously.&lt;br /&gt;
## If instead you choose &amp;quot;yes&amp;quot; from the drop-down menu next to &amp;quot;skip the transition between scenes when this scene loads&amp;quot; then the new scene will just immediately load, without any transition from the previous scene.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Option 1 is the standard.  Option 2.1 is helpful when the view is not changing much and you don&#039;t want the scene to zoom out completely when transitioning between scenes.  Option 1 is helpful when zooming out completely is necessary to give the user proper spatial comprehension when transitioning between two scenes.  Option 2.2 is helpful when you really need to have no transition at all (although it should be rarely used except for extreme cases where you really need no transition).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Manipulating Jmol with your mouse==&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Rotate:&#039;&#039; left click&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Zoom:&#039;&#039; scroll button or left click + shift&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Drag:&#039;&#039; right click + ctrl&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Measure distance:&#039;&#039; dbl click on 1st atom, dbl click on 2nd atom&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Measure angle:&#039;&#039; dbl click on 1st atom, click on 2nd atom, dbl click on 3rd atom&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Measure dihedral angle:&#039; dbl click on 1st atom, click on 2nd and 3rd atoms, dbl click on 4th atom&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mary Ball</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=User:Mary_Ball/Scenes&amp;diff=1094168</id>
		<title>User:Mary Ball/Scenes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=User:Mary_Ball/Scenes&amp;diff=1094168"/>
		<updated>2010-06-10T11:37:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mary Ball: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Overview==&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039; are meant to make scene management easier and to make scene creation easier.  Scenes are &amp;quot;frozen&amp;quot; moments in Jmol that can be later restored.  A scene stores viewpoint, representations, colors, labels, and generally everything that is necessary to recreate the way things looked when the scene was saved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The steps of using the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039; are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
#Either load an existing scene using the &#039;load scene&#039; tab, or start fresh with the &#039;load molecule&#039; tab.&lt;br /&gt;
#Manipulate the scene view using the mouse. Change the scene appearance by choosing selections from your scene using the &#039;selections&#039; tab and setting the appearance of selections using the &#039;representations&#039;, &#039;colors&#039; and &#039;labels&#039; tabs.&lt;br /&gt;
#Save the scene using the &#039;save scene&#039; tab, and wikitext for inserting the scene into a Proteopedia page will be automatically generated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So the idea is to begin by either loading an existing scene, or by loading a molecule.  Once something is loaded onto the Jmol applet, you can begin to change the viewpoint, the representations, the colors, the labels, and other settings, in order to create a scene that conveys your desired message.  When you&#039;re done creating the scene, you save it and then put it into the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039;&#039; are used for the creation and editing of molecular [[scenes]].  Scenes created using the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tool&#039;&#039; can then be inserted into [[Proteopedia]] pages.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Additional Resources=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A good place to start is the [[Proteopedia:Video_Guide#Video_7:_Adding_scenes_.28green_links.29|&#039;&#039;&#039;Video on Adding Scenes&#039;&#039;&#039;]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next you may want to look at the [[Proteopedia:DIY:Scenes|&#039;&#039;&#039;Instructions for creating a molecular scene with Proteopedia&#039;s Scene Authoring Tools&#039;&#039;&#039;]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Where are the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
A good place to start is the [[Proteopedia:Video_Guide#Video_7:_Adding_scenes_.28green_links.29|Video on Adding Scenes]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039; are accessible when you are editing a page.  Click the tab &#039;&#039;&#039;edit this page&#039;&#039;&#039; at the top of the page where you wish to create a molecular scene. On the edit page, near the top, you&#039;ll see a big box where all the wikitext of the page lives--here you can change the text of the page.  If you scroll down some, near the bottom, you&#039;ll find in bold letters &#039;&#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools [show]&#039;&#039;&#039;.  Click on &#039;&#039;&#039;show&#039;&#039;&#039; to expand and open the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
A short and rough, temporary video tutorial can be viewed here: http://www.weizmann.ac.il/ISPC/Proteopedia.html.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;load scene&#039; tab==&lt;br /&gt;
The first input box asks for the page name (on which the scene you wish to load resides).  The default page name is the name of the page currently being entered.  Next, you proceed to choose the scene name using the drop-down selector (all scenes associated with the entered page name will be listed).  Once a scene is selected, all of its versions are available for selection using the drop-down version number menu.  When a version number is selected, that version of the scene is loaded onto the Jmol applet that is part of the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039; and the description that was given to the scene is also recalled.  At the same time, the wikitext that is needed for insertion of the scene into the page is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each distinct scene has 3 parameters to distinguish it from all other scenes: pagename, scenename, and versionnumber.  A scene&#039;s &amp;quot;pagename&amp;quot; is automatically determined by the name of the Proteopedia page on which the scene was initially created.  The scenename is given by the user.  The versionnumber is incremental: If no scene by the given name exists for the given page, then the first version will be version 1.  If there exist previous versions of the same scenename on the same pagename, then the newest saved version will not overwrite older versions of the scene, but will instead be automatically saved as the newest version (by incrementing the versionnumber by one).  A scene&#039;s full name is in this format: Pagename/Scenename/Versionnumber (ex: Hemoglobin/Cavity/14).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;load molecule&#039; tab==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Load_molecule.png|thumb|The load molecule tab in action]]&lt;br /&gt;
The load molecule tab is used to load molecules into Jmol. Currently only one file can be loaded into Jmol at a time through this interface (but Jmol can handle several files at a time).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To load a file that has PDB code, input a PDB code into the first input area and click the load button.  The file will be fetched from the PDB database throgh [http://bip.weizmann.ac.il/oca-bin/ocamain OCA].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To load a file that is not part of the PDB, first upload the file to Proteopedia at [[Special:Upload]] (you can get there also by using the link called &#039;upload file&#039; on the left hand column-toolbar of Proteopedia).  Once a file has been uploaded, you can specify its name in the input area next to the words &amp;quot;From Proteopedia upladed file&amp;quot; and click load.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;currently loaded&amp;quot; text area displays the name of the currently loaded file in the Jmol applet of the &amp;quot;Scene authoring tools&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;selections&#039; tab==&lt;br /&gt;
The selections tab is meant to be used to select particular groups of atoms so that you can later change that group&#039;s color, representations, or labels.  When you choose a representation, a color, or a label using the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039; other tabs, the change is almost always applied ONLY to the currently selected atoms.  That is why it is important to be aware of what atoms are selected at any given time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===selection halos===&lt;br /&gt;
To see which atoms are selected, turn &#039;selection halos&#039; on using the selection halos checkbox.  If you have something selected, you will see your selection highlighted by yellow halos.  These halos are NOT part of your scene and have no impact other than to indicate to you what atoms are currently selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===all or nothing and halos===&lt;br /&gt;
This box contains two buttons and a checkbox.  &#039;Select all&#039; selects all atoms.  &#039;Select none&#039; selects none.  &#039;Selection halos&#039; toggles whether selection halos are shown to highlight the current selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===add to or remove from selection===&lt;br /&gt;
This is the main tool for creating selections.  This box allows you to specify groups of atoms to either ADD to the current selection, or REMOVE from the current selection.  It is advised to either begin with ALL atoms selected and then use this box to REMOVE atoms to your selection to arrive at your desired selection, or alternatively to begin with NO atoms selected and then use this box to ADD atoms to your selection to arrive at your desired selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is advised that you use selection halos while creating a selection so that you may view the atoms that your selection comprises.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each input box allows you to specify certain parameters in order to best choose what to add or remove to/from your selection.  There is an imaginary &#039;AND&#039; (or intersection) connecting each input box (a Boolean AND), but an &#039;OR&#039; (or union) connecting the chosen elements within each input box.  What this means is that if you choose in the &#039;groups&#039; box the items &#039;all protein&#039; and &#039;dna&#039; and in the &#039;limit to elements&#039; box you type in &#039;C,O&#039; and click &amp;quot;add to selection&amp;quot;, then you will add to your selection all the carbon and oxygen atoms that are part of either the protein or the dna in your loaded file (it&#039;s like saying &amp;quot;(all protein OR dna) AND (carbon OR oxygen)&amp;quot; )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;groups&#039; box lists various pre-defined groups of atoms by name.  The &#039;limit to chains&#039; box allows you to choose specific chains by the names they are given in the loaded file (ex: A,C,D).  The &#039;limit to resi types&#039; allows specification of residues by their 3-letter codes (ex: PHE,ALA,GLY).  The &#039;limit to residue nos&#039; box allows specification of residues by their number (ex: 18,23-25,32).  The &#039;limit to elements&#039; box allows choosing specific elements or even specific isotopes (ex: Fe,2H,31P).  The &#039;limit to atom nos&#039; box allows specifying atoms by their number.  The &#039;sites&#039; box appears only if your file is a PDB file that has predefined sites that the authors defined when they submitted the file to the Protein Data Bank.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button &#039;add to selection&#039; checks the information that was specified by you in the boxes in the &#039;add to or remove from selection&#039; area and then adds what you specified into the current selection.  The &#039;remove from selection&#039; does the same, but rather than adding to the current selection, it removes from the current selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===select within distance===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may enter a value (in Angstroms) and press &#039;go&#039;.  Any atom within a distance from the current selection equal to or smaller than the the number of Angstroms you specifed will be added to the selection.  To clarify, an example: If you had a ligand selected, and then inputted 5 and hit &#039;go&#039;, then all atoms within 5 Angstroms of that ligand would be added to your selection.  Your selection would then be composed of the ligand as well as all atoms within 5 Angstroms of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===mouse click selects===&lt;br /&gt;
Choosing &#039;default&#039; sets it so that mouse clicks on the Jmol applet are set to their default setting in Jmol.  In the default setting, clicking does not select or deselect any atoms, but clicking to create measurements is enabled.  Choosing &#039;center&#039; makes it so that any click on an atom, centers both the view and the axis of rotation on the atom.  Choosing &#039;atom&#039; is perhaps the most useful setting for creating selections as each click on an atom either adds it to the selection, or if it is already part of the selection, removes it from the selection.  Choosing &#039;element&#039; makes it so that clicking on an atom will select all other atoms of the same element.  Choosing &#039;molecule&#039; makes it so that clicking on an atom selects all other atoms of the same molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;representations&#039; tab==&lt;br /&gt;
The first area is the &#039;all and halo toggle&#039; area.  This provides a button to select all atoms, and a checkbox to turn selection halos on or off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;set selection representation&#039; box provides a variety of choices for setting the representation of the current selection.  Multiple representations can be turned on for the same selection of atoms (for instance using both wireframe and spacefill can create a &#039;ball and stick&#039; scheme).  Click on the representations that you would like to turn on for your current selection and then press &#039;set representation&#039;.  Every representation that has been checked off (to the left of the representation&#039;s name) will be displayed.  Some representations have an input field to their direct right.  If they do, then you may enter values in order to change the form of the representation, usually its size.  If you leave the input field blank, the default will be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on &#039;hide selection&#039; turns off all representations for the selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;colors&#039; tab==&lt;br /&gt;
The first area is the &#039;all and halo toggle&#039; area.  This provides a button to select all atoms, and a checkbox to turn selection halos on or off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;color&#039; area first lets you choose whether you would like to change the color of the current selection, or of the background.  The color palette is clickable and as soon as you click on a color, either your selection or the background (as was previously selected) will change to the clicked color.  Hover over a color to view its name.  There is a series of buttons below the color palette, each representing a specific color scheme.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CPK is the standard CPK coloring scheme.  Amino and amino2 color each amino acid as a different color.  Chain colors each chain different colors.  Spectrum colors  protein and nucleic acids from blue to red on a spectrum with the N or 5&#039; terminus as blue and the C or 3&#039; terminus as red.  Structure colors according to secondary structure.  Fixed and relative temperature color according to temperature and formal and partial charge according to charge.  DRuMS composition colors according to the DRuMS scheme (http://www.umass.edu/molvis/drums/).  Hydrophobic/polar colors hydrophobic amino acids grey and polar (charged or uncharged) residues pink.  Charge colors hydrophobic residues grey, polar-uncharged residues pink, cationic residues blue, anionic residues red, and backbone atoms purple whether charged or uncharged.  More information on Jmol colors is available at http://jmol.sourceforge.net/jscolors/.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;transparency&#039; area allows you to render your selection transparent.  Zero percent transparent will be opaque,  100 percent transparent will be invisible, and anywhere in between will be transparent to a degree.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;labels&#039; tab==&lt;br /&gt;
The first area is the &#039;all or nothing and halo toggle&#039; area.  This provides a button to select all atoms, disselect all atoms (select none), and a checkbox to turn selection halos on or off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;mouse click selects&#039; area is similar to the &#039;mouse click selects&#039; area in the &#039;selections&#039; tab and allows changing between the &#039;default&#039; mouse picking style and the &#039;atom&#039; mouse picking style.  See the &#039;selections&#039; tab section above for an explanation about the different mouse picking styles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;label atoms&#039; area is used to label atoms.  First, an atom must be selected.  Next, you choose how the label should look by choosing between entering text, displaying the atom name, the element, the 3-letter residue code, the residue number, and the chain letter of the atom being labeled (you can combine all of these options however you want).  When you are ready to create the label, click on &#039;set label&#039;. Note that if you have a selection of atoms when you assign a label by clicking &#039;set label&#039;, then each atom in the selection will get a label.  &#039;Clear labels from selection&#039; will clear all the labels from the current selection.  To delete all labels, first &#039;select all&#039; and then &#039;clear labels from selection&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change the label properties, you can choose label color, label size, and an optional pointer from the label to the atom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following three areas are collapsed by default and may be expanded and collapsed by clicking the +/- near their names:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;label applet&#039; tab allows setting of a label that will be displayed in the bottom area of the applet.  Its color and size can be chosen.  Use &#039;set label&#039; to set the label after entering text.  Use &#039;clear label from applet&#039; to clear the label.  To have an applet label that takes up multiple lines, use the symbol | to create line breaks in your inputted text.  Label color and size can be changed after or before setting a label.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;measurements&#039; area allows control over the appearance of measurements.  Measurements can be created by a combination of double and single clicking on atoms while in the &#039;default&#039; mouse picking setting.  Measurements are explained in the &#039;how to&#039; tab of the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039;.  Here in the &#039;measurements&#039; area, you can control the color, size, and units of the measurements.  Changing the color or the size will affect all existing and future measurements but changing the units will only affect future measurements.  The labels on the measurements can also be turned off or on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;bonds&#039; area allows control over disulfide and hydrogen bonds.  You can turn disulfide and/or hydrogen bonds on or off for a particular selection and can choose the colors for the bonds. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;save scene&#039; tab==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have created your scene, you can save it here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You must choose a name for your scene, and enter a description.  If you started by loading a scene, then by default, its name will appear as a suggested name for the scene you are about to save because Proteopedia assumes you might be editing a scene to save an updated version.  If you specify the name of a scene that already exists, then your scene will be saved as the newest version (i.e. if versions 1 through 5 for that scene already exist, then your scene will be saved as version 6).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After saving, wikitext for inserting your scene into the Proteopedia page will appear in the &#039;Wikitext&#039; area.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;advanced options&#039; : choosing a non-standard scene transition===&lt;br /&gt;
If you select the checkbox entitled &#039;advanced options&#039;, you get two choices for non-standard transitions.  This means you can choose different transitions for how your scene will be recalled when the user clicks on the green scene link. Here&#039;s the breakdown of transition options:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# If you don&#039;t select any checkbox (i.e. do not select the checkbox next to &amp;quot;show advanced options&amp;quot;) then the most basic and standard transition will be used : when the scene is recalled, the molecule will zoom out to 100% zoom, rotate to the new scene&#039;s orientation, and then zoom to the new scene&#039;s correct zoom.&lt;br /&gt;
# If you select the checkbox next to &amp;quot;show advanced options&amp;quot; you then have two advanced options to choose from:	&lt;br /&gt;
## If you choose &amp;quot;yes&amp;quot; from the drop-down menu next to &amp;quot;skip the zoom-out when this scene loads&amp;quot; then the transition will be the same as the basic transition except the zoom-out to 100% zoom will be skipped : when the scene is recalled, the molecule will rotate to the new scene&#039;s orientation and zoom simultaneously.&lt;br /&gt;
## If instead you choose &amp;quot;yes&amp;quot; from the drop-down menu next to &amp;quot;skip the transition between scenes when this scene loads&amp;quot; then the new scene will just immediately load, without any transition from the previous scene.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Option 1 is the standard.  Option 2.1 is helpful when the view is not changing much and you don&#039;t want the scene to zoom out completely when transitioning between scenes.  Option 1 is helpful when zooming out completely is necessary to give the user proper spatial comprehension when transitioning between two scenes.  Option 2.2 is helpful when you really need to have no transition at all (although it should be rarely used except for extreme cases where you really need no transition).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Manipulating Jmol with your mouse==&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Rotate:&#039;&#039; left click&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Zoom:&#039;&#039; scroll button or left click + shift&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Drag:&#039;&#039; right click + ctrl&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Measure distance:&#039;&#039; dbl click on 1st atom, dbl click on 2nd atom&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Measure angle:&#039;&#039; dbl click on 1st atom, click on 2nd atom, dbl click on 3rd atom&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Measure dihedral angle:&#039; dbl click on 1st atom, click on 2nd and 3rd atoms, dbl click on 4th atom&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mary Ball</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=User:Mary_Ball/AFP&amp;diff=1094167</id>
		<title>User:Mary Ball/AFP</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=User:Mary_Ball/AFP&amp;diff=1094167"/>
		<updated>2010-06-10T11:25:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mary Ball: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Seed}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:1wfb.png|left|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
The line below this paragraph, containing &amp;quot;STRUCTURE_1wfb&amp;quot;, creates the &amp;quot;Structure Box&amp;quot; on the page.&lt;br /&gt;
You may change the PDB parameter (which sets the PDB file loaded into the applet) &lt;br /&gt;
or the SCENE parameter (which sets the initial scene displayed when the page is loaded),&lt;br /&gt;
or leave the SCENE parameter empty for the default display.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{STRUCTURE_1wfb|  PDB=1wfb  |  SCENE=  }} &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===WINTER FLOUNDER ANTIFREEZE PROTEIN===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Abstract&lt;br /&gt;
|ABSTRACT=&lt;br /&gt;
Type I antifreeze protein (AFP) from winter flounder is an alanine-rich, 37 amino acid, single alpha-helix that contains three 11 amino acid repeats (Thr-X(2)-Asx-X(7)), where X is generally Ala. &amp;lt;scene name=&#039;User:Mary_Ball/Sandbox/Wfb/1&#039;&amp;gt;WFB&amp;lt;/scene&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;scene name=&#039;User:Mary_Ball/Sandbox/Amino_acids/1&#039;&amp;gt;Click here to see a labelled Ala.&amp;lt;/scene&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The regularly spaced Thr, Asx and Leu residues lie on one face of the helix and have traditionally been thought to form hydrogen bonds and van der Waals interactions with the ice surface. Recently, substitution experiments have called into question the importance of Leu and Asn for ice-binding. Sequence alignments of five type I AFP isoforms show that Leu and Asn are not well conserved, whereas Ala residues adjacent to the Thr, at right angles to the Leu/Asn-rich face, are completely conserved. To investigate the role of these Ala residues, a series of Ala to Leu steric mutations was made at various points around the helix. All the substituted peptides were fully alpha-helical and remained as monomers in solution. Wild-type activity was retained in A19L and A20L. A17L, where the substitution lies adjacent to the Thr-rich face, had no detectable antifreeze activity. The nearby A21L substitution had 10% wild-type activity and demonstrated weak interactions with the ice surface. We propose a new ice-binding face for type I AFP that encompasses the conserved Ala-rich surface and adjacent Thr.&lt;br /&gt;
|REFERENCE=New ice-binding face for type I antifreeze protein., Baardsnes J, Kondejewski LH, Hodges RS, Chao H, Kay C, Davies PL, FEBS Lett. 1999 Dec 10;463(1-2):87-91. PMID:[http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/10601644 10601644]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- &lt;br /&gt;
The line below this paragraph, {{ABSTRACT_PUBMED_10601644}}, adds the Publication Abstract to the page &lt;br /&gt;
(as it appears on PubMed at http://www.pubmed.gov), where 10601644 is the PubMed ID number.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==ABOUT THIS STRUCTURE==&lt;br /&gt;
1WFB is a 2 chains structure with sequences from [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pseudopleuronectes_americanus Pseudopleuronectes americanus]. The December 2009 RCSB PDB [http://pdb.rcsb.org/pdb/static.do?p=education_discussion/molecule_of_the_month/index.html Molecule of the Month] feature on &#039;&#039;Antifreeze Proteins&#039;&#039;  by David Goodsell is [http://dx.doi.org/10.2210/rcsb_pdb/mom_2009_12 10.2210/rcsb_pdb/mom_2009_12]. Full crystallographic information is available from [http://oca.weizmann.ac.il/oca-bin/ocashort?id=1WFB OCA]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==REFERENCE==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref group=&amp;quot;xtra&amp;quot;&amp;gt;PMID:7760940&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;references group=&amp;quot;xtra&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Antifreeze Proteins]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Pseudopleuronectes americanus]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: RCSB PDB Molecule of the Month]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Sicheri, F.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Yang, D S.C.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Antifreeze polypeptide]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Ice binding protein]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Thermal hysteresis protein]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Page seeded by [http://oca.weizmann.ac.il/oca OCA ] on Thu Jan 21 08:56:47 2010&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===WINTER FLOUNDER ANTIFREEZE PROTEIN ISOFORM HPLC6 AT-180 DEGREES C===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- &lt;br /&gt;
The line below this paragraph, {{ABSTRACT_PUBMED_7760940}}, adds the Publication Abstract to the page &lt;br /&gt;
(as it appears on PubMed at http://www.pubmed.gov), where 7760940 is the PubMed ID number.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{ABSTRACT_PUBMED_7760940}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mary Ball</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=User:Mary_Ball/Sandbox&amp;diff=1094165</id>
		<title>User:Mary Ball/Sandbox</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=User:Mary_Ball/Sandbox&amp;diff=1094165"/>
		<updated>2010-06-10T11:21:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mary Ball: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
The line below this paragraph, containing &amp;quot;STRUCTURE_1ax8&amp;quot;, creates the &amp;quot;Structure Box&amp;quot; on the page.&lt;br /&gt;
You may change the PDB parameter (which sets the PDB file loaded into the applet) &lt;br /&gt;
or the SCENE parameter (which sets the initial scene displayed when the page is loaded),&lt;br /&gt;
or leave the SCENE parameter empty for the default display.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{STRUCTURE_1wfb|  PDB=1wfb  |  SCENE=  }} &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;scene name=&#039;User:Mary_Ball/Sandbox/Wfb/1&#039;&amp;gt;WFB&amp;lt;/scene&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;scene name=&#039;User:Mary_Ball/Sandbox/Amino_acids/1&#039;&amp;gt;TextToBeDisplayed&amp;lt;/scene&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mary Ball</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=User:Mary_Ball/Sandbox&amp;diff=1094161</id>
		<title>User:Mary Ball/Sandbox</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=User:Mary_Ball/Sandbox&amp;diff=1094161"/>
		<updated>2010-06-10T11:09:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mary Ball: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Here is some text.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;scene name=&#039;User:Mary_Ball/Sandbox/Wfb/1&#039;&amp;gt;WFB&amp;lt;/scene&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;scene name=&#039;User:Mary_Ball/Sandbox/Amino_acids/1&#039;&amp;gt;TextToBeDisplayed&amp;lt;/scene&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mary Ball</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=User:Mary_Ball/Sandbox&amp;diff=1094160</id>
		<title>User:Mary Ball/Sandbox</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=User:Mary_Ball/Sandbox&amp;diff=1094160"/>
		<updated>2010-06-10T11:06:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mary Ball: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Here is some text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;scene name=&#039;User:Mary_Ball/Sandbox/Amino_acids/1&#039;&amp;gt;TextToBeDisplayed&amp;lt;/scene&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mary Ball</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=User:Mary_Ball/Scenes&amp;diff=1094157</id>
		<title>User:Mary Ball/Scenes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=User:Mary_Ball/Scenes&amp;diff=1094157"/>
		<updated>2010-06-10T10:53:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mary Ball: New page: The &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Scene authoring tools&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; are used for the creation and editing of molecular scenes.  Scenes created using the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Scene authoring tool&amp;#039;&amp;#039; can then be inserted into Proteopedia ...&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The &#039;&#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039;&#039; are used for the creation and editing of molecular [[scenes]].  Scenes created using the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tool&#039;&#039; can then be inserted into [[Proteopedia]] pages.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Where are the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
A good place to start is the [[Proteopedia:Video_Guide#Video_7:_Adding_scenes_.28green_links.29|Video on Adding Scenes]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039; are accessible when you are editing a page.  Click the tab &#039;&#039;&#039;edit this page&#039;&#039;&#039; at the top of the page where you wish to create a molecular scene. On the edit page, near the top, you&#039;ll see a big box where all the wikitext of the page lives--here you can change the text of the page.  If you scroll down some, near the bottom, you&#039;ll find in bold letters &#039;&#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools [show]&#039;&#039;&#039;.  Click on &#039;&#039;&#039;show&#039;&#039;&#039; to expand and open the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
A short and rough, temporary video tutorial can be viewed here: http://www.weizmann.ac.il/ISPC/Proteopedia.html.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview==&lt;br /&gt;
A good place to start is the [[Proteopedia:Video_Guide#Video_7:_Adding_scenes_.28green_links.29|Video on Adding Scenes]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next you may want to look at the [[Proteopedia:DIY:Scenes|Instructions for creating a molecular scene with Proteopedia&#039;s Scene Authoring Tools]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039; are meant to make scene management easier and to make scene creation easier.  Scenes are &amp;quot;frozen&amp;quot; moments in Jmol that can be later restored.  A scene stores viewpoint, representations, colors, labels, and generally everything that is necessary to recreate the way things looked when the scene was saved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The steps of using the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039; are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
#Either load an existing scene using the &#039;load scene&#039; tab, or start fresh with the &#039;load molecule&#039; tab.&lt;br /&gt;
#Manipulate the scene view using the mouse. Change the scene appearance by choosing selections from your scene using the &#039;selections&#039; tab and setting the appearance of selections using the &#039;representations&#039;, &#039;colors&#039; and &#039;labels&#039; tabs.&lt;br /&gt;
#Save the scene using the &#039;save scene&#039; tab, and wikitext for inserting the scene into a Proteopedia page will be automatically generated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So the idea is to begin by either loading an existing scene, or by loading a molecule.  Once something is loaded onto the Jmol applet, you can begin to change the viewpoint, the representations, the colors, the labels, and other settings, in order to create a scene that conveys your desired message.  When you&#039;re done creating the scene, you save it and then put it into the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;load scene&#039; tab==&lt;br /&gt;
The first input box asks for the page name (on which the scene you wish to load resides).  The default page name is the name of the page currently being entered.  Next, you proceed to choose the scene name using the drop-down selector (all scenes associated with the entered page name will be listed).  Once a scene is selected, all of its versions are available for selection using the drop-down version number menu.  When a version number is selected, that version of the scene is loaded onto the Jmol applet that is part of the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039; and the description that was given to the scene is also recalled.  At the same time, the wikitext that is needed for insertion of the scene into the page is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each distinct scene has 3 parameters to distinguish it from all other scenes: pagename, scenename, and versionnumber.  A scene&#039;s &amp;quot;pagename&amp;quot; is automatically determined by the name of the Proteopedia page on which the scene was initially created.  The scenename is given by the user.  The versionnumber is incremental: If no scene by the given name exists for the given page, then the first version will be version 1.  If there exist previous versions of the same scenename on the same pagename, then the newest saved version will not overwrite older versions of the scene, but will instead be automatically saved as the newest version (by incrementing the versionnumber by one).  A scene&#039;s full name is in this format: Pagename/Scenename/Versionnumber (ex: Hemoglobin/Cavity/14).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;load molecule&#039; tab==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Load_molecule.png|thumb|The load molecule tab in action]]&lt;br /&gt;
The load molecule tab is used to load molecules into Jmol. Currently only one file can be loaded into Jmol at a time through this interface (but Jmol can handle several files at a time).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To load a file that has PDB code, input a PDB code into the first input area and click the load button.  The file will be fetched from the PDB database throgh [http://bip.weizmann.ac.il/oca-bin/ocamain OCA].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To load a file that is not part of the PDB, first upload the file to Proteopedia at [[Special:Upload]] (you can get there also by using the link called &#039;upload file&#039; on the left hand column-toolbar of Proteopedia).  Once a file has been uploaded, you can specify its name in the input area next to the words &amp;quot;From Proteopedia upladed file&amp;quot; and click load.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;currently loaded&amp;quot; text area displays the name of the currently loaded file in the Jmol applet of the &amp;quot;Scene authoring tools&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;selections&#039; tab==&lt;br /&gt;
The selections tab is meant to be used to select particular groups of atoms so that you can later change that group&#039;s color, representations, or labels.  When you choose a representation, a color, or a label using the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039; other tabs, the change is almost always applied ONLY to the currently selected atoms.  That is why it is important to be aware of what atoms are selected at any given time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===selection halos===&lt;br /&gt;
To see which atoms are selected, turn &#039;selection halos&#039; on using the selection halos checkbox.  If you have something selected, you will see your selection highlighted by yellow halos.  These halos are NOT part of your scene and have no impact other than to indicate to you what atoms are currently selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===all or nothing and halos===&lt;br /&gt;
This box contains two buttons and a checkbox.  &#039;Select all&#039; selects all atoms.  &#039;Select none&#039; selects none.  &#039;Selection halos&#039; toggles whether selection halos are shown to highlight the current selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===add to or remove from selection===&lt;br /&gt;
This is the main tool for creating selections.  This box allows you to specify groups of atoms to either ADD to the current selection, or REMOVE from the current selection.  It is advised to either begin with ALL atoms selected and then use this box to REMOVE atoms to your selection to arrive at your desired selection, or alternatively to begin with NO atoms selected and then use this box to ADD atoms to your selection to arrive at your desired selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is advised that you use selection halos while creating a selection so that you may view the atoms that your selection comprises.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each input box allows you to specify certain parameters in order to best choose what to add or remove to/from your selection.  There is an imaginary &#039;AND&#039; (or intersection) connecting each input box (a Boolean AND), but an &#039;OR&#039; (or union) connecting the chosen elements within each input box.  What this means is that if you choose in the &#039;groups&#039; box the items &#039;all protein&#039; and &#039;dna&#039; and in the &#039;limit to elements&#039; box you type in &#039;C,O&#039; and click &amp;quot;add to selection&amp;quot;, then you will add to your selection all the carbon and oxygen atoms that are part of either the protein or the dna in your loaded file (it&#039;s like saying &amp;quot;(all protein OR dna) AND (carbon OR oxygen)&amp;quot; )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;groups&#039; box lists various pre-defined groups of atoms by name.  The &#039;limit to chains&#039; box allows you to choose specific chains by the names they are given in the loaded file (ex: A,C,D).  The &#039;limit to resi types&#039; allows specification of residues by their 3-letter codes (ex: PHE,ALA,GLY).  The &#039;limit to residue nos&#039; box allows specification of residues by their number (ex: 18,23-25,32).  The &#039;limit to elements&#039; box allows choosing specific elements or even specific isotopes (ex: Fe,2H,31P).  The &#039;limit to atom nos&#039; box allows specifying atoms by their number.  The &#039;sites&#039; box appears only if your file is a PDB file that has predefined sites that the authors defined when they submitted the file to the Protein Data Bank.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button &#039;add to selection&#039; checks the information that was specified by you in the boxes in the &#039;add to or remove from selection&#039; area and then adds what you specified into the current selection.  The &#039;remove from selection&#039; does the same, but rather than adding to the current selection, it removes from the current selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===select within distance===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may enter a value (in Angstroms) and press &#039;go&#039;.  Any atom within a distance from the current selection equal to or smaller than the the number of Angstroms you specifed will be added to the selection.  To clarify, an example: If you had a ligand selected, and then inputted 5 and hit &#039;go&#039;, then all atoms within 5 Angstroms of that ligand would be added to your selection.  Your selection would then be composed of the ligand as well as all atoms within 5 Angstroms of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===mouse click selects===&lt;br /&gt;
Choosing &#039;default&#039; sets it so that mouse clicks on the Jmol applet are set to their default setting in Jmol.  In the default setting, clicking does not select or deselect any atoms, but clicking to create measurements is enabled.  Choosing &#039;center&#039; makes it so that any click on an atom, centers both the view and the axis of rotation on the atom.  Choosing &#039;atom&#039; is perhaps the most useful setting for creating selections as each click on an atom either adds it to the selection, or if it is already part of the selection, removes it from the selection.  Choosing &#039;element&#039; makes it so that clicking on an atom will select all other atoms of the same element.  Choosing &#039;molecule&#039; makes it so that clicking on an atom selects all other atoms of the same molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;representations&#039; tab==&lt;br /&gt;
The first area is the &#039;all and halo toggle&#039; area.  This provides a button to select all atoms, and a checkbox to turn selection halos on or off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;set selection representation&#039; box provides a variety of choices for setting the representation of the current selection.  Multiple representations can be turned on for the same selection of atoms (for instance using both wireframe and spacefill can create a &#039;ball and stick&#039; scheme).  Click on the representations that you would like to turn on for your current selection and then press &#039;set representation&#039;.  Every representation that has been checked off (to the left of the representation&#039;s name) will be displayed.  Some representations have an input field to their direct right.  If they do, then you may enter values in order to change the form of the representation, usually its size.  If you leave the input field blank, the default will be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on &#039;hide selection&#039; turns off all representations for the selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;colors&#039; tab==&lt;br /&gt;
The first area is the &#039;all and halo toggle&#039; area.  This provides a button to select all atoms, and a checkbox to turn selection halos on or off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;color&#039; area first lets you choose whether you would like to change the color of the current selection, or of the background.  The color palette is clickable and as soon as you click on a color, either your selection or the background (as was previously selected) will change to the clicked color.  Hover over a color to view its name.  There is a series of buttons below the color palette, each representing a specific color scheme.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CPK is the standard CPK coloring scheme.  Amino and amino2 color each amino acid as a different color.  Chain colors each chain different colors.  Spectrum colors  protein and nucleic acids from blue to red on a spectrum with the N or 5&#039; terminus as blue and the C or 3&#039; terminus as red.  Structure colors according to secondary structure.  Fixed and relative temperature color according to temperature and formal and partial charge according to charge.  DRuMS composition colors according to the DRuMS scheme (http://www.umass.edu/molvis/drums/).  Hydrophobic/polar colors hydrophobic amino acids grey and polar (charged or uncharged) residues pink.  Charge colors hydrophobic residues grey, polar-uncharged residues pink, cationic residues blue, anionic residues red, and backbone atoms purple whether charged or uncharged.  More information on Jmol colors is available at http://jmol.sourceforge.net/jscolors/.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;transparency&#039; area allows you to render your selection transparent.  Zero percent transparent will be opaque,  100 percent transparent will be invisible, and anywhere in between will be transparent to a degree.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;labels&#039; tab==&lt;br /&gt;
The first area is the &#039;all or nothing and halo toggle&#039; area.  This provides a button to select all atoms, disselect all atoms (select none), and a checkbox to turn selection halos on or off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;mouse click selects&#039; area is similar to the &#039;mouse click selects&#039; area in the &#039;selections&#039; tab and allows changing between the &#039;default&#039; mouse picking style and the &#039;atom&#039; mouse picking style.  See the &#039;selections&#039; tab section above for an explanation about the different mouse picking styles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;label atoms&#039; area is used to label atoms.  First, an atom must be selected.  Next, you choose how the label should look by choosing between entering text, displaying the atom name, the element, the 3-letter residue code, the residue number, and the chain letter of the atom being labeled (you can combine all of these options however you want).  When you are ready to create the label, click on &#039;set label&#039;. Note that if you have a selection of atoms when you assign a label by clicking &#039;set label&#039;, then each atom in the selection will get a label.  &#039;Clear labels from selection&#039; will clear all the labels from the current selection.  To delete all labels, first &#039;select all&#039; and then &#039;clear labels from selection&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change the label properties, you can choose label color, label size, and an optional pointer from the label to the atom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following three areas are collapsed by default and may be expanded and collapsed by clicking the +/- near their names:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;label applet&#039; tab allows setting of a label that will be displayed in the bottom area of the applet.  Its color and size can be chosen.  Use &#039;set label&#039; to set the label after entering text.  Use &#039;clear label from applet&#039; to clear the label.  To have an applet label that takes up multiple lines, use the symbol | to create line breaks in your inputted text.  Label color and size can be changed after or before setting a label.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;measurements&#039; area allows control over the appearance of measurements.  Measurements can be created by a combination of double and single clicking on atoms while in the &#039;default&#039; mouse picking setting.  Measurements are explained in the &#039;how to&#039; tab of the &#039;&#039;Scene authoring tools&#039;&#039;.  Here in the &#039;measurements&#039; area, you can control the color, size, and units of the measurements.  Changing the color or the size will affect all existing and future measurements but changing the units will only affect future measurements.  The labels on the measurements can also be turned off or on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;bonds&#039; area allows control over disulfide and hydrogen bonds.  You can turn disulfide and/or hydrogen bonds on or off for a particular selection and can choose the colors for the bonds. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;save scene&#039; tab==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have created your scene, you can save it here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You must choose a name for your scene, and enter a description.  If you started by loading a scene, then by default, its name will appear as a suggested name for the scene you are about to save because Proteopedia assumes you might be editing a scene to save an updated version.  If you specify the name of a scene that already exists, then your scene will be saved as the newest version (i.e. if versions 1 through 5 for that scene already exist, then your scene will be saved as version 6).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After saving, wikitext for inserting your scene into the Proteopedia page will appear in the &#039;Wikitext&#039; area.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;advanced options&#039; : choosing a non-standard scene transition===&lt;br /&gt;
If you select the checkbox entitled &#039;advanced options&#039;, you get two choices for non-standard transitions.  This means you can choose different transitions for how your scene will be recalled when the user clicks on the green scene link. Here&#039;s the breakdown of transition options:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# If you don&#039;t select any checkbox (i.e. do not select the checkbox next to &amp;quot;show advanced options&amp;quot;) then the most basic and standard transition will be used : when the scene is recalled, the molecule will zoom out to 100% zoom, rotate to the new scene&#039;s orientation, and then zoom to the new scene&#039;s correct zoom.&lt;br /&gt;
# If you select the checkbox next to &amp;quot;show advanced options&amp;quot; you then have two advanced options to choose from:	&lt;br /&gt;
## If you choose &amp;quot;yes&amp;quot; from the drop-down menu next to &amp;quot;skip the zoom-out when this scene loads&amp;quot; then the transition will be the same as the basic transition except the zoom-out to 100% zoom will be skipped : when the scene is recalled, the molecule will rotate to the new scene&#039;s orientation and zoom simultaneously.&lt;br /&gt;
## If instead you choose &amp;quot;yes&amp;quot; from the drop-down menu next to &amp;quot;skip the transition between scenes when this scene loads&amp;quot; then the new scene will just immediately load, without any transition from the previous scene.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Option 1 is the standard.  Option 2.1 is helpful when the view is not changing much and you don&#039;t want the scene to zoom out completely when transitioning between scenes.  Option 1 is helpful when zooming out completely is necessary to give the user proper spatial comprehension when transitioning between two scenes.  Option 2.2 is helpful when you really need to have no transition at all (although it should be rarely used except for extreme cases where you really need no transition).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Manipulating Jmol with your mouse==&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Rotate:&#039;&#039; left click&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Zoom:&#039;&#039; scroll button or left click + shift&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Drag:&#039;&#039; right click + ctrl&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Measure distance:&#039;&#039; dbl click on 1st atom, dbl click on 2nd atom&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Measure angle:&#039;&#039; dbl click on 1st atom, click on 2nd atom, dbl click on 3rd atom&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Measure dihedral angle:&#039; dbl click on 1st atom, click on 2nd and 3rd atoms, dbl click on 4th atom&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mary Ball</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=User:Mary_Ball/Sandbox&amp;diff=1092601</id>
		<title>User:Mary Ball/Sandbox</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://proteopedia.org/index.php?title=User:Mary_Ball/Sandbox&amp;diff=1092601"/>
		<updated>2010-06-09T17:31:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mary Ball: New page: Here is some text.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Here is some text.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mary Ball</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>